diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | config.mk.in | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | converter/other/fiasco/getopt.c | 7 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | converter/other/pamtotiff.c | 6 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | converter/other/sgitopnm.c | 34 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | converter/other/tiff.c | 6 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | converter/other/tifftopnm.c | 6 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | generator/ppmforge.c | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | lib/Makefile | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | lib/libpbm3.c | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | lib/libpbmvms.c | 734 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | lib/libpgm2.c | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | lib/libpm.c | 39 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | lib/libppm2.c | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | lib/pm.h | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | lib/pmfileio.c | 20 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | pm_config.in.h | 23 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | vms/Add_List.com | 59 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | vms/Make_PBMplus.com | 519 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | vms/Make_PBMplusShr.com | 280 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | vms/NetPBM.TeX | 12115 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | vms/PBMplus.hlp | 6814 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | vms/RGB.txt | 738 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | vms/SetUp.com | 37 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | vms/stamp-date.com | 25 |
24 files changed, 15 insertions, 21473 deletions
diff --git a/config.mk.in b/config.mk.in index 1e143f7e..fde9b80d 100644 --- a/config.mk.in +++ b/config.mk.in @@ -506,10 +506,6 @@ NETWORKLD = # SCO: #NETWORKLD = -lsocket, -lresolv -VMS = -#VMS: -#VMS = yes - # DONT_HAVE_PROCESS_MGMT is Y if this system doesn't have the usual # Unix process management stuff - fork, wait, etc. N for a regular Unix # system. diff --git a/converter/other/fiasco/getopt.c b/converter/other/fiasco/getopt.c index 0b2d1b75..f5baf7d3 100644 --- a/converter/other/fiasco/getopt.c +++ b/converter/other/fiasco/getopt.c @@ -73,13 +73,6 @@ #include <unistd.h> #endif /* GNU C library. */ -#ifdef VMS -#include <unixlib.h> -#if HAVE_STRING_H - 0 -#include <string.h> -#endif -#endif - #if defined (WIN32) && !defined (__CYGWIN32__) /* It's not Unix, really. See? Capital letters. */ #include <windows.h> diff --git a/converter/other/pamtotiff.c b/converter/other/pamtotiff.c index 59261a99..b0cab9a9 100644 --- a/converter/other/pamtotiff.c +++ b/converter/other/pamtotiff.c @@ -27,12 +27,6 @@ #include <unistd.h> #include <stdio.h> #include <fcntl.h> -#ifdef VMS -#ifdef SYSV -#undef SYSV -#endif -#include <tiffioP.h> -#endif /* tiffio.h has a weird problem on AIX. tiffio.h wrongly typedefs "int32". That's wrong because such a name is likely to be used in other parts of the program that includes tiffio.h. And in fact, on diff --git a/converter/other/sgitopnm.c b/converter/other/sgitopnm.c index 0d26bb9c..63814fdb 100644 --- a/converter/other/sgitopnm.c +++ b/converter/other/sgitopnm.c @@ -16,19 +16,10 @@ ** 08Feb94: minor bugfix ** 29Jul00: added -channel option (smar@reptiles.org) */ +#include <unistd.h> +#include "mallocvar.h" #include "pnm.h" #include "sgi.h" -#include "mallocvar.h" -#ifndef VMS -#include <unistd.h> -#endif - -/*#define DEBUG*/ - -#ifndef SEEK_SET -#define SEEK_SET 0 -#endif - /* entry in RLE offset table */ typedef struct { @@ -60,6 +51,7 @@ static void rle_decompress ARGS((ScanElem *src, int srclen, ScanElem *dest static short verbose = 0; + int main(argc, argv) int argc; @@ -199,10 +191,6 @@ read_header(ifp, channel) pm_message("compression: %d = %s", head->storage, compression_name(head->storage)); head->name[79] = '\0'; /* just to be safe */ pm_message("Image name: \"%s\"", head->name); -#ifdef DEBUG - pm_message("bpc: %d dimension: %d zsize: %d", head->bpc, head->dimension, head->zsize); - pm_message("pixmin: %ld pixmax: %ld colormap: %ld", head->pixmin, head->pixmax, head->colormap); -#endif } return head; @@ -219,10 +207,6 @@ read_table(ifp, tablen) MALLOCARRAY_NOFAIL(table, tablen); -#ifdef DEBUG - pm_message("reading offset table"); -#endif - for( i = 0; i < tablen; i++ ) table[i].start = get_big_long(ifp); for( i = 0; i < tablen; i++ ) @@ -243,13 +227,9 @@ read_channels(ifp, head, table, func, ochan) { ScanLine *image; ScanElem *temp; - int channel, maxchannel, row, sgi_index, i; + int channel, maxchannel, sgi_index, i; long offset, length; -#ifdef DEBUG - pm_message("reading channels"); -#endif - if (ochan < 0) { maxchannel = (head->zsize < 3) ? head->zsize : 3; MALLOCARRAY_NOFAIL(image, head->ysize * maxchannel); @@ -261,9 +241,7 @@ read_channels(ifp, head, table, func, ochan) MALLOCARRAY_NOFAIL(temp, WORSTCOMPR(head->xsize)); for( channel = 0; channel < maxchannel; channel++ ) { -#ifdef DEBUG - pm_message(" channel %d", channel); -#endif + unsigned int row; for( row = 0; row < head->ysize; row++ ) { int iindex; @@ -300,6 +278,7 @@ read_channels(ifp, head, table, func, ochan) } + static void image_to_pnm(Header *head, ScanLine *image, xelval maxval, int channel) { @@ -335,6 +314,7 @@ image_to_pnm(Header *head, ScanLine *image, xelval maxval, int channel) } + static void rle_decompress(src, srcleft, dest, destleft) ScanElem *src; diff --git a/converter/other/tiff.c b/converter/other/tiff.c index 90d50710..d0cbbd74 100644 --- a/converter/other/tiff.c +++ b/converter/other/tiff.c @@ -10,12 +10,6 @@ #include <string.h> -#ifdef VMS -#ifdef SYSV -#undef SYSV -#endif -#include <tiffioP.h> -#endif #include <tiffio.h> #include "pm_c_util.h" diff --git a/converter/other/tifftopnm.c b/converter/other/tifftopnm.c index 1cf869fb..756b55e9 100644 --- a/converter/other/tifftopnm.c +++ b/converter/other/tifftopnm.c @@ -59,12 +59,6 @@ #include "nstring.h" #include "pnm.h" -#ifdef VMS -#ifdef SYSV -#undef SYSV -#endif -#include <tiffioP.h> -#endif /* See warning about tiffio.h in pamtotiff.c */ #include <tiffio.h> diff --git a/generator/ppmforge.c b/generator/ppmforge.c index 80e35822..047d3d6e 100644 --- a/generator/ppmforge.c +++ b/generator/ppmforge.c @@ -40,11 +40,7 @@ #include "ppm.h" #include "mallocvar.h" -#ifdef VMS -static double const hugeVal = HUGE_VAL; -#else static double const hugeVal = 1e50; -#endif /* Definitions used to address real and imaginary parts in a two-dimensional array of complex numbers as stored by fourn(). */ diff --git a/lib/Makefile b/lib/Makefile index 22488188..ecb3a035 100644 --- a/lib/Makefile +++ b/lib/Makefile @@ -36,9 +36,6 @@ LIBOBJECTS = libpm.o pmfileio.o fileio.o bitio.o colorname.o \ libpamn.o libpammap.o libpamcolor.o \ $(LIBSYSTEM) \ -ifneq (${VMS}x,x) -LIBOBJECTS += libpbmvms.o -endif # Library objects to be linked but not built by common.mk: LIBOBJECTS_X = \ util/filename.o \ diff --git a/lib/libpbm3.c b/lib/libpbm3.c index b41f90de..d6a953c2 100644 --- a/lib/libpbm3.c +++ b/lib/libpbm3.c @@ -39,9 +39,6 @@ pbm_writepbminit(FILE * const fileP, if (!forceplain && !pm_plain_output) { fprintf(fileP, "%c%c\n%d %d\n", PBM_MAGIC1, RPBM_MAGIC2, cols, rows); -#ifdef VMS - set_outfile_binary(); -#endif } else fprintf(fileP, "%c%c\n%d %d\n", PBM_MAGIC1, PBM_MAGIC2, cols, rows); } diff --git a/lib/libpbmvms.c b/lib/libpbmvms.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8a2a54f8..00000000 --- a/lib/libpbmvms.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,734 +0,0 @@ -/*************************************************************************** - This file contains library routines needed to build Netpbm for VMS. - However, as of 2000.05.26, when these were split out of libpbm1.c - (where they were all switched by #ifdef VMS), there is no evidence - that anyone is building Netpbm for VMS. -****************************************************************************/ - -/* - * @(#)argproc.c 1.0 89/02/01 Mark Pizzolato (mark@infopiz.uucp) - */ - -#ifndef lint -char argproc_version[] = "@(#)argproc.c VMS uucp Version infopiz-1.0"; -#endif - -#include "includes.h" /* System include files, system dependent */ - - -/* - * getredirection() is intended to aid in porting C programs - * to VMS (Vax-11 C) which does not have '>' and '<' - * I/O redirection, along with a command line pipe mechanism - * using the '|' AND background command execution '&'. - * The piping mechanism will probably work with almost any 'filter' type - * of program. With suitable modification, it may useful for other - * portability problems as well. - * - * Author: Mark Pizzolato mark@infopiz.UUCP - */ -struct list_item - { - struct list_item *next; - char *value; - }; - -int -getredirection(ac, av) -int *ac; -char ***av; -/* - * Process vms redirection arg's. Exit if any error is seen. - * If getredirection() processes an argument, it is erased - * from the vector. getredirection() returns a new argc and argv value. - * In the event that a background command is requested (by a trailing "&"), - * this routine creates a background subprocess, and simply exits the program. - * - * Warning: do not try to simplify the code for vms. The code - * presupposes that getredirection() is called before any data is - * read from stdin or written to stdout. - * - * Normal usage is as follows: - * - * main(argc, argv) - * int argc; - * char *argv[]; - * { - * getredirection(&argc, &argv); - * } - */ -{ - int argc = *ac; /* Argument Count */ - char **argv = *av; /* Argument Vector */ - char *ap; /* Argument pointer */ - int j; /* argv[] index */ - extern int errno; /* Last vms i/o error */ - int item_count = 0; /* Count of Items in List */ - int new_file; /* flag, true if '>' used */ - struct list_item *list_head = 0; /* First Item in List */ - struct list_item *list_tail; /* Last Item in List */ - char *in = NULL; /* Input File Name */ - char *out = NULL; /* Output File Name */ - char *outmode = "w"; /* Mode to Open Output File */ - int cmargc = 0; /* Piped Command Arg Count */ - char **cmargv = NULL;/* Piped Command Arg Vector */ - stat_t statbuf; /* fstat buffer */ - - /* - * First handle the case where the last thing on the line ends with - * a '&'. This indicates the desire for the command to be run in a - * subprocess, so we satisfy that desire. - */ - ap = argv[argc-1]; - if (0 == strcmp("&", ap)) - exit(background_process(--argc, argv)); - if ('&' == ap[strlen(ap)-1]) - { - ap[strlen(ap)-1] = '\0'; - exit(background_process(argc, argv)); - } - /* - * Now we handle the general redirection cases that involve '>', '>>', - * '<', and pipes '|'. - */ - for (new_file = 0, j = 0; j < argc; ++j) - { - if (0 == strcmp("<", argv[j])) - { - if (j+1 >= argc) - { - errno = EINVAL; - perror("No input file"); - exit(EXIT_ERR); - } - in = argv[++j]; - continue; - } - if ('<' == *(ap = argv[j])) - { - in = 1 + ap; - continue; - } - if (0 == strcmp(">", ap)) - { - if (j+1 >= argc) - { - errno = EINVAL; - perror("No output file"); - exit(EXIT_ERR); - } - out = argv[++j]; - new_file = 1; - continue; - } - if ('>' == *ap) - { - if ('>' == ap[1]) - { - outmode = "a"; - if ('\0' == ap[2]) - out = argv[++j]; - else - out = 2 + ap; - } - else - { out = 1 + ap; new_file = 1; } - continue; - } - if (0 == strcmp("|", argv[j])) - { - if (j+1 >= argc) - { - errno = EPIPE; - perror("No command to Pipe to"); - exit(EXIT_ERR); - } - cmargc = argc-(j+1); - cmargv = &argv[j+1]; - argc = j; - outmode = "wb"; /* pipes are binary mode devices */ - continue; - } - if ('|' == *(ap = argv[j])) - { - ++argv[j]; - cmargc = argc-j; - cmargv = &argv[j]; - argc = j; - outmode = "wb"; /* pipes are binary mode devices */ - continue; - } - expand_wild_cards(ap, &list_head, &list_tail, &item_count); - } - /* - * Allocate and fill in the new argument vector, Some Unix's terminate - * the list with an extra null pointer. - */ - argv = *av = calloc(item_count+1, sizeof(char *)); - for (j = 0; j < item_count; ++j, list_head = list_head->next) - argv[j] = list_head->value; - *ac = item_count; - if (cmargv != NULL) - { - char subcmd[1024]; - static char *pipe_and_fork(); - - if (out != NULL) - { - errno = EINVAL; - perror("Invalid '|' and '>' specified"); - exit(EXIT_ERR); - } - strcpy(subcmd, cmargv[0]); - for (j = 1; j < cmargc; ++j) - { - strcat(subcmd, " \""); - strcat(subcmd, cmargv[j]); - strcat(subcmd, "\""); - } - out = pipe_and_fork(subcmd); - outmode = "wb"; - } - - /* Check for input from a pipe (mailbox) */ - - if(fstat(0, &statbuf) == 0){ - if(strncmp(statbuf.st_dev, "MB", 2) == 0 || - strncmp(statbuf.st_dev, "_MB", 3) == 0){ - - /* Input from a pipe, reopen it in binary mode to disable */ - /* carriage control processing. */ - - if (in != NULL){ - errno = EINVAL; - perror("Invalid '|' and '<' specified"); - exit(EXIT_ERR); - } - freopen(statbuf.st_dev, "rb", stdin); - } - } - else { - perror("fstat failed"); - exit(EXIT_ERR); - } - -#ifdef __ALPHA - /*, "mbc=32", "mbf=2"))) blows up on the ALPHA cbm 11/08/92 */ - if ((in != NULL) && (NULL == freopen(in, "r", stdin))) - { -#else - if ((in != NULL) && (NULL == freopen(in, "r", stdin, "mbc=32", "mbf=2"))) - { -#endif - perror(in); /* Can't find file */ - exit(EXIT_ERR); /* Is a fatal error */ - } -#ifdef __ALPHA - if ((out != NULL) && (NULL == freopen(out, outmode, stdout))) - { -#else - if ((out != NULL) && (NULL == freopen(out, outmode, stdout, "mbc=32", "mbf=2"))) - { -#endif - perror(ap); /* Error, can't write or append */ - exit(EXIT_ERR); /* Is a fatal error */ - } - - if ( new_file ) { - /* - * We are making an explicit output file, fstat the file and - * declare exit handler to be able change the file to fixed length - * records if necessary. - */ - char fname[256]; - static int outfile_rundown(), check_outfile_filetype(); - static stat_t ofile_stat; - static struct exit_control_block { - struct exit_control_block *flink; - int (*exit_routine)(); - int arg_count; - int *status_address; /* arg 1 */ - stat_t *stat; /* arg 2 */ - int exit_status; - int skew[128]; - } exit_block = - { 0, outfile_rundown, 2, &exit_block.exit_status, &ofile_stat, 0 }; - - if ( fstat ( fileno(stdout), &ofile_stat ) == 0 ) - sys$dclexh ( &exit_block ); - else fprintf(stderr,"Error fstating stdout - %s\n", - strerror(errno,vaxc$errno) ); - - if ( fgetname ( stdout, fname, 0 ) ) check_outfile_filetype ( fname ); - } -#ifdef DEBUG - fprintf(stderr, "Arglist:\n"); - for (j = 0; j < *ac; ++j) - fprintf(stderr, "argv[%d] = '%s'\n", j, argv[j]); -#endif -} - -static int binary_outfile = 0; -void set_outfile_binary() { binary_outfile = 1; return; } - -/* - * Check if output file should be set to binary (fixed 512) on exit based - * upon the filetype. - */ -static int check_outfile_filetype ( name ) - char *name; -{ - char *binary_filetypes, *ext, *p, *t; - binary_filetypes = (char *) getenv ( "PBM_BINARY_FILETYPES" ); - if ( binary_filetypes == NULL ) return 0; - - ext = strchr ( name, '.' ); if ( ext == NULL ) return 0; - ext++; - t = strrchr ( name, '.' ); if ( t != NULL ) *t = '\0'; - - for ( p = binary_filetypes; *p != '\0'; p++ ) { - for ( t = p; - (*p != '\0' ) && (strchr ( ", ", *p ) == NULL); - p++ ) *p = toupper(*p); - *p = '\0'; - - if ( strcmp ( t, ext ) == 0 ) { - binary_outfile = 1; - break; - } - } - return binary_outfile; -} - - -/* - * Exit handler to set output file to binary on image exit. - */ -static int outfile_rundown ( reason, statbuf ) - int *reason; - stat_t *statbuf; -{ - int code, channel, status, LIB$GETDVI(), sys$assign(), sys$qiow(); - long int fib_desc[2], devchar; - short int iosb[4]; - $DESCRIPTOR(device, statbuf->st_dev); - struct fibdef fib; /* File information block (XQP) */ - struct atrdef atr[2]; - struct fat { - unsigned char rtype, ratattrib; - unsigned short int rsize, hiblk[2], efblk[2], ffbyte, maxrec, defext, gbc; - unsigned short int reserved[4], versions; - } rat; - - if ( !binary_outfile ) return 1; /* leave file alone */ - /* - * Assign channel to device listed in stat block and test if it is - * a directory structured device, returning if not. - */ - device.dsc$w_length = strlen ( statbuf->st_dev ); - status = sys$assign ( &device, &channel, 0, 0 ); - if ((status & 1) == 0) { fprintf(stderr, - "assign error to %s (%d)\n", device.dsc$a_pointer, status); - return status; } - code = DVI$_DEVCHAR; - status = LIB$GETDVI ( &code, &channel, 0, &devchar ); - if ((status & 1) == 0) { fprintf(stderr, "getdvi error: %d\n", status); - return status; } - if ( (devchar & DEV$M_DIR) == 0 ) return 1; - /* - * Build File Information Block and Atrribute block. - */ -#ifdef __ALPHA - fib.fib$w_fid[0] = statbuf->st_ino[0]; - fib.fib$w_fid[1] = statbuf->st_ino[1]; - fib.fib$w_fid[2] = statbuf->st_ino[2]; -#else - fib.fib$r_fid_overlay.fib$w_fid[0] = statbuf->st_ino[0]; - fib.fib$r_fid_overlay.fib$w_fid[1] = statbuf->st_ino[1]; - fib.fib$r_fid_overlay.fib$w_fid[2] = statbuf->st_ino[2]; -#endif - - atr[0].atr$w_size = sizeof(rat); - atr[0].atr$w_type = ATR$C_RECATTR; - atr[0].atr$l_addr = &rat; - atr[1].atr$w_size = 0; atr[1].atr$w_type = 0; - /* - * Perform access function with read_attributes sub-function. - */ - freopen ( "SYS$OUTPUT:", "a", stdout ); - fib_desc[0] = 10; fib_desc[1] = (long int) &fib; -#ifdef __ALPHA - fib.fib$l_acctl = FIB$M_WRITE; -#else - fib.fib$r_acctl_overlay.fib$l_acctl = FIB$M_WRITE; -#endif - status = sys$qiow ( 0, channel, IO$_ACCESS|IO$M_ACCESS, - &iosb, 0, 0, &fib_desc, 0, 0, 0, &atr, 0 ); - /* - * If status successful, update record byte and perform a MODIFY. - */ - if ( (status&1) == 1 ) status = iosb[0]; - if ( (status&1) == 1 ) { - rat.rtype = 1; /* fixed length records */ - rat.rsize = 512; /* 512 byte block recrods */ - rat.ratattrib = 0; /* Record attributes: none */ - - status = sys$qiow - ( 0, channel, IO$_MODIFY, &iosb, 0, 0, &fib_desc, 0, 0, 0, &atr, 0 ); - if ( (status&1) == 1 ) status = iosb[0]; - } - sys$dassgn ( channel ); - if ( (status & 1) == 0 ) fprintf ( stderr, - "Failed to convert output file to binary format, status: %d\n", status); - return status; -} - - -static add_item(head, tail, value, count) -struct list_item **head; -struct list_item **tail; -char *value; -int *count; -{ - if (*head == 0) - { - if (NULL == (*head = calloc(1, sizeof(**head)))) - { - errno = ENOMEM; - perror(""); - exit(EXIT_ERR); - } - *tail = *head; - } - else - if (NULL == ((*tail)->next = calloc(1, sizeof(**head)))) - { - errno = ENOMEM; - perror(""); - exit(EXIT_ERR); - } - else - *tail = (*tail)->next; - (*tail)->value = value; - ++(*count); -} - -static expand_wild_cards(item, head, tail, count) -char *item; -struct ltem_list **head; -struct ltem_list **tail; -int *count; -{ -int expcount = 0; -int context = 0; -int status; -int status_value; -int had_version; -$DESCRIPTOR(filespec, item); -$DESCRIPTOR(defaultspec, "SYS$DISK:[]*.*;"); -$DESCRIPTOR(resultspec, ""); - - if (strcspn(item, "*%") == strlen(item)) - { - add_item(head, tail, item, count); - return; - } - resultspec.dsc$b_dtype = DSC$K_DTYPE_T; - resultspec.dsc$b_class = DSC$K_CLASS_D; - resultspec.dsc$a_pointer = NULL; - filespec.dsc$w_length = strlen(item); - /* - * Only return version specs, if the caller specified a version - */ - had_version = strchr(item, ';'); - while (1 == (1&lib$find_file(&filespec, &resultspec, &context, - &defaultspec, 0, &status_value, &0))) - { - char *string; - char *c; - - if (NULL == (string = calloc(1, resultspec.dsc$w_length+1))) - { - errno = ENOMEM; - perror(""); - exit(EXIT_ERR); - } - strncpy(string, resultspec.dsc$a_pointer, resultspec.dsc$w_length); - string[resultspec.dsc$w_length] = '\0'; - if (NULL == had_version) - *((char *)strrchr(string, ';')) = '\0'; - /* - * Be consistent with what the C RTL has already done to the rest of - * the argv items and lowercase all of these names. - */ - for (c = string; *c; ++c) - if (isupper(*c)) - *c = tolower(*c); - add_item(head, tail, string, count); - ++expcount; - } - if (expcount == 0) - add_item(head, tail, item, count); - lib$sfree1_dd(&resultspec); - lib$find_file_end(&context); -} - -static int child_st[2]; /* Event Flag set when child process completes */ - -static short child_chan;/* I/O Channel for Pipe Mailbox */ - -static exit_handler(status) -int *status; -{ -short iosb[4]; - - if (0 == child_st[0]) - { -#ifdef DEBUG - fprintf(stderr, "Waiting for Child Process to Finnish . . .\n"); -#endif - fflush(stdout); /* Have to flush pipe for binary data to */ - /* terminate properly -- <tp@mccall.com> */ -#ifdef DEBUG - fprintf(stderr, " stdout flushed. . .\n"); -#endif - sys$qio(0, child_chan, IO$_WRITEOF, iosb, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); -#ifdef DEBUG - fprintf(stderr, " Pipe terminated. . .\n"); -#endif - fclose(stdout); -#ifdef DEBUG - fprintf(stderr, " stdout closed. . .\n"); -#endif - sys$synch(0, child_st); - sys$dassgn(child_chan); - } -#ifdef DEBUG - fprintf(stderr, " sync done. . .\n"); -#endif -} - -#include <syidef> /* System Information Definitions */ - -static sig_child(chan) -int chan; -{ -#ifdef DEBUG - fprintf(stderr, "Child Completion AST, st: %x\n", child_st[0] ); -#endif - if (child_st[0] == 0) - { child_st[0] = 1; } - sys$setef ( 0 ); -} - -static struct exit_control_block - { - struct exit_control_block *flink; - int (*exit_routine)(); - int arg_count; - int *status_address; - int exit_status; - } exit_block = - { - 0, - exit_handler, - 1, - &exit_block.exit_status, - 0 - }; - -static char *pipe_and_fork(cmd) -char *cmd; -{ - $DESCRIPTOR(cmddsc, cmd); - static char mbxname[64], ef = 0; - $DESCRIPTOR(mbxdsc, mbxname); - short iosb[4]; - int status; - int pid; - struct - { - short dna_buflen; - short dna_itmcod; - char *dna_buffer; - short *dna_retlen; - int listend; - } itmlst = - { - sizeof(mbxname), - DVI$_DEVNAM, - mbxname, - &mbxdsc.dsc$w_length, - 0 - }; - int mbxsize; - struct - { - short mbf_buflen; - short mbf_itmcod; - int *mbf_maxbuf; - short *mbf_retlen; - int listend; - } syiitmlst = - { - sizeof(mbxsize), - SYI$_MAXBUF, - &mbxsize, - 0, - 0 - }; - - cmddsc.dsc$w_length = strlen(cmd); - /* - * Get the SYSGEN parameter MAXBUF, and the smaller of it and 2048 as - * the size of the 'pipe' mailbox. - */ - if (1 == (1&(vaxc$errno = sys$getsyiw(0, 0, 0, &syiitmlst, iosb, 0, 0, 0)))) - vaxc$errno = iosb[0]; - if (0 == (1&vaxc$errno)) - { - errno = EVMSERR; - perror("Can't get SYSGEN parameter value for MAXBUF"); - exit(EXIT_ERR); - } - if (mbxsize > 2048) - mbxsize = 2048; - if (0 == (1&(vaxc$errno = sys$crembx(0, &child_chan, mbxsize, mbxsize, 0, 0, 0)))) - { - errno = EVMSERR; - perror("Can't create pipe mailbox"); - exit(EXIT_ERR); - } - if (1 == (1&(vaxc$errno = sys$getdviw(0, child_chan, 0, &itmlst, iosb, - 0, 0, 0)))) - vaxc$errno = iosb[0]; - if (0 == (1&vaxc$errno)) - { - errno = EVMSERR; - perror("Can't get pipe mailbox device name"); - exit(EXIT_ERR); - } - mbxname[mbxdsc.dsc$w_length] = '\0'; -#ifdef DEBUG - fprintf(stderr, "Pipe Mailbox Name = '%s'\n", mbxname); -#endif - if (0 == (1&(vaxc$errno = lib$spawn(&cmddsc, &mbxdsc, 0, &1, - 0, &pid, child_st, &ef, sig_child, - &child_chan)))) - { - errno = EVMSERR; - perror("Can't spawn subprocess"); - exit(EXIT_ERR); - } -#ifdef DEBUG - fprintf(stderr, "Subprocess's Pid = %08X\n", pid); -#endif - sys$dclexh(&exit_block); - return(mbxname); -} - -background_process(argc, argv) -int argc; -char **argv; -{ -char command[2048] = "$"; -$DESCRIPTOR(value, command); -$DESCRIPTOR(cmd, "BACKGROUND$COMMAND"); -$DESCRIPTOR(null, "NLA0:"); -int pid; - - strcat(command, argv[0]); - while (--argc) - { - strcat(command, " \""); - strcat(command, *(++argv)); - strcat(command, "\""); - } - value.dsc$w_length = strlen(command); - if (0 == (1&(vaxc$errno = lib$set_symbol(&cmd, &value)))) - { - errno = EVMSERR; - perror("Can't create symbol for subprocess command"); - exit(EXIT_ERR); - } - if (0 == (1&(vaxc$errno = lib$spawn(&cmd, &null, 0, &17, 0, &pid)))) - { - errno = EVMSERR; - perror("Can't spawn subprocess"); - exit(EXIT_ERR); - } -#ifdef DEBUG - fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", command); -#endif - fprintf(stderr, "%08X\n", pid); - return(EXIT_OK); -} - -/* got this off net.sources */ - -#ifdef VMS -#define index strchr -#endif /*VMS*/ - -/* - * get option letter from argument vector - */ -int opterr = 1, /* useless, never set or used */ - optind = 1, /* index into parent argv vector */ - optopt; /* character checked for validity */ -char *optarg; /* argument associated with option */ - -#define BADCH (int)'?' -#define EMSG "" -#define tell(s) fputs(progname,stderr);fputs(s,stderr); \ - fputc(optopt,stderr);fputc('\n',stderr);return(BADCH); - -getopt(nargc,nargv,ostr) -int nargc; -char **nargv, - *ostr; -{ - static char *place = EMSG; /* option letter processing */ - register char *oli; /* option letter list index */ - char *index(); - char *progname; - - if(!*place) { /* update scanning pointer */ - if(optind >= nargc || *(place = nargv[optind]) != '-' || !*++place) return(EOF); - if (*place == '-') { /* found "--" */ - ++optind; - return(EOF); - } - } /* option letter okay? */ - if ((optopt = (int)*place++) == (int)':' || !(oli = index(ostr,optopt))) { - if(!*place) ++optind; -#ifdef VMS - progname = strrchr(nargv[0],']'); -#else - progname = rindex(nargv[0],'/'); -#endif - if (!progname) progname = nargv[0]; else progname++; - tell(": illegal option -- "); - } - if (*++oli != ':') { /* don't need argument */ - optarg = NULL; - if (!*place) ++optind; - } - else { /* need an argument */ - if (*place) optarg = place; /* no white space */ - else if (nargc <= ++optind) { /* no arg */ - place = EMSG; -#ifdef VMS - progname = strrchr(nargv[0],']'); -#else - progname = rindex(nargv[0],'/'); -#endif - if (!progname) progname = nargv[0]; else progname++; - tell(": option requires an argument -- "); - } - else optarg = nargv[optind]; /* white space */ - place = EMSG; - ++optind; - } - return(optopt); /* dump back option letter */ -} diff --git a/lib/libpgm2.c b/lib/libpgm2.c index 00929c5a..21e5ef9a 100644 --- a/lib/libpgm2.c +++ b/lib/libpgm2.c @@ -37,10 +37,6 @@ pgm_writepgminit(FILE * const fileP, PGM_MAGIC1, plainFormat || maxval >= 1<<16 ? PGM_MAGIC2 : RPGM_MAGIC2, cols, rows, maxval ); -#ifdef VMS - if (!plainFormat) - set_outfile_binary(); -#endif } diff --git a/lib/libpm.c b/lib/libpm.c index c563c8b1..edf84a17 100644 --- a/lib/libpm.c +++ b/lib/libpm.c @@ -562,37 +562,6 @@ pm_lcm(unsigned int const x, } -/* Initialization. */ - - -#ifdef VMS -static const char * -vmsProgname(int * const argcP, char * argv[]) { - char **temp_argv = argv; - int old_argc = *argcP; - int i; - const char * retval; - - getredirection( argcP, &temp_argv ); - if (*argcP > old_argc) { - /* Number of command line arguments has increased */ - fprintf( stderr, "Sorry!! getredirection() for VMS has " - "changed the argument list!!!\n"); - fprintf( stderr, "This is intolerable at the present time, " - "so we must stop!!!\n"); - exit(1); - } - for (i=0; i<*argcP; i++) - argv[i] = temp_argv[i]; - retval = strrchr( argv[0], '/'); - if ( retval == NULL ) retval = rindex( argv[0], ']'); - if ( retval == NULL ) retval = rindex( argv[0], '>'); - - return retval; -} -#endif - - void pm_init(const char * const progname, @@ -642,11 +611,7 @@ showVersion(void) { pm_message( "BSD defined" ); #endif /*BSD*/ #ifdef SYSV -#ifdef VMS - pm_message( "VMS & SYSV defined" ); -#else pm_message( "SYSV defined" ); -#endif #endif /*SYSV*/ #ifdef MSDOS pm_message( "MSDOS defined" ); @@ -751,11 +716,7 @@ pm_proginit(int * const argcP, const char * argv[]) { */ /* Extract program name. */ -#ifdef VMS - progname = vmsProgname(argcP, argv); -#else progname = strrchr( argv[0], '/'); -#endif if (progname == NULL) progname = argv[0]; else diff --git a/lib/libppm2.c b/lib/libppm2.c index 9d877bd3..fd26d2d8 100644 --- a/lib/libppm2.c +++ b/lib/libppm2.c @@ -36,10 +36,6 @@ ppm_writeppminit(FILE* const fileP, PPM_MAGIC1, plainFormat || maxval >= 1<<16 ? PPM_MAGIC2 : RPPM_MAGIC2, cols, rows, maxval ); -#ifdef VMS - if (!plainFormat) - set_outfile_binary(); -#endif } diff --git a/lib/pm.h b/lib/pm.h index 415b8684..644e2670 100644 --- a/lib/pm.h +++ b/lib/pm.h @@ -22,10 +22,6 @@ #include <setjmp.h> #include <sys/stat.h> -#ifdef VMS -#include <perror.h> -#endif - #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif diff --git a/lib/pmfileio.c b/lib/pmfileio.c index 585b0d0f..819a0343 100644 --- a/lib/pmfileio.c +++ b/lib/pmfileio.c @@ -48,18 +48,14 @@ /* File open/close that handles "-" as stdin/stdout and checks errors. */ -FILE* +FILE * pm_openr(const char * const name) { - FILE* f; + FILE * f; - if (strcmp(name, "-") == 0) + if (streq(name, "-")) f = stdin; else { -#ifndef VMS f = fopen(name, "rb"); -#else - f = fopen(name, "r", "ctx=stm"); -#endif if (f == NULL) pm_error("Unable to open file '%s' for reading. " "fopen() returns errno %d (%s)", @@ -70,18 +66,14 @@ pm_openr(const char * const name) { -FILE* +FILE * pm_openw(const char * const name) { - FILE* f; + FILE * f; - if (strcmp(name, "-") == 0) + if (streq(name, "-")) f = stdout; else { -#ifndef VMS f = fopen(name, "wb"); -#else - f = fopen(name, "w", "mbc=32", "mbf=2"); /* set buffer factors */ -#endif if (f == NULL) pm_error("Unable to open file '%s' for writing. " "fopen() returns errno %d (%s)", diff --git a/pm_config.in.h b/pm_config.in.h index c2f75454..f6847731 100644 --- a/pm_config.in.h +++ b/pm_config.in.h @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ **************************************************************************/ -#if defined(USG) || defined(SVR4) || defined(VMS) || defined(__SVR4) +#if defined(USG) || defined(SVR4) || defined(__SVR4) #define SYSV #endif #if !( defined(BSD) || defined(SYSV) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(__amigaos__)) @@ -74,25 +74,6 @@ #if (defined(SYSV) || defined(__amigaos__)) #include <string.h> -/* Before Netpbm 9.1, rand and srand were macros for random and - srandom here. This caused a failure on a SunOS 5.6 system, which - is SYSV, but has both rand and random declared (with different - return types). The macro caused the prototype for random to be a - second prototype for rand. Before 9.1, Netpbm programs called - random() and on a SVID system, that was really a call to rand(). - We assume all modern systems have rand() itself, so now Netpbm - always calls rand() and if we find a platform that doesn't have - rand(), we will add something here for that platform. -Bryan 00.04.26 -#define random rand -#define srandom(s) srand(s) -extern void srand(); -extern int rand(); -*/ -/* Before Netpbm 9.15, there were macro definitions of index() and - rindex() here, but there are no longer any invocations of those - functions in Netpbm, except in the VMS-only code, so there's no - reason for them. -*/ #ifndef __SASC #ifndef _DCC /* Amiga DICE Compiler */ @@ -115,7 +96,7 @@ extern int rand(); #ifdef BSD #include <stdlib.h> #endif -#if (defined(SYSV) && !defined(VMS)) +#if defined(SYSV) #include <malloc.h> #endif /* extern char* malloc(); */ diff --git a/vms/Add_List.com b/vms/Add_List.com deleted file mode 100755 index 830cfc96..00000000 --- a/vms/Add_List.com +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -$ VERIFY = F$Verify (0) -$! -$! ADD_LIST.COM command procedure -$! Usage: -$! ADD_LIST library file_spec [logical_name_table] -$! -$! Last Modified: 18-JAN-1991 Rick Dyson -$! -$! Escape routes -$ On Control_Y Then GoTo FINISH -$ On Error Then GoTo FINISH -$ On Warning Then GoTo FINISH -$ On Severe Then GoTo FINISH -$! -$! We're out'a here if the calling parameter is null -$ P2 = F$Edit (P2, "TRIM, UPCASE") -$ If P2 .eqs. "" Then GoTo FINISH -$! -$! Check logical name table argument and default if necessary. -$! -$ TABLE = F$Edit (P3, "UNCOMMENT, UPCASE, TRIM") -$ If (TABLE .eqs. "PROCESS") -$ Then -$ Else If (TABLE .eqs. "GROUP") -$ Then -$ Else If (TABLE .eqs. "JOB") -$ Then -$ Else If (TABLE .eqs. "SYSTEM") -$ Then -$ Else -$ TABLE = "Process" -$ EndIf -$ EndIf -$ EndIf -$ EndIf -$! -$! Check the first value in the library list -$ LIB = P1 -$ X = F$TrnLnm (LIB, "LNM$''TABLE'") -$ If X .eqs. "" Then GoTo INSERT -$ If X .eqs. P2 Then GoTo FINISH -$! -$! Find the first free logical to assign the library file to -$ BASE = P1 + "_" -$ N = 1 -$NEXTLIB: -$ LIB := 'BASE''N' -$ X = F$TrnLnm (LIB, "LNM$''TABLE'") -$ If X .eqs. "" Then GoTo INSERT -$ If X .eqs. P2 Then GoTo FINISH -$ N = N + 1 -$ GoTo NEXTLIB -$! -$! Add the library file to the library file list -$INSERT: -$ Define /'TABLE' 'LIB' 'P2' -$FINISH: -$ VERIFY = F$Verify (VERIFY) -$ Exit diff --git a/vms/Make_PBMplus.com b/vms/Make_PBMplus.com deleted file mode 100755 index d3243d96..00000000 --- a/vms/Make_PBMplus.com +++ /dev/null @@ -1,519 +0,0 @@ -$ If F$Mode () .eqs. "INTERACTIVE" -$ Then -$ VERIFY = F$Verify (0) -$ Else -$ VERIFY = F$Verify (1) -$ EndIf -$ THIS_PATH = F$Element (0, "]", F$Environment ("PROCEDURE")) + "]" -$ Set Default 'THIS_PATH' -$! -$ PBMPLUS_PATH = F$Element (0, "]", F$Environment ("DEFAULT")) + ".]" -$ Define /NoLog /Translation_Attributes = Concealed PBMplus_Root "''PBMPLUS_PATH'" -$ Define /NoLog PBMplus_Dir PBMplus_Root:[000000] -$ Define /NoLog PBMplusShr PBMplus_Dir:PBMplusShr -$ @ PBMplus_Dir:STAMP-DATE.COM -$ Purge /NoLog /NoConfirm COMPILE.H -$! -$! Make the Shareable Library -$! -$ Set Default PBMplus_Root:[pbm] -$ PBMPLUS_PATH = F$Element (0, "]", F$Environment ("DEFAULT")) - ".PBM" + ".]" -$ If F$TrnLnm ("PBMplus_Root") .eqs. "" Then Define /Translation_Attributes = Concealed PBMplus_Root "''PBMPLUS_PATH'" -$ If F$TrnLnm ("PBMplus_Dir") .eqs. "" Then Define PBMplus_Dir PBMplus_Root:[000000] -$ If F$TrnLnm ("Sys") .eqs. "" Then Define Sys Sys$Library -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=LIBPBM1.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] LIBPBM1.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=LIBPBM2.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] LIBPBM2.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=LIBPBM3.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] LIBPBM3.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=LIBPBM4.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] LIBPBM4.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=LIBPBM5.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] LIBPBM5.C -$ Library /Create libpbm.olb libpbm%.obj -$ Set Default PBMplus_Root:[pgm] -$ PBMPLUS_PATH = F$Element (0, "]", F$Environment ("DEFAULT")) - ".PGM" + ".]" -$ If F$TrnLnm ("PBMplus_Root") .eqs. "" Then Define /Translation_Attributes = Concealed PBMplus_Root "''PBMPLUS_PATH'" -$ If F$TrnLnm ("PBMplus_Dir") .eqs. "" Then Define PBMplus_Dir PBMplus_Root:[000000] -$ If F$TrnLnm ("Sys") .eqs. "" Then Define Sys Sys$Library -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=LIBPGM1.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-.pbm],[-]) LIBPGM1.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=LIBPGM2.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-.pbm],[-]) LIBPGM2.C -$ Library /Create libpgm.olb libpgm%.obj -$ Set Default PBMplus_Root:[ppm] -$ PBMPLUS_PATH = F$Element (0, "]", F$Environment ("DEFAULT")) - ".PPM" + ".]" -$ If F$TrnLnm ("PBMplus_Root") .eqs. "" Then Define /Translation_Attributes = Concealed PBMplus_Root "''PBMPLUS_PATH'" -$ If F$TrnLnm ("PBMplus_Dir") .eqs. "" Then Define PBMplus_Dir PBMplus_Root:[000000] -$ If F$TrnLnm ("Sys") .eqs. "" Then Define Sys Sys$Library -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=LIBPPM1.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) LIBPPM1.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=LIBPPM2.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) LIBPPM2.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=LIBPPM3.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) LIBPPM3.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=LIBPPM4.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) LIBPPM4.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=LIBPPM5.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) LIBPPM5.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=BITIO.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) BITIO.C -$ Library /Create libppm.olb libppm%.obj,bitio.obj -$ Set Default PBMplus_Root:[pnm] -$ PBMPLUS_PATH = F$Element (0, "]", F$Environment ("DEFAULT")) - ".PNM" + ".]" -$ If F$TrnLnm ("PBMplus_Root") .eqs. "" Then Define /Translation_Attributes = Concealed PBMplus_Root "''PBMPLUS_PATH'" -$ If F$TrnLnm ("PBMplus_Dir") .eqs. "" Then Define PBMplus_Dir PBMplus_Root:[000000] -$ If F$TrnLnm ("Sys") .eqs. "" Then Define Sys Sys$Library -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=LIBPNM1.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) LIBPNM1.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=LIBPNM2.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) LIBPNM2.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=LIBPNM3.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) LIBPNM3.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=LIBPNM4.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) LIBPNM4.C -$ Library /Create libpnm.olb libpnm%.obj -$ Set Default PBMplus_Dir -$ @ PBMplus_Dir:MAKE_PBMplusShr.COM -$! -$! PBM -$! -$ Set Default PBMplus_Root:[pbm] -$ PBMPLUS_PATH = F$Element (0, "]", F$Environment ("DEFAULT")) - ".PBM" + ".]" -$ If F$TrnLnm ("PBMplus_Root") .eqs. "" Then Define /Translation_Attributes = Concealed PBMplus_Root "''PBMPLUS_PATH'" -$ If F$TrnLnm ("PBMplus_Dir") .eqs. "" Then Define PBMplus_Dir PBMplus_Root:[000000] -$ If F$TrnLnm ("Sys") .eqs. "" Then Define Sys Sys$Library -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=ATKTOPBM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] ATKTOPBM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=ATKTOPBM.EXE ATKTOPBM.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=BRUSHTOPBM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] BRUSHTOPBM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=BRUSHTOPBM.EXE BRUSHTOPBM.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=CMUWMTOPBM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] CMUWMTOPBM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=CMUWMTOPBM.EXE CMUWMTOPBM.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=G3TOPBM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] G3TOPBM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=G3TOPBM.EXE G3TOPBM.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=GEMTOPBM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] GEMTOPBM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=GEMTOPBM.EXE GEMTOPBM.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=ICONTOPBM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] ICONTOPBM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=ICONTOPBM.EXE ICONTOPBM.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=MACPTOPBM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] MACPTOPBM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=MACPTOPBM.EXE MACPTOPBM.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=MGRTOPBM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] MGRTOPBM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=MGRTOPBM.EXE MGRTOPBM.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMLIFE.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMLIFE.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMLIFE.EXE PBMLIFE.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMMAKE.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMMAKE.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMMAKE.EXE PBMMAKE.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMMASK.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMMASK.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMMASK.EXE PBMMASK.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMREDUCE.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMREDUCE.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMREDUCE.EXE PBMREDUCE.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMTEXT.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMTEXT.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMTEXT.EXE PBMTEXT.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMTO10X.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMTO10X.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMTO10X.EXE PBMTO10X.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMTO4425.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMTO4425.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMTO4425.EXE PBMTO4425.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMTOASCII.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMTOASCII.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMTOASCII.EXE PBMTOASCII.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMTOATK.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMTOATK.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMTOATK.EXE PBMTOATK.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMTOBBNBG.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMTOBBNBG.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMTOBBNBG.EXE PBMTOBBNBG.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMTOCMUWM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMTOCMUWM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMTOCMUWM.EXE PBMTOCMUWM.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMTOEPSON.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMTOEPSON.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMTOEPSON.EXE PBMTOEPSON.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMTOG3.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMTOG3.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMTOG3.EXE PBMTOG3.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMTOGEM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMTOGEM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMTOGEM.EXE PBMTOGEM.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMTOGO.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMTOGO.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMTOGO.EXE PBMTOGO.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMTOICON.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMTOICON.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMTOICON.EXE PBMTOICON.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMTOLJ.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMTOLJ.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMTOLJ.EXE PBMTOLJ.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMTOMACP.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMTOMACP.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMTOMACP.EXE PBMTOMACP.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMTOMGR.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMTOMGR.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMTOMGR.EXE PBMTOMGR.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMTOPI3.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMTOPI3.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMTOPI3.EXE PBMTOPI3.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMTOPLOT.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMTOPLOT.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMTOPLOT.EXE PBMTOPLOT.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMTOPTX.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMTOPTX.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMTOPTX.EXE PBMTOPTX.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMTOX10BM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMTOX10BM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMTOX10BM.EXE PBMTOX10BM.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMTOXBM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMTOXBM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMTOXBM.EXE PBMTOXBM.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMTOYBM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMTOYBM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMTOYBM.EXE PBMTOYBM.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMTOZINC.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMTOZINC.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMTOZINC.EXE PBMTOZINC.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMUPC.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMUPC.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMUPC.EXE PBMUPC.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PI3TOPBM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PI3TOPBM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PI3TOPBM.EXE PI3TOPBM.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=XBMTOPBM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] XBMTOPBM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=XBMTOPBM.EXE XBMTOPBM.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=YBMTOPBM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] YBMTOPBM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=YBMTOPBM.EXE YBMTOPBM.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMTOLN03.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMTOLN03.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMTOLN03.EXE PBMTOLN03.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMCLEAN.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMCLEAN.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMCLEAN.EXE PBMCLEAN.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMPSCALE.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMPSCALE.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMPSCALE.EXE PBMPSCALE.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMTOEPSI.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMTOEPSI.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMTOEPSI.EXE PBMTOEPSI.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMTOLPS.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMTOLPS.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMTOLPS.EXE PBMTOLPS.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMTOPK.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PBMTOPK.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMTOPK.EXE PBMTOPK.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PKTOPBM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = [-] PKTOPBM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PKTOPBM.EXE PKTOPBM.obj,PBMplusSHR/Option -$ Set Protection = (System:RWE, Owner:RWE, Group:RE, World:RE) *.exe -$! -$! PGM -$! -$ Set Default PBMplus_Root:[pgm] -$ PBMPLUS_PATH = F$Element (0, "]", F$Environment ("DEFAULT")) - ".PGM" + ".]" -$ If F$TrnLnm ("PBMplus_Root") .eqs. "" Then Define /Translation_Attributes = Concealed PBMplus_Root "''PBMPLUS_PATH'" -$ If F$TrnLnm ("PBMplus_Dir") .eqs. "" Then Define PBMplus_Dir PBMplus_Root:[000000] -$ If F$TrnLnm ("Sys") .eqs. "" Then Define Sys Sys$Library -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=ASCIITOPGM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-.pbm],[-]) ASCIITOPGM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=ASCIITOPGM.EXE ASCIITOPGM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=FSTOPGM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-.pbm],[-]) FSTOPGM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=FSTOPGM.EXE FSTOPGM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=HIPSTOPGM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-.pbm],[-]) HIPSTOPGM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=HIPSTOPGM.EXE HIPSTOPGM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=LISPMTOPGM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-.pbm],[-]) LISPMTOPGM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=LISPMTOPGM.EXE LISPMTOPGM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PGMBENTLEY.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-.pbm],[-]) PGMBENTLEY.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PGMBENTLEY.EXE PGMBENTLEY.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PGMCRATER.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-.pbm],[-]) PGMCRATER.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PGMCRATER.EXE PGMCRATER.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PGMEDGE.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-.pbm],[-]) PGMEDGE.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PGMEDGE.EXE PGMEDGE.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PGMENHANCE.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-.pbm],[-]) PGMENHANCE.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PGMENHANCE.EXE PGMENHANCE.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PGMHIST.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-.pbm],[-]) PGMHIST.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PGMHIST.EXE PGMHIST.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PGMKERNEL.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-.pbm],[-]) PGMKERNEL.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PGMKERNEL.EXE PGMKERNEL.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PGMNOISE.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-.pbm],[-]) PGMNOISE.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PGMNOISE.EXE PGMNOISE.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PGMNORM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-.pbm],[-]) PGMNORM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PGMNORM.EXE PGMNORM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PGMOIL.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-.pbm],[-]) PGMOIL.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PGMOIL.EXE PGMOIL.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PGMRAMP.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-.pbm],[-]) PGMRAMP.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PGMRAMP.EXE PGMRAMP.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PGMTOFS.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-.pbm],[-]) PGMTOFS.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PGMTOFS.EXE PGMTOFS.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PGMTOLISPM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-.pbm],[-]) PGMTOLISPM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PGMTOLISPM.EXE PGMTOLISPM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PGMTOPBM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-.pbm],[-]) PGMTOPBM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PGMTOPBM.EXE PGMTOPBM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PSIDTOPGM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-.pbm],[-]) PSIDTOPGM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PSIDTOPGM.EXE PSIDTOPGM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=RAWTOPGM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-.pbm],[-]) RAWTOPGM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=RAWTOPGM.EXE RAWTOPGM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PGMTEXTURE.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-.pbm],[-]) PGMTEXTURE.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PGMTEXTURE.EXE PGMTEXTURE.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=BIORADTOPGM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-.pbm],[-]) BIORADTOPGM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=BIORADTOPGM.EXE BIORADTOPGM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PBMTOPGM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-.pbm],[-]) PBMTOPGM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PBMTOPGM.EXE PBMTOPGM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=SPOTTOPGM.OBJ /Define = (PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-.pbm],[-]) SPOTTOPGM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=SPOTTOPGM.EXE SPOTTOPGM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ Set Protection = (System:RWE, Owner:RWE, Group:RE, World:RE) *.exe -$! -$! PPM -$! -$ Set Default PBMplus_Root:[ppm] -$ PBMPLUS_PATH = F$Element (0, "]", F$Environment ("DEFAULT")) - ".PPM" + ".]" -$ If F$TrnLnm ("PBMplus_Root") .eqs. "" Then Define /Translation_Attributes = Concealed PBMplus_Root "''PBMPLUS_PATH'" -$ If F$TrnLnm ("PBMplus_Dir") .eqs. "" Then Define PBMplus_Dir PBMplus_Root:[000000] -$ If F$TrnLnm ("Sys") .eqs. "" Then Define Sys Sys$Library -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=GOULDTOPPM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) GOULDTOPPM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=GOULDTOPPM.EXE GOULDTOPPM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=HPCDTOPPM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) HPCDTOPPM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=HPCDTOPPM.EXE HPCDTOPPM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=ILBMTOPPM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) ILBMTOPPM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=ILBMTOPPM.EXE ILBMTOPPM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=IMGTOPPM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) IMGTOPPM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=IMGTOPPM.EXE IMGTOPPM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=MTVTOPPM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) MTVTOPPM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=MTVTOPPM.EXE MTVTOPPM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PCXTOPPM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PCXTOPPM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PCXTOPPM.EXE PCXTOPPM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PGMTOPPM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PGMTOPPM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PGMTOPPM.EXE PGMTOPPM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PI1TOPPM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PI1TOPPM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PI1TOPPM.EXE PI1TOPPM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PICTTOPPM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PICTTOPPM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PICTTOPPM.EXE PICTTOPPM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PJTOPPM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PJTOPPM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PJTOPPM.EXE PJTOPPM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPM3D.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPM3D.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPM3D.EXE PPM3D.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMCHANGE.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMCHANGE.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMCHANGE.EXE PPMCHANGE.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMDIM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMDIM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMDIM.EXE PPMDIM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMDITHER.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMDITHER.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMDITHER.EXE PPMDITHER.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMFLASH.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMFLASH.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMFLASH.EXE PPMFLASH.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMFORGE.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMFORGE.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMFORGE.EXE PPMFORGE.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMHIST.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMHIST.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMHIST.EXE PPMHIST.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMMAKE.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMMAKE.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMMAKE.EXE PPMMAKE.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMMIX.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMMIX.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMMIX.EXE PPMMIX.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMQUANT.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMQUANT.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMQUANT.EXE PPMQUANT.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMRELIEF.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMRELIEF.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMRELIEF.EXE PPMRELIEF.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMSHIFT.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMSHIFT.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMSHIFT.EXE PPMSHIFT.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMSPREAD.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMSPREAD.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMSPREAD.EXE PPMSPREAD.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMTOACAD.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMTOACAD.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMTOACAD.EXE PPMTOACAD.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMTOGIF.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMTOGIF.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMTOGIF.EXE PPMTOGIF.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMTOICR.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMTOICR.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMTOICR.EXE PPMTOICR.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMTOILBM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMTOILBM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMTOILBM.EXE PPMTOILBM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMTOMITSU.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMTOMITSU.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMTOMITSU.EXE PPMTOMITSU.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMTOPCX.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMTOPCX.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMTOPCX.EXE PPMTOPCX.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMTOPGM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMTOPGM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMTOPGM.EXE PPMTOPGM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMTOPI1.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMTOPI1.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMTOPI1.EXE PPMTOPI1.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMTOPICT.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMTOPICT.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMTOPICT.EXE PPMTOPICT.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMTOPJ.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMTOPJ.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMTOPJ.EXE PPMTOPJ.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMTOPUZZ.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMTOPUZZ.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMTOPUZZ.EXE PPMTOPUZZ.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMTORGB3.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMTORGB3.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMTORGB3.EXE PPMTORGB3.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMTOSIXEL.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMTOSIXEL.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMTOSIXEL.EXE PPMTOSIXEL.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMTOTGA.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMTOTGA.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMTOTGA.EXE PPMTOTGA.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMTOUIL.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMTOUIL.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMTOUIL.EXE PPMTOUIL.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMTOXPM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMTOXPM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMTOXPM.EXE PPMTOXPM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMTOYUV.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMTOYUV.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMTOYUV.EXE PPMTOYUV.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=QRTTOPPM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) QRTTOPPM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=QRTTOPPM.EXE QRTTOPPM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=RAWTOPPM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) RAWTOPPM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=RAWTOPPM.EXE RAWTOPPM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=RGB3TOPPM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) RGB3TOPPM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=RGB3TOPPM.EXE RGB3TOPPM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=SLDTOPPM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) SLDTOPPM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=SLDTOPPM.EXE SLDTOPPM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=SPCTOPPM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) SPCTOPPM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=SPCTOPPM.EXE SPCTOPPM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=SPUTOPPM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) SPUTOPPM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=SPUTOPPM.EXE SPUTOPPM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TGATOPPM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) TGATOPPM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=TGATOPPM.EXE TGATOPPM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=XIMTOPPM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) XIMTOPPM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=XIMTOPPM.EXE XIMTOPPM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=XPMTOPPM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) XPMTOPPM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=XPMTOPPM.EXE XPMTOPPM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=XVMINITOPPM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) XVMINITOPPM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=XVMINITOPPM.EXE XVMINITOPPM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=YUVTOPPM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) YUVTOPPM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=YUVTOPPM.EXE YUVTOPPM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=BMPTOPPM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) BMPTOPPM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=BMPTOPPM.EXE BMPTOPPM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMBRIGHTEN.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMBRIGHTEN.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMBRIGHTEN.EXE PPMBRIGHTEN.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMDIST.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMDIST.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMDIST.EXE PPMDIST.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMQVGA.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMQVGA.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMQVGA.EXE PPMQVGA.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMTOBMP.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMTOBMP.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMTOBMP.EXE PPMTOBMP.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMTOMAP.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMTOMAP.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMTOMAP.EXE PPMTOMAP.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMTOPJXL.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMTOPJXL.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMTOPJXL.EXE PPMTOPJXL.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMTOYUVSPLIT.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMTOYUVSPLIT.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMTOYUVSPLIT.EXE PPMTOYUVSPLIT.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=YUVSPLITTOPPM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) YUVSPLITTOPPM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=YUVSPLITTOPPM.EXE YUVSPLITTOPPM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PPMPAT.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.pgm],[-.pbm]) PPMPAT.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PPMPAT.EXE PPMPAT.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ Set Protection = (System:RWE, Owner:RWE, Group:RE, World:RE) *.exe -$ Set Default PBMplus_Root:[libtiff] -$ Define /NoLog Sys Sys$Library -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=MKG3STATES.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize mkg3states.c -$ Define /User_Mode LNK$Library Sys$Library:VAXCRTL -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=MKG3STATES.EXE mkg3states -$ Define /User_Mode Sys$Output g3states.h -$ Run mkg3states.exe -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_FAX3.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_FAX3.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_FAX4.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_FAX4.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_AUX.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_AUX.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_CCITTRLE.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_CCITTRLE.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_CLOSE.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_CLOSE.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_COMPRESS.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_COMPRESS.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_DIR.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_DIR.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_DIRINFO.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_DIRINFO.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_DIRREAD.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_DIRREAD.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_DIRWRITE.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_DIRWRITE.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_DUMPMODE.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_DUMPMODE.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_ERROR.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_ERROR.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_GETIMAGE.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_GETIMAGE.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_JPEG.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_JPEG.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_FLUSH.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_FLUSH.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_LZW.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_LZW.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_MACHDEP.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_MACHDEP.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_NEXT.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_NEXT.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_OPEN.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_OPEN.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_PACKBITS.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_PACKBITS.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_PRINT.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_PRINT.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_READ.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_READ.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_STRIP.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_STRIP.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_SWAB.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_SWAB.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_THUNDER.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_THUNDER.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_TILE.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_TILE.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_VERSION.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_VERSION.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_VMS.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_VMS.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_WARNING.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_WARNING.C -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIF_WRITE.OBJ /Include_Directory = ([]) /Define = ("BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /NoDebug /Optimize TIF_WRITE.C -$ If "''F$Search ("libtiff.olb")'" .eqs. "" Then Library /Create libtiff.olb -$ Delete /NoConfirm /NoLog mkg3states.obj; -$ Library /Replace libtiff.olb *.obj -$! -$! PNM -$! -$ Set Default PBMplus_Root:[pnm] -$ PBMPLUS_PATH = F$Element (0, "]", F$Environment ("DEFAULT")) - ".PNM" + ".]" -$ If F$TrnLnm ("PBMplus_Root") .eqs. "" Then Define /Translation_Attributes = Concealed PBMplus_Root "''PBMPLUS_PATH'" -$ If F$TrnLnm ("PBMplus_Dir") .eqs. "" Then Define PBMplus_Dir PBMplus_Root:[000000] -$ If F$TrnLnm ("Sys") .eqs. "" Then Define Sys Sys$Library -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMALIAS.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMALIAS.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMALIAS.EXE PNMALIAS.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMARITH.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMARITH.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMARITH.EXE PNMARITH.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMCAT.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMCAT.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMCAT.EXE PNMCAT.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMCONVOL.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMCONVOL.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMCONVOL.EXE PNMCONVOL.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMCROP.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMCROP.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMCROP.EXE PNMCROP.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMCUT.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMCUT.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMCUT.EXE PNMCUT.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMDEPTH.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMDEPTH.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMDEPTH.EXE PNMDEPTH.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMENLARGE.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMENLARGE.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMENLARGE.EXE PNMENLARGE.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMFILE.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMFILE.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMFILE.EXE PNMFILE.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMFLIP.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMFLIP.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMFLIP.EXE PNMFLIP.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMHISTMAP.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMHISTMAP.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMHISTMAP.EXE PNMHISTMAP.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMINVERT.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMINVERT.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMINVERT.EXE PNMINVERT.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMNORAW.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMNORAW.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMNORAW.EXE PNMNORAW.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMNTSC.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMNTSC.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMNORAW.EXE PNMNORAW.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMNTSC.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMNTSC.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMNTSC.EXE PNMNTSC.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMPASTE.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMPASTE.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMPASTE.EXE PNMPASTE.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMSCALE.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMSCALE.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMSCALE.EXE PNMSCALE.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMTILE.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMTILE.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMTILE.EXE PNMTILE.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMTODDIF.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMTODDIF.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMTODDIF.EXE PNMTODDIF.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMTOFITS.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMTOFITS.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMTOFITS.EXE PNMTOFITS.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=FITSTOPNM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) FITSTOPNM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=FITSTOPNM.EXE FITSTOPNM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMTOPS.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMTOPS.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMTOPS.EXE PNMTOPS.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMTORAST.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMTORAST.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMTORAST.EXE PNMTORAST.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMTOXWD.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMTOXWD.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMTOXWD.EXE PNMTOXWD.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=RASTTOPNM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) RASTTOPNM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=RASTTOPNM.EXE RASTTOPNM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=XWDTOPNM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) XWDTOPNM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=XWDTOPNM.EXE XWDTOPNM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=GIFTOPNM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) GIFTOPNM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=GIFTOPNM.EXE GIFTOPNM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMCOMP.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMCOMP.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMCOMP.EXE PNMCOMP.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMTOSGI.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMTOSGI.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMTOSGI.EXE PNMTOSGI.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=SGITOPNM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) SGITOPNM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=SGITOPNM.EXE SGITOPNM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMTOSIR.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMTOSIR.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMTOSIR.EXE PNMTOSIR.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=SIRTOPNM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) SIRTOPNM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=SIRTOPNM.EXE SIRTOPNM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMNLFILT.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMNLFILT.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMNLFILT.EXE PNMNLFILT.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMPAD.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMPAD.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMPAD.EXE PNMPAD.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=ZEISSTOPNM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) ZEISSTOPNM.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=ZEISSTOPNM.EXE ZEISSTOPNM.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMGAMMA.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMGAMMA.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMGAMMA.EXE PNMGAMMA.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMROTATE.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMROTATE.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMROTATE.EXE PNMROTATE.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMSHEAR.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) PNMSHEAR.C -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMSHEAR.EXE PNMSHEAR.obj,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=TIFFTOPNM.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF,"BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) tifftopnm.c -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=TIFFTOPNM.EXE tifftopnm,[-.libtiff]libtiff.olb/Library,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ CC /NOLIST/OBJECT=PNMTOTIFF.OBJ /Define = (PPM,PGM,PBM,PBMPLUS_RAWBITS,LIBTIFF,"BSDTYPES=1","USE_VARARGS=1","USE_PROTOTYPES=0","USE_CONST",__STDC__) /Include_Directory = ([-],[-.ppm],[-.pgm],[-.pbm],[-.libtiff]) pnmtotiff.c -$ LINK /TRACE/NOMAP/EXEC=PNMTOTIFF.EXE pnmtotiff,[-.libtiff]libtiff.olb/Library,[-]PBMplusSHR.OPT/Option -$ Set Protection = (System:RWE, Owner:RWE, Group:RE, World:RE) *.exe -$! -$! Install the binaries in a separate directory -$! -$ Set Default PBMplus_Dir -$ If F$Parse ("PBMplus_Root:[Exe]") .eqs. "" Then Create /Directory PBMplus_Root:[Exe] -$ Set Default PBMplus_Root:[PBM] -$ PBMPLUS_PATH = F$Element (0, "]", F$Environment ("DEFAULT")) - ".PBM" + ".]" -$ If F$TrnLnm ("PBMplus_Root") .eqs. "" Then Define /Translation_Attributes = Concealed PBMplus_Root "''PBMPLUS_PATH'" -$ If F$TrnLnm ("PBMplus_Dir") .eqs. "" Then Define PBMplus_Dir PBMplus_Root:[000000] -$ If F$TrnLnm ("Sys") .eqs. "" Then Define Sys Sys$Library -$ Set Protection = (System:RWE, Owner:RWED, Group:RE, World:RE) *.exe -$ Rename /Log *.exe PBMplus_Root:[Exe] -$ Set Protection = Owner:RWE PBMplus_Root:[Exe]*.exe -$ Set Default PBMplus_Root:[PGM] -$ PBMPLUS_PATH = F$Element (0, "]", F$Environment ("DEFAULT")) - ".PGM" + ".]" -$ If F$TrnLnm ("PBMplus_Root") .eqs. "" Then Define /Translation_Attributes = Concealed PBMplus_Root "''PBMPLUS_PATH'" -$ If F$TrnLnm ("PBMplus_Dir") .eqs. "" Then Define PBMplus_Dir PBMplus_Root:[000000] -$ If F$TrnLnm ("Sys") .eqs. "" Then Define Sys Sys$Library -$ Set Protection = (System:RWE, Owner:RWED, Group:RE, World:RE) *.exe -$ Rename /Log *.exe PBMplus_Root:[Exe] -$ Set Protection = Owner:RWE PBMplus_Root:[Exe]*.exe -$ Set Default PBMplus_Root:[PPM] -$ PBMPLUS_PATH = F$Element (0, "]", F$Environment ("DEFAULT")) - ".PPM" + ".]" -$ If F$TrnLnm ("PBMplus_Root") .eqs. "" Then Define /Translation_Attributes = Concealed PBMplus_Root "''PBMPLUS_PATH'" -$ If F$TrnLnm ("PBMplus_Dir") .eqs. "" Then Define PBMplus_Dir PBMplus_Root:[000000] -$ If F$TrnLnm ("Sys") .eqs. "" Then Define Sys Sys$Library -$ Set Protection = (System:RWE, Owner:RWED, Group:RE, World:RE) *.exe -$ Rename /Log *.exe PBMplus_Root:[Exe] -$ Set Protection = Owner:RWE PBMplus_Root:[Exe]*.exe -$ Set Default PBMplus_Root:[PNM] -$ PBMPLUS_PATH = F$Element (0, "]", F$Environment ("DEFAULT")) - ".PNM" + ".]" -$ If F$TrnLnm ("PBMplus_Root") .eqs. "" Then Define /Translation_Attributes = Concealed PBMplus_Root "''PBMPLUS_PATH'" -$ If F$TrnLnm ("PBMplus_Dir") .eqs. "" Then Define PBMplus_Dir PBMplus_Root:[000000] -$ If F$TrnLnm ("Sys") .eqs. "" Then Define Sys Sys$Library -$ Set Protection = (System:RWE, Owner:RWED, Group:RE, World:RE) *.exe -$ Rename /Log *.exe PBMplus_Root:[Exe] -$ Set Protection = Owner:RWE PBMplus_Root:[Exe]*.exe -$! -$! Build the VMS Help Library -$! -$ Set Default PBMplus_Dir -$ Library /Create /Help PBMPLUS.HLB PBMPLUS.HLP -$ Set File /Truncate PBMPLUS.HLB -$ Exit diff --git a/vms/Make_PBMplusShr.com b/vms/Make_PBMplusShr.com deleted file mode 100755 index 8e43efb9..00000000 --- a/vms/Make_PBMplusShr.com +++ /dev/null @@ -1,280 +0,0 @@ -$! -$! Make shareable image out of PBMPLUS libraries. This command procedure -$! takes no arguments, but must be placed in the top-level PBMPLUS directory. -$! -$! It uses the following input library files: -$! -$! [.PBM]LIBPBM.OLB,[.PGM]LIBPGM.OLB,[.PPM]LIBPPM.OLB,[.PNM]LIBPNM.OLB -$! -$! This procedure generates the following files if missing or out-of-date: -$! -$! TRANSVEC.OBJ Object file containing transfer vector for PBMPLUSSHR. -$! PBMPLUSSHR.EXE Shareable image file for PBM libraries. -$! PBMPLUSSHR.OPT Linker options file for linking utility program against -$! the PBMPLUSSHR.EXE shareable image. -$! -$ instruct = 0 -$ proc = f$environment("PROCEDURE") -$ proc_cdt = f$cvtime(f$file(proc,"CDT")) -$ if f$search("TRANSVEC.OBJ") .EQS. "" THEN GOTO NEW_TRANSVEC -$ if f$cvtime(f$file("TRANSVEC.OBJ","CDT")) .GTS. PROC_CDT THEN GOTO TRANSVEC_DONE -$ NEW_TRANSVEC: -$ instruct = 1 -$ Write SYS$Output "Making new transvec.obj..." -$ Macro /NoList /Object = TRANSVEC.OBJ Sys$Input -; PMBPLUS_TRANSFER_VECTOR -; This routine defines a transfer vector for use in creating shareable image -; -; define macro to make transfer vector entry for a given routine. Entry mask -; is obtained from routine we are transfering to. Jump to word past entry -; since these are VAX procedures (written in FORTRAN). -; - .MACRO TRANSFER_ENTRY routine -; - .TRANSFER routine - .MASK routine - JMP routine + 2 -; - .ENDM TRANSFER_ENTRY -; - .TITLE PBMPLUS_TRANSFER_VECTOR - .IDENT /01/ - .PSECT PBMPLUS_XVEC PIC,USR,CON,REL,LCL,SHR,EXE,RD,NOWRT,NOVEC -; -; Simply go through iap procedures and declare transfer vector -; entry points for them. New procedure must be added to the END -; of this list. -; -TRANSFER_VECTOR: -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -;Library LIBPBM -;Module ARGPROC - TRANSFER_ENTRY BACKGROUND_PROCESS - TRANSFER_ENTRY GETOPT - TRANSFER_ENTRY GETREDIRECTION - TRANSFER_ENTRY SET_OUTFILE_BINARY - -;Module LIBPBM1 - TRANSFER_ENTRY PBM_INIT - TRANSFER_ENTRY PM_ALLOCARRAY - TRANSFER_ENTRY PM_ALLOCROW - TRANSFER_ENTRY PM_BITSTOMAXVAL - TRANSFER_ENTRY PM_CLOSE - TRANSFER_ENTRY PM_ERROR - TRANSFER_ENTRY PM_FREEARRAY - TRANSFER_ENTRY PM_FREEROW - TRANSFER_ENTRY PM_INIT - TRANSFER_ENTRY PM_KEYMATCH - TRANSFER_ENTRY PM_MAXVALTOBITS - TRANSFER_ENTRY PM_MESSAGE - TRANSFER_ENTRY PM_OPENR - TRANSFER_ENTRY PM_OPENW - TRANSFER_ENTRY PM_PERROR - TRANSFER_ENTRY PM_READBIGLONG - TRANSFER_ENTRY PM_READBIGSHORT - TRANSFER_ENTRY PM_READLITTLELONG - TRANSFER_ENTRY PM_READLITTLESHORT - TRANSFER_ENTRY PM_USAGE - TRANSFER_ENTRY PM_WRITEBIGLONG - TRANSFER_ENTRY PM_WRITEBIGSHORT - TRANSFER_ENTRY PM_WRITELITTLELONG - TRANSFER_ENTRY PM_WRITELITTLESHORT - TRANSFER_ENTRY PM_READ_UNKNOWN_SIZE - -;Module LIBPBM2 - TRANSFER_ENTRY PBM_READMAGICNUMBER - TRANSFER_ENTRY PBM_READPBM - TRANSFER_ENTRY PBM_READPBMINIT - TRANSFER_ENTRY PBM_READPBMINITREST - TRANSFER_ENTRY PBM_READPBMROW - -;Module LIBPBM3 - TRANSFER_ENTRY PBM_WRITEPBM - TRANSFER_ENTRY PBM_WRITEPBMINIT - TRANSFER_ENTRY PBM_WRITEPBMROW - -;Module LIBPBM4 - TRANSFER_ENTRY PBM_GETC - TRANSFER_ENTRY PBM_GETINT - TRANSFER_ENTRY PBM_GETRAWBYTE - -;Module LIBPBM5 - TRANSFER_ENTRY PBM_DEFAULTFONT - TRANSFER_ENTRY PBM_DISSECTFONT - TRANSFER_ENTRY PBM_DUMPFONT - TRANSFER_ENTRY PBM_LOADFONT - TRANSFER_ENTRY PBM_LOADBDFFONT - TRANSFER_ENTRY MK_ARGVN -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -;Library LIBPGM -;Module LIBPGM1 - TRANSFER_ENTRY PGM_INIT - TRANSFER_ENTRY PGM_READPGM - TRANSFER_ENTRY PGM_READPGMINIT - TRANSFER_ENTRY PGM_READPGMINITREST - TRANSFER_ENTRY PGM_READPGMROW - -;Module LIBPGM2 - TRANSFER_ENTRY PGM_WRITEPGM - TRANSFER_ENTRY PGM_WRITEPGMINIT - TRANSFER_ENTRY PGM_WRITEPGMROW - -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -; Library LIBPPM -; -;Module LIBPPM1 - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPM_INIT - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPM_READPPM - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPM_READPPMINIT - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPM_READPPMINITREST - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPM_READPPMROW - -;Module LIBPPM2 - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPM_WRITEPPM - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPM_WRITEPPMINIT - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPM_WRITEPPMROW - -;Module LIBPPM3 - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPM_ADDTOCOLORHASH - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPM_ADDTOCOLORHIST - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPM_ALLOCCOLORHASH - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPM_COLORHASHTOCOLORHIST - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPM_COLORHISTTOCOLORHASH - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPM_COMPUTECOLORHASH - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPM_COMPUTECOLORHIST - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPM_FREECOLORHASH - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPM_FREECOLORHIST - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPM_LOOKUPCOLOR - -;Module LIBPPM4 - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPM_COLORNAME - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPM_PARSECOLOR - -;Module LIBPPM5 - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPMD_CIRCLE - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPMD_FILL - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPMD_FILLEDRECTANGLE - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPMD_FILL_DRAWPROC - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPMD_FILL_INIT - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPMD_LINE - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPMD_POINT_DRAWPROC - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPMD_POLYSPLINE - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPMD_SETLINECLIP - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPMD_SETLINETYPE - TRANSFER_ENTRY PPMD_SPLINE3 - -;Module BITIO - TRANSFER_ENTRY PM_BITINIT - TRANSFER_ENTRY PM_BITFINI - TRANSFER_ENTRY PM_BITREAD - TRANSFER_ENTRY PM_BITWRITE - -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -; Library LIBPNM -;Module LIBPNM1 - TRANSFER_ENTRY PNM_INIT - TRANSFER_ENTRY PNM_READPNM - TRANSFER_ENTRY PNM_READPNMINIT - TRANSFER_ENTRY PNM_READPNMROW - -;Module LIBPNM2 - TRANSFER_ENTRY PNM_WRITEPNM - TRANSFER_ENTRY PNM_WRITEPNMINIT - TRANSFER_ENTRY PNM_WRITEPNMROW - -;Module LIBPNM3 - TRANSFER_ENTRY PNM_BACKGROUNDXEL - TRANSFER_ENTRY PNM_BACKGROUNDXELROW - TRANSFER_ENTRY PNM_BLACKXEL - TRANSFER_ENTRY PNM_INVERTXEL - TRANSFER_ENTRY PNM_PROMOTEFORMAT - TRANSFER_ENTRY PNM_PROMOTEFORMATROW - TRANSFER_ENTRY PNM_WHITEXEL - -;Module LIBPNM4 - TRANSFER_ENTRY MEM_CREATE - TRANSFER_ENTRY MEM_FREE - TRANSFER_ENTRY PR_DUMP - TRANSFER_ENTRY PR_LOAD_COLORMAP - TRANSFER_ENTRY PR_LOAD_HEADER - TRANSFER_ENTRY PR_LOAD_IMAGE -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; - -; allocate extra space to allow for code modifications without changing -; the size of the shared image. -; - .BLKB 2048-<.-TRANSFER_VECTOR> ; Reserve 4 pages. -; - .END - -$ TRANSVEC_DONE: -$! -$! Create new options file if needed. -$! -$ if f$search("PBMPLUSSHR.OPT") .EQS. "" THEN GOTO NEW_OPTFILE -$ if f$cvtime(f$file("PBMPLUSSHR.OPT","CDT")) .GTS. PROC_CDT THEN GOTO OPTFILE_DONE -$ NEW_OPTFILE: -$ instruct = 1 -$ write sys$output "Making new pbmplusshr.opt..." -$ CREATE PBMPLUSSHR.OPT -PBMplusShr /Share -Sys$Share:VAXCRTL /Share -PSECT_ATTR = ARGPROC_VERSION,GBL,NOSHR -PSECT_ATTR = OPTARG,GBL,NOSHR -PSECT_ATTR = OPTERR,GBL,NOSHR -PSECT_ATTR = OPTIND,GBL,NOSHR -PSECT_ATTR = OPTOPT,GBL,NOSHR -PSECT_ATTR = PGM_PBMMAXVAL,GBL,NOSHR -PSECT_ATTR = PNM_PBMMAXVAL,GBL,NOSHR -PSECT_ATTR = PPM_PBMMAXVAL,GBL,NOSHR -$! -$ OPTFILE_DONE: -$! -$ if f$search("PBMPLUSSHR.EXE") .EQS. "" THEN GOTO NEW_SHAREABLE -$ EXE_CDT = f$cvtime(f$file_attributes("PBMPLUSSHR.EXE","CDT")) -$ if EXE_CDT .LTS. PROC_CDT THEN GOTO NEW_SHAREABLE -$ if f$cvtime(f$file("[.PBM]LIBPBM.OLB","RDT")) .GTS. EXE_CDT THEN GOTO NEW_SHAREABLE -$ if f$cvtime(f$file("[.PGM]LIBPGM.OLB","RDT")) .GTS. EXE_CDT THEN GOTO NEW_SHAREABLE -$ if f$cvtime(f$file("[.PPM]LIBPPM.OLB","RDT")) .GTS. EXE_CDT THEN GOTO NEW_SHAREABLE -$ if f$cvtime(f$file("[.PNM]LIBPNM.OLB","RDT")) .GTS. EXE_CDT THEN GOTO NEW_SHAREABLE -$ GOTO SHAREABLE_DONE -$ NEW_SHAREABLE: -$ instruct = 1 -$ write sys$output "Making new pbmplusshr.exe..." -$ Link /Map = PBMPLUSHSR.MAP /Share = SYS$DISK:[]PBMPLUSSHR.EXE Sys$Input/Option -COLLECT=FIRST,PBMPLUS_XVEC -COLLECT=GLOBALS1,PGM_PBMMAXVAL,PNM_PBMMAXVAL,PPM_PBMMAXVAL -COLLECT=GLOBALS2,ARGPROC_VERSION,OPTARG,OPTERR,OPTIND,OPTOPT - -TRANSVEC.OBJ -[.PBM]LIBPBM/LIB,[.PGM]LIBPGM/LIB,[.PPM]LIBPPM/LIB -[.PNM]LIBPNM/LIB,SYS$SHARE:VAXCRTL/SHARE - - -UNSUPPORTED = 1 ! force demand zero pages -GSMATCH=LEQUAL,2,1 ! Major ID = 2, minor ID = 2 - -PSECT_ATTR = ARGPROC_VERSION,NOSHR -PSECT_ATTR = OPTARG,NOSHR -PSECT_ATTR = OPTERR,NOSHR -PSECT_ATTR = OPTIND,NOSHR -PSECT_ATTR = OPTOPT,NOSHR -PSECT_ATTR = PGM_PBMMAXVAL,NOSHR -PSECT_ATTR = PNM_PBMMAXVAL,NOSHR -PSECT_ATTR = PPM_PBMMAXVAL,NOSHR -!PSECT_ATTR = ,LCL,NOSHR -$! -$ SHAREABLE_DONE: -$ if .NOT. instruct then write sys$output "All PBMPLUSSHR files up to date." -$ if .NOT. instruct then exit $status -$ create sys$output - - Define the logical name PBMPLUSSHR as "disk:[dir]PBMPLUSSHR", where - disk and [dir] are the disk and directory containing the - shareable image PBMPLUSSHR.EXE and linker options file PBMPLUSSHR.OPT. - - You can then link an executable against the image with the command - - LINK program.OBJ,PBMplusShr/Option - -$ exit $status diff --git a/vms/NetPBM.TeX b/vms/NetPBM.TeX deleted file mode 100644 index 86a9abc8..00000000 --- a/vms/NetPBM.TeX +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12115 +0,0 @@ -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex (version 1.04, July 15, 1991) -% on Thu Dec 12 09:12:27 1991 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) - -\documentstyle[troffman,twoside]{article} -\begin{document} -% -% input file: pbmplus.1 -% -\phead{PBMPLUS}{1L}{13 October 1993}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -pbmplus - enhanced portable bitmap toolkit - -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -The {\it pbmplus} toolkit allows conversions between image files of -different format. By means of using common intermediate formats, only -$2 \times N$ conversion filters are required to support $N$ distinct formats, -instead of the $N^2$ which would be required to convert directly between -any one format and any other. The package also includes simple tools for -manipulating portable bitmaps. - -The package consists of four upwardly compatible sections: -\begin{TPlist}{pbm} -\item[{pbm}] -Supports monochrome bitmaps (1 bit per pixel). -\item[{pgm}] -Supports grayscale images. Reads either {\it pbm} or {\it pgm} formats -and writes {\it pgm} format. -\item[{ppm}] -Supports full-color images. Reads either {\it pbm}, {\it pgm}, or {\it -ppm} formats, writes {\it ppm} format. -\item[{pnm}] -Supports content-independent manipulations on any of the three formats -listed above, as well as external formats having multiple types. Reads -either {\it pbm}, {\it pgm}, or {\it ppm} formats, and generally writes -the same type as it read (whenever a {\it pnm} tool makes an exception -and ``promotes'' a file to a higher format, it informs the user). -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{DESCRIPTION OF CONTENTS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\it cmuwmtopbm}} -\item[{{\it atktopbm}}] -convert Andrew Toolkit raster object to portable bitmap -\item[{{\it brushtopbm}}] -convert Xerox doodle brushes to portable bitmap -\item[{{\it cmuwmtopbm}}] -convert CMU window manager format to portable bitmap -\item[{{\it g3topbm}}] -convert Group 3 FAX to portable bitmap -\item[{{\it icontopbm}}] -convert Sun icon to portable bitmap -\item[{{\it gemtopbm}}] -convert GEM .img format to portable bitmap -\item[{{\it macptopbm}}] -convert MacPaint to portable bitmap -\item[{{\it mgrtopbm}}] -convert MGR format to portable bitmap -\item[{{\it pbmmerge}}] -merge wrapper routine -\item[{{\it pbmto10x}}] -convert portable bitmap to Gemini 10x printer graphics -\item[{{\it pbmtoascii}}] -convert portable bitmap to ASCII graphic form -\item[{{\it pbmtoatk}}] -convert portable bitmap to Andrew Toolkit raster object -\item[{{\it pbmtobbnbg}}] -convert portable bitmap to BBN BitGraph graphics -\item[{{\it pbmtocmuwm}}] -convert portable bitmap to CMU window manager format -\item[{{\it pbmtoepson}}] -convert portable bitmap to Epson printer graphics -\item[{{\it pbmtog3}}] -convert portable bitmap to Group 3 FAX -\item[{{\it pbmtogem}}] -convert portable bitmap into GEM .img file -\item[{{\it pbmtogo}}] -convert portable bitmap to GraphOn graphics -\item[{{\it pbmtoicon}}] -convert portable bitmap to Sun icon -\item[{{\it pbmtolj}}] -convert portable bitmap to HP LaserJet graphics -\item[{{\it pbmtomacp}}] -convert portable bitmap to MacPaint -\item[{{\it pbmtomgr}}] -convert portable bitmap to MGR format -\item[{{\it pbmtopi3}}] -convert portable bitmap to Atari Degas .pi3 -\item[{{\it pbmtoplot}}] -convert portable bitmap into Unix plot(5) file -\item[{{\it pbmtoptx}}] -convert portable bitmap to Printronix graphics -\item[{{\it pbmtoxbm}}] -convert portable bitmap to X11 bitmap -\item[{{\it pbmtox10bm}}] -convert portable bitmap to X10 bitmap -\item[{{\it pbmtoybm}}] -convert portable bitmap into Bennet Yee ``face'' file -\item[{{\it pbmtozinc}}] -convert portable bitmap to Zinc Interface Library icon -\item[{{\it pbmlife}}] -apply Conway's rules of Life to a portable bitmap -\item[{{\it pbmmake}}] -create a blank bitmap of a specified size and color -\item[{{\it pbmmask}}] -create a mask bitmap from a regular bitmap -\item[{{\it pbmreduce}}] -reduce a portable bitmap N times, using Floyd-Steinberg -\item[{{\it pbmtext}}] -render text into a bitmap -\item[{{\it pbmupc}}] -create a Universal Product Code bitmap -\item[{{\it pi3topbm}}] -convert Atari Degas .pi3 to portable bitmap -\item[{{\it xbmtopbm}}] -convert X10 or X11 bitmap to portable bitmap -\item[{{\it ybmtopbm}}] -convert Bennet Yee ``face'' file into portable bitmap -\item[{{\it asciitopgm}}] -convert ASCII graphics into a portable graymap -\item[{{\it fstopgm}}] -convert Usenix FaceSaver$^{\rm tm}$ format to portable graymap -\item[{{\it hipstopgm}}] -convert HIPS format to portable graymap -\item[{{\it lispmtopgm}}] -convert a Lisp Machine bitmap file into pgm format -\item[{{\it pgmbentley}}] -Bentleyize a portable graymap -\item[{{\it pgmcrater}}] -create cratered terrain by fractal forgery -\item[{{\it pgmedge}}] -edge-detect a portable graymap -\item[{{\it pgmenhance}}] -edge-enhance a portable graymap -\item[{{\it pgmhist}}] -print a histogram of the values in a portable graymap -\item[{{\it pgmkernel}}] -generate a convolution kernel -\item[{{\it pgmmerge}}] -merge wrapper routine -\item[{{\it pgmnoise}}] -create a graymap made up of white noise -\item[{{\it pgmnorm}}] -normalize contrast in a portable graymap -\item[{{\it pgmoil}}] -turn a portable graymap into an oil painting -\item[{{\it pgmramp}}] -generate a grayscale ramp -\item[{{\it pgmtexture}}] -calculate textural features on a portable graymap -\item[{{\it pgmtofits}}] -convert portable graymap to FITS format -\item[{{\it pgmtofs}}] -convert portable graymap to Usenix FaceSaver$^{\rm tm}$ format -\item[{{\it pgmtolispm}}] -convert a portable graymap into Lisp Machine format -\item[{{\it pgmtopbm}}] -convert portable graymap to portable bitmap -\item[{{\it psidtopgm}}] -convert PostScript ``image'' data to portable graymap -\item[{{\it rawtopgm}}] -convert raw grayscale bytes to portable graymap -\item[{{\it giftoppm}}] -convert GIF to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it gouldtoppm}}] -convert Gould scanner file to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it ilbmtoppm}}] -convert IFF ILBM to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it imgtoppm}}] -convert Img-whatnot to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it mtvtoppm}}] -convert MTV ray-tracer output to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it pcxtoppm}}] -convert PC Paintbrush format to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it pgmtoppm}}] -colorize a portable graymap into a portable pixmap -\item[{{\it pi1toppm}}] -convert Atari Degas .pi1 to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it picttoppm}}] -convert Macintosh PICT to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it pjtoppm}}] -convert HP PaintJet file to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it ppmchange}}] -change all pixels of one color to another in a portable pixmap -\item[{{\it ppmdim}}] -dim a portable pixmap down to total blackness -\item[{{\it ppmdist}}] -simplistic grayscale assignment for machine generated, color images -\item[{{\it ppmdither}}] -ordered dither for color images -\item[{{\it ppmflash}}] -brighten a picture up to complete white-out -\item[{{\it ppmforge}}] -fractal forgeries of clouds, planets, and starry skies -\item[{{\it ppmhist}}] -print a histogram of a portable pixmap -\item[{{\it ppmmake}}] -create a pixmap of a specified size and color -\item[{{\it ppmmerge}}] -merge wrapper routine -\item[{{\it ppmmix}}] -blend together two portable pixmaps -\item[{{\it ppmpat}}] -create a pretty pixmap -\item[{{\it ppmquant}}] -quantize colors down to a specified number -\item[{{\it ppmquantall}}] -script to run ppmquant on a set of pixmaps -\item[{{\it ppmrelief}}] -run a Laplacian Relief filter on a portable pixmap -\item[{{\it ppmshift}}] -shift lines of a portable pixmap left or right by a random amount -\item[{{\it ppmspread}}] -displace a portable pixmap's pixels by a random amount -\item[{{\it ppmtoacad}}] -convert portable pixmap to AutoCAD database or slide -\item[{{\it ppmtoicr}}] -convert portable pixmap to NCSA ICR graphics -\item[{{\it ppmtoilbm}}] -convert portable pixmap to IFF ILBM -\item[{{\it ppmtomitsu}}] -convert a portable pixmap to a Mitsubishi S340-10 file -\item[{{\it ppmtopcx}}] -convert portable pixmap to PC Paintbrush format -\item[{{\it ppmtopgm}}] -convert portable pixmap to portable graymap -\item[{{\it ppmtopi1}}] -convert portable pixmap to Atari Degas .pi1 -\item[{{\it ppmtopict}}] -convert portable pixmap to Macintosh PICT -\item[{{\it ppmtopj}}] -convert portable pixmap to HP PaintJet file -\item[{{\it ppmtopuzz}}] -convert portable pixmap to X11 ``puzzle'' file -\item[{{\it ppmtorgb3}}] -separate a portable pixmap into three portable graymaps -\item[{{\it ppmtosixel}}] -convert portable pixmap to DEC sixel format -\item[{{\it ppmtotga}}] -convert portable pixmap to TrueVision Targa file -\item[{{\it ppmtouil}}] -convert portable pixmap to Motif UIL icon file -\item[{{\it ppmtoxpm}}] -convert portable pixmap to XPM format -\item[{{\it ppmtoyuv}}] -convert portable pixmap to Abekas YUV format -\item[{{\it qrttoppm}}] -convert QRT ray-tracer output to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it rawtoppm}}] -convert raw RGB bytes to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it rgb3toppm}}] -combine three portable graymaps into one portable pixmap -\item[{{\it sldtoppm}}] -convert an AutoCAD slide file into a portable pixmap -\item[{{\it spctoppm}}] -convert Atari compressed Spectrum to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it sputoppm}}] -convert Atari uncompressed Spectrum to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it tgatoppm}}] -convert TrueVision Targa file to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it ximtoppm}}] -convert Xim to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it xvminitoppm}}] -convert a XV ``thumbnail'' picture to PPM -\item[{{\it xpmtoppm}}] -convert XPM format to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it yuvtoppm}}] -convert Abekas YUV format to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it anytopnm}}] -script to attempt to convert any format to P?M -\item[{{\it pnmalias}}] -antialias a portable anyumap. -\item[{{\it pnmarith}}] -perform arithmetic on two portable anymaps -\item[{{\it pnmcat}}] -concatenate portable anymaps -\item[{{\it pnmconvol}}] -general MxN convolution on a portable anymap -\item[{{\it pnmcrop}}] -crop all like-colored borders off a portable anymap -\item[{{\it pnmcut}}] -select a rectangular region from a portable anymap -\item[{{\it pnmdepth}}] -change the maxval in a portable anymap -\item[{{\it pnmenlarge}}] -enlarge a portable anymap N times -\item[{{\it pnmfile}}] -describe a portable anymap -\item[{{\it pnmflip}}] -perform one or more flip operations on a portable anymap -\item[{{\it pnmgamma}}] -perform gamma correction on a portable anymap -\item[{{\it pnmindex}}] -script to build a visual index of a bunch of anymaps -\item[{{\it pnminvert}}] -invert a portable anymap -\item[{{\it pnmmargin}}] -script to add a margin to a portable anymap -\item[{{\it pnmmerge}}] -merge wrapper routine -\item[{{\it pnmnoraw}}] -force a portable anymap into ASCII format -\item[{{\it pnmpaste}}] -paste a rectangle into a portable anymap -\item[{{\it pnmrotate}}] -rotate a portable anymap -\item[{{\it pnmscale}}] -scale a portable anymap -\item[{{\it pnmshear}}] -shear a portable anymap -\item[{{\it pnmsmooth}}] -script that uses pnmconvol to smooth a anymap -\item[{{\it pnmtile}}] -replicate a portable anymap into a specified size -\item[{{\it pnmtofits}}] -convert a portable anymap into FITS format -\item[{{\it pnmtogif}}] -convert portable anymap to GIF -\item[{{\it pnmtops}}] -convert portable anymap to PostScript -\item[{{\it pnmtorast}}] -convert portable anymap to Sun raster file -\item[{{\it pnmtotiff}}] -convert portable anymap to TIFF file -\item[{{\it pnmtoxwd}}] -convert portable anymap to X11 window dump -\item[{{\it fitstopnm}}] -fitstopnm - convert a FITS file into a portable anymap -\item[{{\it pstopnm}}] -script to convert PS to portable anymap with GhostScript -\item[{{\it rasttopnm}}] -convert Sun raster file to portable anymap -\item[{{\it tifftopnm}}] -convert TIFF file to portable anymap -\item[{{\it xwdtopnm}}] -convert X10 or X11 window dump to portable anymap -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -There are a number of related image-manipulation tools: -\begin{TPlist}{{\it Fuzzy Pixmap Manipulation}} -\item[{{\it IM Raster Toolkit}}] -A portable and efficient format toolkit. The format supports pixels of -arbitrary channels, components, and bit precisions, while allowing -compression and machine byte-order independence. Support for image -manipulation, digital halftoning, and format conversion. Previously -distributed on tape c/o the University of Waterloo (an {\it ftp} -version is to appear later). Author: Alan Paeth -(awpaeth@watcgl.uwaterloo.ca). -\item[{{\it Utah RLE Toolkit}}] -Conversion and manipulation package, similar to {\it pbmplus}. Available -via {\it ftp} as {\it cs.utah.edu: pub/toolkit-2.0.tar.Z} and {\it -ucsd.edu: graphics\-/utah-raster-toolkit.\-tar.Z}. -\item[{{\it Fuzzy Pixmap Manipulation}}] -Conversion and manipulation package, similar to {\it pbmplus}. Version -1.0 available via {\it ftp} as {\it -nl.cs.cmu.edu: /usr/mlm/ftp/fbm.tar.Z}, {\it -uunet.uu.net: pub/fbm.tar.Z}, and {\it ucsd.edu: graphics/fbm.tar.Z}. -Author: Michael Mauldin (mlm@nl.cs.cmu.edu). -\item[{{\it Img Software Set}}] -Reads and writes its own image format, displaying results on an X11 -screen, and does some image manipulations. Version 1.3 is available via -{\it ftp} as {\it ftp.x.org: contrib/img\_1.3.tar.Z}, and {\it -venera.isi.edu: pub/img\_1.3.tar.Z}, along with a large collection of -color images. Author: Paul Raveling (raveling@venera.isi.edu). -\item[{{\it Xim}}] -Reads and writes its own image format, displays on an X11 screen, and -does some image manipulations. Available in your nearest X11R4 source -tree as {\it contrib/clients/xim}. A more recent version is available -via ftp from {\it video.mit.edu}. It uses X11R4 and the OSF/Motif -toolkit to provide basic interactive image manipulation and reads/writes -GIF, xwd, xbm, tiff, rle, xim, and other formats. Author: Philip R. -Thompson. -\item[{{\it xloadimage}}] -Reads in images in various formats and displays them on an X11 screen. -Available via {\it ftp} as {\it -ftp.x.org: contrib/xloadimage$\ast$}, and in your nearest {\it -comp.sources.\-x} archive. Author: Jim Frost (madd@std.\-com). -\item[{{\it TIFF\ Software}}] -Nice portable library for reading and writing TIFF files, plus a few -tools for manipulating them and reading other formats. Available via -{\it ftp} as {\it sgi.com: graphics/tiff/$\ast$.tar.Z} or {\it -uunet.uu.net: graphics/tiff.tar.Z}. Author: Sam Leffler -(sam@sgi.com). -\item[{{\it ALV}}] -A Sun-specific image toolkit. Version 2.0.6 posted to {\it -comp.sources.\-sun} on 11 December 1989. Also available via email to {\it -alv-users-request @cs.bris.ac.uk}. -\item[{{\it popi}}] -An image manipulation language. Version 2.1 posted to {\it -comp.\-sources.\-misc} on 12 December 1989. -\item[{{\it ImageMagick,}}] -X11 package for display and interactive manipulation of images. Uses its -own format (MIFF), and includes some converters. Available via {\it -ftp} as {\it ftp.x.org: contrib/ImageMagick.$\ast$.tar.Z}. -\item[{{\it Khoros}}] -A huge (\~{}100 meg) graphical development environment based on X11R4. -Components include a visual programming language, code generators for -extending the visual language and adding new application packages to the -system, an interactive user interface editor, an interactive image -display package, an extensive library of image and signal processing -routines, and 2D/3D plotting packages. Available via {\it ftp} as -{\it pprg.unm.edu: pub/khoros/$\ast$}. -\item[{JPEG package}] -JPEG is a a standardized compression method for full-color and gray-scale -images of ``real-world'' scenes; this experimental package includes -programs to compress gif and ppm format files to JPEG format ({\it -cjpeg(1L)),} and to decompress them ({\it djpeg(1L)).} Available by {\it -ftp} as {\it uunet.uu.net: graphics/jpeg/jpegsrc.v4.tar.Z}. -\end{TPlist} - -libpbm(3), libpgm(3), libpnm(3), libppm(3), pbm(5), pgm(5), pnm(5), -ppm(5), rasterfile(1) - -\shead{AUTHOR} -Distribution of 10 December 1991. \copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -Feedback and questions are welcome. Please send them to: -\begin{IPlist} -\IPitem{{}} -{\nofill - jef@netcom.com - jef@well.sf.ca.us - apple!well!jef -\fill} -\end{IPlist} - -When sending bug reports, always include the output from running any -pbmplus program with the -version flag, including descriptions of the -type of system you are on, the compiler you use, and whether you are -using Makefiles or Imakefiles. - -When suggesting new formats or features, please include whatever -documentation you have, and a uuencoded sample. The response time will -depend upon my schedule and the complexity of the task; if you need it -right away, or it is a complicated job, you might consider paying me. - -The Usenet newsgroup {\it alt.graphics.pixutils} is a forum for -discussion of image conversion and editing packages. Posting queries -there may be better than mailing them to me, since it allows other people -to help provide answers. - -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -documentation. This software is provided ``as is'' without express or -implied warranty. Thus, you may do what you want with this software. -Build it into your package, steal code from it, whatever. Just be sure -to let people know where it came from. - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Feb 4 14:35:11 1994 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: asciitopgm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: asciitopgm.1 -% -\phead{asciitopgm}{1}{26 December 1994}{}{} - -%.IX asciitopgm -\shead{NAME} -asciitopgm - convert ASCII graphics into a portable graymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf asciitopgm} -{\it [}{\rm -d} -{\rm divisor}{\it ]} -{\it height width} -{\rm [}{\it asciifile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads ASCII data as input. -Produces a portable graymap with pixel values which are an approximation -of the ``brightness'' of the ASCII characters, -assuming black-on-white printing. -In other words, a capital M is very dark, a period is ver light, -and a space is white. -Input lines which are fewer than -{\it width} -characters are automatically padded with spaces. -\par -The -{\it divisor} -argument is a floating-point number by which the output pixels are -divided; the default value is 1.0. -This can be used to adjust the brightness of the graymap: -for example, if the image is too dim, reduce the divisor. -\par -In keeping with (I believe) Fortran line-printer conventions, -input lines beginning with a + (plus) character are assumed -to ``overstrike'' the previous line, allowing a larger range of gray values. -\par -This tool contradicts the message in the -{\it pbmtoascii} -manual: ``Note that there is no asciitopbm tool - this -transformation is one-way.'' -\shead{BUGS} -The table of ASCII-to-grey values is subject to interpretation, -and, of course, depends on the typeface intended for the input. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmtoascii(1), pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Wilson H. Bent. Jr. (whb@usc.edu) -% -% end of input file: asciitopgm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:07:54 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: atktopbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: atktopbm.1 -% -\phead{atktopbm}{1}{26 September 1991}{}{} - -%.IX atktopbm -\shead{NAME} -atktopbm - convert Andrew Toolkit raster object to portable bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf atktopbm} -{\rm [}{\it atkfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads an Andrew Toolkit raster object as input. -%.IX "Andrew Toolkit raster object" -Produces a portable bitmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmtoatk(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Bill Janssen. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: atktopbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:35 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: bioradtopgm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: bioradtopgm.1 -% -\phead{bioradtopgm}{1}{28 June 1993}{}{} - -%.IX bioradtopgm -\shead{NAME} -bioradtopgm - convert a Biorad confocal file into a portable graymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf bioradtopgm} -{\rm [}{\bf -image\#}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it imagedata}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a Biorad confocal file as input. -Produces a portable graymap as output. -If the resulting image is upside down, run it through -{\bf pnmflip\ -tb .} -%.IX pnmflip -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -image\#}} -\item[{{\bf -image\#}}] -A Biorad image file may contain more than one image. With this flag, -you can specify which image to extract (only one at a time). The first -image in the file has number zero. If no -image number is supplied, only information about the image size and -the number of images in the input is printed out. No output is produced. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{BUGS} -A Biorad image may be in word format. If PbmPlus is not compiled with the -``BIGGRAYS'' flag, word files can not be converted. See the Makefile. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgm(5), pnmflip(1) -\shead{AUTHORS} -\copyright 1993 by Oliver Trepte (oliver@fysik4.kth.se). -\nwl -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: bioradtopgm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:07 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: bmptoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: bmptoppm.1 -% -\phead{bmptoppm}{1}{26 Oct 1992}{}{} - -%.IX bmptoppm -\shead{NAME} -bmptoppm -- convert a BMP file into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf bmptoppm} -{\rm [}{\it bmpfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a Microsoft Windows or OS/2 BMP file as input. -%.IX BMP -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmtobmp(1), -ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1992 by David W. Sanderson. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and -% its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -% provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and -% that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in -% supporting documentation. This software is provided "as is" without -% express or implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: bmptoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:07:54 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: brushtopbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: brushtopbm.1 -% -\phead{brushtopbm}{1}{28 August 1988}{}{} - -%.IX brushtopbm -\shead{NAME} -brushtopbm - convert a doodle brush file into a portable bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf brushtopbm} -{\rm [}{\it brushfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a Xerox doodle brush file as input. -%.IX "Xerox doodle brush format" -Produces a portable bitmap as output. -\par -Note that there is currently no pbmtobrush tool. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: brushtopbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:07:55 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: cmuwmtopbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: cmuwmtopbm.1 -% -\phead{cmuwmtopbm}{1}{15 April 1989}{}{} - -%.IX cmuwmtopbm -\shead{NAME} -cmuwmtopbm - convert a CMU window manager bitmap into a portable bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf cmuwmtopbm} -{\rm [}{\it cmuwmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a CMU window manager bitmap as input. -%.IX "CMU window manager bitmap" -Produces a portable bitmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmtocmuwm(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: cmuwmtopbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Mon Feb 7 08:49:58 1994 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: fitstopnm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: fitstopnm.1 -% -\phead{fitstopnm}{1}{20 September 89}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -fitstopnm - convert a FITS file into a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf fitstopnm} -{\rm [}{\bf -image} -{\it N}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -noraw}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -scanmax}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -printmax}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -min} -{\it f}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -max} -{\it f}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it FITSfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a FITS file as input. -%.IX FITS -Produces a portable pixmap if the FITS file consists of 3 image planes -(NAXIS = 3 and NAXIS3 = 3), a portable graymap if the FITS file -consists of 2 image planes (NAXIS = 2), or whenever the -{\bf --image} -flag is specified. -The results may need to be flipped top for bottom; if so, just -pipe the output through -{\bf pnmflip -tb.} -%.IX pnmflip -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -The -{\bf -image} -option is for FITS files with three axes. -The assumption is that the third axis is for multiple images, -and this option lets you select which one you want. -\par -Flags -{\bf -min} -and -{\bf -max} -can be used to override the min and max values as read from the FITS -header or the image data if no DATAMIN and DATAMAX keywords are found. -Flag -{\bf -scanmax} -can be used to force the program to scan the data even when DATAMIN -and DATAMAX are found in the header. If -{\bf -printmax} -is specified, the program will just print the min and max values and -quit. -Flag -{\bf -noraw} -can be used to force -the program to produce an ASCII portable anymap. -\par -The program will tell what kind of anymap is writing. -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{REFERENCES} -FITS stands for Flexible Image Transport System. A full description -can be found in Astronomy \& Astrophysics Supplement Series 44 (1981), -page 363. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmtofits(1), pgm(5), pnmflip(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer, with modifications by -Daniel Briggs (dbriggs@nrao.edu) and Alberto -Accomazzi (alberto@cfa.harvard.edu). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: fitstopnm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:24 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: fstopgm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: fstopgm.1 -% -\phead{fstopgm}{1}{06 April 89}{}{} - -%.IX fstopgm -\shead{NAME} -fstopgm - convert a Usenix FaceSaver(tm) file into a portable graymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf fstopgm} -{\rm [}{\it fsfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a Usenix FaceSaver(tm) file as input. -%.IX FaceSaver -Produces a portable graymap as output. -\par -FaceSaver(tm) files sometimes have rectangular pixels. -While -{\it fstopgm} -won't re-scale them into square pixels for you, -it will give you the precise -{\it pnmscale} -command that will do the job. -Because of this, reading a FaceSaver(tm) image is a two-step process. -First you do: -\nofill - fstopgm $>$ /dev/null -\fill -This will tell you whether you need to use -{\it pnmscale.} -Then use one of the following pipelines: -\nofill - fstopgm $|$ pgmnorm - fstopgm $|$ pnmscale -whatever $|$ pgmnorm -\fill -To go to PBM, you want something more like one of these: -\nofill - fstopgm $|$ pnmenlarge 3 $|$ pgmnorm $|$ pgmtopbm - fstopgm $|$ pnmenlarge 3 $|$ pnmscale $<$whatever$>$ $|$ pgmnorm $|$ pgmtopbm -\fill -You want to enlarge when going to a bitmap because otherwise you lose -information; but enlarging by more than 3 does not look good. -\par -FaceSaver is a registered trademark of Metron Computerware Ltd. of -Oakland, CA. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgmtofs(1), pgm(5), pgmnorm(1), pnmenlarge(1), pnmscale(1), pgmtopbm(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: fstopgm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:07:55 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: g3topbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: g3topbm.1 -% -\phead{g3topbm}{1}{02 October 1989}{}{} - -%.IX g3topbm -\shead{NAME} -g3topbm - convert a Group 3 fax file into a portable bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf g3topbm} -{\rm [}{\bf -kludge}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -reversebits}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -stretch}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it g3file}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a Group 3 fax file as input. -%.IX "Group 3 fax" -%.IX fax -Produces a portable bitmap as output. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -kludge}} -\item[{{\bf -kludge}}] -Tells -{\it g3topbm} -to ignore the first few lines of the file; -sometimes fax files have some junk at the beginning. -\item[{{\bf -reversebits}}] -Tells -{\it g3topbm} -to interpret bits least-significant -first, instead of the default most-significant first. -Apparently some fax modems do it one way and others do it the other way. -If you get a whole bunch of ``bad code word'' messages, try using this -flag. -\item[{{\bf -stretch}}] -Tells -{\it g3topbm} -to stretch the image vertically by -duplicating each row. -This is for the low-quality transmission mode. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{REFERENCES} -The standard for Group 3 fax is defined in CCITT Recommendation T.4. -\shead{BUGS} -Probably. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmtog3(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Paul Haeberli (paul@manray.sgi.com). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: g3topbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:07:56 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: gemtopbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: gemtopbm.1 -% -\phead{gemtopbm}{1}{3 December 1988}{}{} - -%.IX gemtopbm -\shead{NAME} -gemtopbm - convert a GEM .img file into a portable bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf gemtopbm} -{\rm [}{\bf -d}{\rm ]} -{\it gemfile} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a GEM .img file as input. -%.IX GEM -Produces a portable bitmap as output. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -d}} -\item[{{\bf -d}}] -Produce output describing the contents of the .img file. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{BUGS} -Does not support file containing more than one plane. -Can't read from standard input. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmtogem(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 Diomidis D. Spinellis (dds@cc.ic.ac.uk). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -% provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that -% both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in -% supporting documentation. -% -% end of input file: gemtopbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:27 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: giftopnm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: giftopnm.1 -% -\phead{giftopnm}{1}{29 September 1993}{}{} - -%.IX giftopnm -\shead{NAME} -giftopnm - convert a GIF file into a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf giftopnm} -{\rm [}{\bf -verbose}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -comments}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -image} -{\it N}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it GIFfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a GIF file for input, and outputs portable anymap. -%.IX GIF -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -verbose}} -\item[{{\bf -verbose}}] -Produces verbose output about the GIF file input. -\item[{{\bf -comments}}] -Only outputs GIF89 comment fields. -\item[{{\bf -image}}] -Output the specified gif image from the -input gif archive (where -{\it N} -is '1', '2', '20'...). -Normally there is only one image per file, so this option -is not needed. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{BUGS} -This does not correctly handle the Plain Text Extension of the GIF89 -standard, since I did not have any example input files containing them. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmtogif(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1993 by David Koblas (koblas@netcom.com) -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -% provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that -% both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in -% supporting documentation. -% -% end of input file: giftopnm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:40 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: gouldtoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: gouldtoppm.1 -% -\phead{gouldtoppm}{1}{20 May 1990}{}{} - -%.IX gouldtoppm -\shead{NAME} -gouldtoppm - convert Gould scanner file into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf gouldtoppm} -{\rm [}{\it gouldfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a file produced by the Gould scanner as input. -%.IX "Gould scanner" -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Stephen Paul Lesniewski. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: gouldtoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:25 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: hipstopgm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: hipstopgm.1 -% -\phead{hipstopgm}{1}{24 August 89}{}{} - -%.IX hipstopgm -\shead{NAME} -hipstopgm - convert a HIPS file into a portable graymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf hipstopgm} -{\rm [}{\it hipsfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a HIPS file as input. -%.IX HIPS -Produces a portable graymap as output. -\par -If the HIPS file contains more than one frame in sequence, hipstopgm -will concatenate all the frames vertically. -\par -HIPS is a format developed at the Human Information Processing -Laboratory, NYU. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: hipstopgm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:07:57 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: icontopbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: icontopbm.1 -% -\phead{icontopbm}{1}{31 August 1988}{}{} - -%.IX icontopbm -\shead{NAME} -icontopbm - convert a Sun icon into a portable bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf icontopbm} -{\rm [}{\it iconfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a Sun icon as input. -%.IX Sun -%.IX "Sun icon format" -Produces a portable bitmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmtoicon(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: icontopbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:41 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ilbmtoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ilbmtoppm.1 -% -\phead{ilbmtoppm}{1}{20 June 1993}{}{} - -%.IX ilbmtoppm -\shead{NAME} -ilbmtoppm - convert an ILBM file into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ilbmtoppm} -{\rm [}{\bf -verbose}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it ILBMfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads an IFF ILBM file as input. -%.IX "IFF" -%.IX "ILBM" -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -Supported ILBM types are: -\begin{TPlist}{Normal ILBMs with 1-16 planes.} -\item[{Normal ILBMs with 1-16 planes.}] -\item[{Amiga Extra-Halfbrite (EHB)}] -\item[{Amiga Hold-and-Modify (HAM) with 3-16 planes.}] -%.IX "HAM" -\item[{24 bit.}] -\item[{Color map (BMHD + CMAP chunk only, nPlanes = 0).}] -\item[{Unofficial direct color.}] -1-16 planes for each color component. -\item[{Chunks used:}] -BMHD, CMAP, CAMG (only HAM \& EHB flags used), BODY -unofficial DCOL chunk to identify direct color ILBM -\item[{Chunks ignored:}] -GRAB, DEST, SPRT, CRNG, CCRT, CLUT, DPPV, DRNG, EPSF -\item[{Other chunks (ignored but displayed in verbose mode):}] -NAME, AUTH, (c), ANNO, DPI -\item[{Unknown chunks are skipped.}] -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -verbose}} -\item[{{\bf -verbose}}] -Give some informaton about the ILBM file. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{BUGS} -Probably. -\shead{REFERENCES} -Amiga ROM Kernel Reference Manual - Devices (3rd Ed.) -Addison Wesley, ISBN 0--201--56775--X -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5), ppmtoilbm(1) -\shead{AUTHORS} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -\nwl -Modified June 1993 by Ingo Wilken (Ingo.Wilken@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de) -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ilbmtoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:41 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: imgtoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: imgtoppm.1 -% -\phead{imgtoppm}{1}{05 September 1989}{}{} - -%.IX imgtoppm -\shead{NAME} -imgtoppm - convert an Img-whatnot file into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf imgtoppm} -{\rm [}{\it imgfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads an Img-whatnot file as input. -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -The Img-whatnot toolkit is available for FTP on venera.isi.edu, -along with numerous images in this format. -%.IX Img-whatnot -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Based on a simple conversion program posted to comp.graphics by Ed Falk. - -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: imgtoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:19 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: libpbm.3 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: libpbm.3 -% -\phead{libpbm}{3}{}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -libpbm - functions to support portable bitmap programs -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -\def\Ss{\par\vspace{1.0\baselineskip}%.ft CW -\nofill -} -\def\Se{\fill -%.ft P -\par\vspace{1.0\baselineskip}} -\Ss -\#include $<$pbm.h$>$ -cc ... libpbm.a -\Se -\shead{DESCRIPTION - PACKAGE-WIDE ROUTINES} -%.SS KEYWORD MATCHING -\Ss -int pm\_keymatch( char* str, char* keyword, int minchars ) -\Se -Does a case-insensitive match of -{\bf str} -against -{\bf keyword}{\rm .} -{\bf str} -can be a leading sunstring of -{\bf keyword}{\rm ,} -but at least -{\bf minchars} -must be present. -%.SS LOG BASE TWO -\Ss -int pm\_maxvaltobits( int maxval ) -int pm\_bitstomaxval( int bits ) -\Se -Convert between a maxval and the minimum number of bits required -to hold it. -%.SS MESSAGES AND ERRORS -\Ss -void pm\_message( char* fmt, ... ) -\Se -{\bf printf()} -style routine to write an informational message. -\Ss -void pm\_error( char* fmt, ... ) -\Se -{\bf printf()} -style routine to write an error message and abort. -\Ss -void pm\_usage( char* usage ) -\Se -Write a usage message. -The string should indicate what arguments are to be provided to the program. -%.SS GENERIC FILE MANAGEMENT -\Ss -FILE* pm\_openr( char* name ) -\Se -Open the given file for reading, with appropriate error checking. -A filename of ``-'' is taken as equivalent to stdin. -\Ss -FILE* pm\_openw( char* name ) -\Se -Open the given file for writing, with appropriate error checking. -\Ss -void pm\_close( FILE* fp ) -\Se -Close the file descriptor, with appropriate error checking. -%.SS ENDIAN I/O -\Ss -int pm\_readbigshort( FILE* in, short* sP ) -int pm\_writebigshort( FILE* out, short s ) -int pm\_readbiglong( FILE* in, long* lP ) -int pm\_writebiglong( FILE* out, long l ) -int pm\_readlittleshort( FILE* in, short* sP ) -int pm\_writelittleshort( FILE* out, short s ) -int pm\_readlittlelong( FILE* in, long* lP ) -int pm\_writelittlelong( FILE* out, long l ) -\Se -Routines to read and write short and long ints in either big- or -little-endian byte order. -\shead{DESCRIPTION - PBM-SPECIFIC ROUTINES} -%.SS TYPES AND CONSTANTS -\Ss -typedef ... bit; -\#define PBM\_WHITE ... -\#define PBM\_BLACK ... -\Se -each -{\bf bit} -should contain only the values of -{\bf PBM\_WHITE} -or -{\bf PBM\_BLACK}{\rm .} -\Ss -\#define PBM\_FORMAT ... -\#define RPBM\_FORMAT ... -\#define PBM\_TYPE PBM\_FORMAT -\#define PBM\_FORMAT\_TYPE(f) ... -\Se -For distinguishing different file formats and types. -%.SS INITIALIZATION -\Ss -void pbm\_init( int* argcP, char* argv[] ) -\Se -All PBM programs must call this routine. -%.SS MEMORY MANAGEMENT -\Ss -bit** pbm\_allocarray( int cols, int rows ) -\Se -Allocate an array of bits. -\Ss -bit* pbm\_allocrow( int cols ) -\Se -Allocate a row of the given number of bits. -\Ss -void pbm\_freearray( bit** bits, int rows ) -\Se -Free the array allocated with -{\bf pbm\_allocarray()} -containing the given number -of rows. -\Ss -void pbm\_freerow( bit* bitrow ) -\Se -Free a row of bits. -%.SS READING FILES -\Ss -void pbm\_readpbminit( FILE* fp, int* colsP, int* rowsP, int* formatP ) -\Se -Read the header from a PBM file, filling in the rows, cols and format -variables. -\Ss -void pbm\_readpbmrow( FILE* fp, bit* bitrow, int cols, int format ) -\Se -Read a row of bits into the bitrow array. -Format and cols were filled in by -{\bf pbm\_readpbminit()}{\rm .} -\Ss -bit** pbm\_readpbm( FILE* fp, int* colsP, int* rowsP ) -\Se -Read an entire bitmap file into memory, returning the allocated array and -filling in the rows and cols variables. -This function combines -{\bf pbm\_readpbminit()}{\rm ,} -{\bf pbm\_allocarray()} -and -{\bf pbm\_readpbmrow()}{\rm .} -\Ss -char* pm\_read\_unknown\_size( FILE* fp, long* nread ) -\Se -Read an entire file or input stream of unknown size to a buffer. -Allocate memory more memory as needed. The calling routine has -to free the allocated buffer with -{\bf free()}{\rm .} -{\bf pm\_read\_unknown\_size()} -returns a pointer to the allocated buffer. The -{\bf nread} -argument returns the number of bytes read. -%.SS WRITING FILES -\Ss -void pbm\_writepbminit( FILE* fp, int cols, int rows, int forceplain ) -\Se -Write the header for a portable bitmap file. -The forceplain flag forces a plain-format file to be written, as opposed -to a raw-format one. -\Ss -void pbm\_writepbmrow( FILE* fp, bit* bitrow, int cols, int forceplain ) -\Se -Write a row from a portable bitmap. -\Ss -void pbm\_writepbm( FILE* fp, bit** bits, int cols, int rows, int forceplain ) -\Se -Write the header and all data for a portable bitmap. -This function combines -{\bf pbm\_writepbminit()} -and -{\bf pbm\_writepbmrow()}{\rm .} -\shead{SEE ALSO} -libpgm(3), libppm(3), libpnm(3) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Tony Hansen and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: libpbm.3 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:37 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: libpgm.3 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: libpgm.3 -% -\phead{libpgm}{3}{}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -libpgm - functions to support portable graymap programs -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -\def\Ss{\par\vspace{1.0\baselineskip}%.ft CW -\nofill -} -\def\Se{\fill -%.ft P -\par\vspace{1.0\baselineskip}} -\Ss -\#include $<$pgm.h$>$ -cc ... libpgm.a libpbm.a -\Se -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -%.SS TYPES AND CONSTANTS -\Ss -typedef ... gray; -\#define PGM\_MAXMAXVAL ... -extern gray pgm\_pbmmaxval; -\Se -Each -{\bf gray} -should contain only the values between -{\bf 0} -and -{\bf PGM\_MAXMAXVAL}{\rm .} -{\bf pgm\_pbmmaxval} -is the maxval used when a PGM program reads a PBM file. -Normally it is 1; however, for some programs, a larger value gives better -results. -\Ss -\#define PGM\_FORMAT ... -\#define RPGM\_FORMAT ... -\#define PGM\_TYPE PGM\_FORMAT -int PGM\_FORMAT\_TYPE( int format ) -\Se -For distinguishing different file formats and types. -%.SS INITIALIZATION -\Ss -void pgm\_init( int* argcP, char* argv[] ) -\Se -All PGM programs must call this routine. -%.SS MEMORY MANAGEMENT -\Ss -gray** pgm\_allocarray( int cols, int rows ) -\Se -Allocate an array of grays. -\Ss -gray* pgm\_allocrow( int cols ) -\Se -Allocate a row of the given number of grays. -\Ss -void pgm\_freearray( gray** grays, int rows ) -\Se -Free the array allocated with -{\bf pgm\_allocarray()} -containing the given number -of rows. -\Ss -void pgm\_freerow( gray* grayrow ) -\Se -Free a row of grays. -%.SS READING FILES -\Ss -void pgm\_readpgminit( FILE* fp, int* colsP, int* rowsP, gray* maxvalP, int* formatP ) -\Se -Read the header from a PGM file, filling in the rows, cols, maxval and format -variables. -\Ss -void pgm\_readpgmrow( FILE* fp, gray* grayrow, int cols, gray maxval, int format ) -\Se -Read a row of grays into the grayrow array. -Format, cols, and maxval were filled in by -{\bf pgm\_readpgminit()}{\rm .} -\Ss -gray** pgm\_readpgm( FILE* fp, int* colsP, int* rowsP, gray* maxvalP ) -\Se -Read an entire graymap file into memory, returning the allocated array and -filling in the rows, cols and maxval variables. -This function combines -{\bf pgm\_readpgminit()}{\rm ,} -{\bf pgm\_allocarray()} -and -{\bf pgm\_readpgmrow()}{\rm .} -%.SS WRITING FILES -\Ss -void pgm\_writepgminit( FILE* fp, int cols, int rows, gray maxval, int forceplain ) -\Se -Write the header for a portable graymap file. -The forceplain flag forces a plain-format file to be written, as opposed -to a raw-format one. -\Ss -void pgm\_writepgmrow( FILE* fp, gray* grayrow, int cols, gray maxval, int forceplain ) -\Se -Write a row from a portable graymap. -\Ss -void pgm\_writepgm( FILE* fp, gray** grays, int cols, int rows, gray maxval, int forceplain ) -\Se -Write the header and all data for a portable graymap. -This function combines -{\bf pgm\_writepgminit()} -and -{\bf pgm\_writepgmrow()}{\rm .} -\shead{SEE ALSO} -libpbm(3), libppm(3), libpnm(3) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Tony Hansen and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: libpgm.3 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:34 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: libpnm.3 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: libpnm.3 -% -\phead{libpnm}{3}{}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -libpnm - functions to support portable anymap programs -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -\def\Ss{\par\vspace{1.0\baselineskip}%.ft CW -\nofill -} -\def\Se{\fill -%.ft P -\par\vspace{1.0\baselineskip}} -\Ss -\#include $<$pnm.h$>$ -cc ... libpnm.a libppm.a libpgm.a libpbm.a -\Se -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -%.SS TYPES AND CONSTANTS -\Ss -typedef ... xel; -typedef ... xelval; -\#define PNM\_MAXMAXVAL ... -extern xelval pnm\_pbmmaxval; -\Se -Each -{\bf xel} -contains three -{\bf xelval}{\rm s,} -each of which should contain only the values between -{\bf 0} -and -{\bf PNM\_MAXMAXVAL}{\rm .} -{\bf pnm\_pbmmaxval} -is the maxval used when a PNM program reads a PBM file. -Normally it is 1; however, for some programs, a larger value gives better -results. -%.SS XEL MANIPULATIONS -\Ss -xelval PNM\_GET1( xel x ) -\Se -This macro extracts a single value from an xel, when you know it's -from a PBM or PGM file. -When it's from a PPM file, use -{\bf PPM\_GETR()}{\rm ,} -{\bf PPM\_GETG()}{\rm ,} -and -{\bf PPM\_GETB()}{\rm .} -\Ss -void PNM\_ASSIGN1( xel x, xelval v ) -\Se -This macro assigns a single value to an xel, when you know it's -from a PBM or PGM file. -When it's from a PPM file, use -{\bf PPM\_ASSIGN()}{\rm .} -\Ss -int PNM\_EQUAL( xel x, xel y ) -\Se -This macro checks two xels for equality. -\Ss -int PNM\_FORMAT\_TYPE( int format ) -\Se -For distinguishing different file types. -%.SS INITIALIZATION -\Ss -void pnm\_init( int* argcP, char* argv[] ) -\Se -All PNM programs must call this routine. -%.SS MEMORY MANAGEMENT -\Ss -xel** pnm\_allocarray( int cols, int rows ) -\Se -Allocate an array of xels. -\Ss -xel* pnm\_allocrow( int cols ) -\Se -Allocate a row of the given number of xels. -\Ss -void pnm\_freearray( xel** xels, int rows ) -\Se -Free the array allocated with -{\bf pnm\_allocarray()} -containing the given number -of rows. -\Ss -void pnm\_freerow( xel* xelrow ) -\Se -Free a row of xels. -%.SS READING FILES -\Ss -void pnm\_readpnminit( FILE* fp, int* colsP, int* rowsP, xelval* maxvalP, int* formatP ) -\Se -Read the header from a PNM file, filling in the rows, cols, maxval and format -variables. -\Ss -void pnm\_readpnmrow( FILE* fp, xel* xelrow, int cols, xelval maxval, int format ) -\Se -Read a row of xels into the xelrow array. -Format, cols, and maxval were filled in by -{\bf pnm\_readpnminit()}{\rm .} -\Ss -xel** pnm\_readpnm( FILE* fp, int* colsP, int* rowsP, xelval* maxvalP, int* formatP ) -\Se -Read an entire anymap file into memory, returning the allocated array and -filling in the rows, cols, maxval, and format variables. -This function combines -{\bf pnm\_readpnminit()}{\rm ,} -{\bf pnm\_allocarray()} -and -{\bf pnm\_readpnmrow()}{\rm .} -Unlike the equivalent functions in PBM, PGM, and PPM, it returns the format -so you can tell what type the file is. -%.SS WRITING FILES -\Ss -void pnm\_writepnminit( FILE* fp, int cols, int rows, xelval maxval, int format, int forceplain ) -\Se -Write the header for a portable anymap file. -Unlike the equivalent functions in PBM, PGM, and PPM, you have to specify -the output type. -The forceplain flag forces a plain-format file to be written, as opposed -to a raw-format one. -\Ss -void pnm\_writepnmrow( FILE* fp, xel* xelrow, int cols, xelval maxval, int format, int forceplain ) -\Se -Write a row from a portable anymap. -\Ss -void pnm\_writepnm( FILE* fp, xel** xels, int cols, int rows, xelval maxval, int format, int forceplain ) -\Se -Write the header and all data for a portable anymap. -This function combines -{\bf pnm\_writepnminit()} -and -{\bf pnm\_writepnmrow()}{\rm .} -%.SS FORMAT PROMOTION -\Ss -void pnm\_promoteformatrow( xel* xelrow, int cols, xelval maxval, int format, xelval newmaxval, int newformat ) -\Se -Promote a row of xels from one maxval and format to a new set. -Used when combining multiple anymaps of different types - just -take the max of the maxvals and the max of the formats, and -promote them all to that. -\Ss -void pnm\_promoteformat( xel** xels, int cols, int rows, xelval maxval, int format, xelval newmaxval, int newformat ) -\Se -Promote an entire anymap. -%.SS XEL MANIPULATION -\Ss -xel pnm\_whitexel( xelval maxval, int format ) -xel pnm\_blackxel( xelval maxval, int format ) -\Se -Return a white or black xel for the given maxval and format. -\Ss -void pnm\_invertxel( xel* x, xelval maxval, int format ) -\Se -Invert an xel. -\Ss -xel pnm\_backgroundxelrow( xel* xelrow, int cols, xelval maxval, int format ) -\Se -Figure out an appropriate background xel based on this row. -\Ss -xel pnm\_backgroundxel( xel** xels, int cols, int rows, xelval maxval, int format ) -\Se -Figure out a background xel based on an entire anymap. -This can do a slightly better job than -{\bf pnm\_backgroundxelrow()}{\rm .} -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(3), pgm(3), ppm(3) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Tony Hansen and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: libpnm.3 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:12 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: libppm.3 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: libppm.3 -% -\phead{libppm}{3}{}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -libppm - functions to support portable pixmap programs -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -\def\Ss{\par\vspace{1.0\baselineskip}%.ft CW -\nofill -} -\def\Se{\fill -%.ft P -\par\vspace{1.0\baselineskip}} -\Ss -\#include $<$ppm.h$>$ -cc ... libppm.a libpgm.a libpbm.a -\Se -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -%.SS TYPES AND CONSTANTS -\Ss -typedef ... pixel; -typedef ... pixval; -\#define PPM\_MAXMAXVAL ... -extern pixval ppm\_pbmmaxval; -\Se -Each -{\bf pixel} -contains three -{\bf pixval}{\rm s,} -each of which should contain only the values between -{\bf 0} -and -{\bf PPM\_MAXMAXVAL}{\rm .} -{\bf ppm\_pbmmaxval} -is the maxval used when a PPM program reads a PBM file. -Normally it is 1; however, for some programs, a larger value gives better -results. -\Ss -\#define PPM\_FORMAT ... -\#define RPPM\_FORMAT ... -\#define PPM\_TYPE PPM\_FORMAT -int PPM\_FORMAT\_TYPE( int format ) -\Se -For distinguishing different file formats and types. -\Ss -pixval PPM\_GETR( pixel p ) -pixval PPM\_GETG( pixel p ) -pixval PPM\_GETB( pixel p ) -\Se -These three macros retrieve the red, green or blue value from the given -pixel. -\Ss -void PPM\_ASSIGN( pixel p, pixval red, pixval grn, pixval blu ) -\Se -This macro assigns the given red, green and blue values to the pixel. -\Ss -int PPM\_EQUAL( pixel p, pixel q ) -\Se -This macro checks two pixels for equality. -\Ss -void PPM\_DEPTH( pixel newp, pixel p, pixval oldmaxval, pixval newmaxval ) -\Se -This macro scales the colors of pixel -{\bf p} -according the old and new maximum values and assigns the new values to -{\bf newp}{\rm .} -It is intended to make writing ppmtowhatever easier. -\Ss -float PPM\_LUMIN( pixel p ) -\Se -This macro determines the luminance of the pixel -{\bf p}{\rm .} -%.SS MEMORY MANAGEMENT -\Ss -pixel** ppm\_allocarray( int cols, int rows ) -\Se -Allocate an array of pixels. -\Ss -pixel* ppm\_allocrow( int cols ) -\Se -Allocate a row of the given number of pixels. -\Ss -void ppm\_freearray( pixel** pixels, int rows ) -\Se -Free the array allocated with -{\bf ppm\_allocarray()} -containing the given number -of rows. -\Ss -void pbm\_freerow( pixel* pixelrow ) -\Se -Free a row of pixels. -%.SS READING PBM FILES -\Ss -void ppm\_readppminit( FILE* fp, int* colsP, int* rowsP, pixval* maxvalP, int* formatP ) -\Se -Read the header from a PPM file, filling in the rows, cols, maxval and format -variables. -\Ss -void ppm\_readppmrow( FILE* fp, pixel* pixelrow, int cols, pixval maxval, int format ) -\Se -Read a row of pixels into the pixelrow array. -Format, cols, and maxval were filled in by -{\bf ppm\_readppminit()}{\rm .} -\Ss -pixel** ppm\_readppm( FILE* fp, int* colsP, int* rowsP, pixval* maxvalP ) -\Se -Read an entire pixmap file into memory, returning the allocated array and -filling in the rows, cols and maxval variables. -This function combines -{\bf ppm\_readppminit()}{\rm ,} -{\bf ppm\_allocarray()} -and -{\bf ppm\_readppmrow()}{\rm .} -%.SS WRITING FILES -\Ss -void ppm\_writeppminit( FILE* fp, int cols, int rows, pixval maxval, int forceplain ) -\Se -Write the header for a portable pixmap file. -The forceplain flag forces a plain-format file to be written, as opposed -to a raw-format one. -\Ss -void ppm\_writeppmrow( FILE* fp, pixel* pixelrow, int cols, pixval maxval, int forceplain ) -\Se -Write a row from a portable pixmap. -\Ss -void ppm\_writeppm( FILE* fp, pixel** pixels, int cols, int rows, pixval maxval, int forceplain ) -\Se -Write the header and all data for a portable pixmap. -This function combines -{\bf ppm\_writeppminit()} -and -{\bf ppm\_writeppmrow()}{\rm .} -%.SS COLOR NAMES -\Ss -pixel ppm\_parsecolor( char* colorname, pixval maxval ) -\Se -Parses an ASCII color name into a pixel. -The color can be specified in three ways. One, as a name, assuming -that a pointer to an X11-style color names file was compiled in. Two, -as an X11-style hexadecimal number: \#rgb, \#rrggbb, \#rrrgggbbb, or -\#rrrrggggbbbb. Three, as a triplet of decimal floating point numbers -separated by commas: r.r,g.g,b.b. -\Ss -char* ppm\_colorname( pixel* colorP, pixval maxval, int hexok ) -\Se -Returns a pointer to a string describing the given color. -If the X11 color names file is available and the color appears in -it, that name is returned. -Otherwise, if the hexok flag is true then a hexadecimal colorspec -is returned; if hexok is false and the X11 color names file is -available, then the closest matching color is returned; -otherwise, it's an error. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(3), pgm(3) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Tony Hansen and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: libppm.3 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:25 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: lispmtopgm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: lispmtopgm.1 -% -\phead{lispmtopgm}{1}{06 March 1990}{}{} - -%.IX lispmtopgm -\shead{NAME} -lispmtopgm - convert a Lisp Machine bitmap file into pgm format -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf lispmtopgm} -{\rm [}{\it lispmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a Lisp Machine bitmap as input. -%.IX "Lisp Machine bitmap" -Produces a portable graymap as output. -\par -This is the file format written by the tv:write-bit-array-file function on -TI Explorer and Symbolics lisp machines. -\par -Multi-plane bitmaps on lisp machines are color; but the lispm image file -format does not include a color map, so we must treat it as a graymap -instead. This is unfortunate. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgmtolispm(1), pgm(5) -\shead{BUGS} -The Lispm bitmap file format is a bit quirky; Usually the image in the file -has its width rounded up to the next higher multiple of 32, but not always. -If the width is not a multiple of 32, we don't deal with it properly, but -because of the Lispm microcode, such arrays are probably not image data -anyway. -\par -Also, the lispm code for saving bitmaps has a bug, in that if you are writing a -bitmap which is not mod32 across, the file may be up to 7 bits too short! They -round down instead of up, and we don't handle this bug gracefully. -\par -No color. -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jamie Zawinski and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: lispmtopgm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:07:57 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: macptopbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: macptopbm.1 -% -\phead{macptopbm}{1}{29 March 1989}{}{} - -%.IX macptopbm -\shead{NAME} -macptopbm - convert a MacPaint file into a portable bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf macptopbm} -{\rm [}{\bf -extraskip} -{\it N}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it macpfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a MacPaint file as input. -%.IX MacPaint -%.IX Macintosh -Produces a portable bitmap as output. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -extraskip}} -\item[{{\bf -extraskip}}] -This flag is to get around a problem with some methods -of transferring files from the Mac world to the Unix world. -Most of these methods leave the Mac files alone, but a few of -them add the ``finderinfo'' data onto the front of the Unix file. -This means an extra 128 bytes to skip over when reading the file. -The symptom to watch for is that the resulting PBM file looks shifted -to one side. -If you get this, try -{\bf -extraskip} -128, and if that still doesn't look right try another value. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -picttoppm(1), pbmtomacp(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -The MacPaint-reading code is \copyright 1987 by Patrick J. Naughton -(naughton@wind.sun.com). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -% provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that -% both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in -% supporting documentation. -% -% end of input file: macptopbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:07:58 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: mgrtopbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: mgrtopbm.1 -% -\phead{mgrtopbm}{1}{24 January 1989}{}{} - -%.IX mgrtopbm -\shead{NAME} -mgrtopbm - convert a MGR bitmap into a portable bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf mgrtopbm} -{\rm [}{\it mgrfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a MGR bitmap as input. -%.IX MGR -Produces a portable bitmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmtomgr(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: mgrtopbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:42 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: mtvtoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: mtvtoppm.1 -% -\phead{mtvtoppm}{1}{02 February 1989}{}{} - -%.IX mtvtoppm -\shead{NAME} -mtvtoppm - convert output from the MTV or PRT ray tracers into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf mtvtoppm} -{\rm [}{\it mtvfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads an input file from Mark VanDeWettering's MTV ray tracer. -%.IX "MTV raytracer" -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -\par -The PRT raytracer also produces this format. -%.IX "PRT raytracer" -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: mtvtoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:20 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbm.5 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbm.5 -% -\phead{pbm}{5}{27 September 1991}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -pbm - portable bitmap file format -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -The portable bitmap format is a lowest common denominator monochrome -file format. -%.IX "PBM file format" -It was originally designed to make it reasonable to mail bitmaps -between different types of machines using the typical stupid network -mailers we have today. -Now it serves as the common language of a large family of bitmap -conversion filters. -The definition is as follows: -\begin{IPlist} -\IPitem{{-}} -A ``magic number'' for identifying the file type. -A pbm file's magic number is the two characters ``P1''. -%.IX "magic numbers" -\IPitem{{-}} -Whitespace (blanks, TABs, CRs, LFs). -\IPitem{{-}} -A width, formatted as ASCII characters in decimal. -\IPitem{{-}} -Whitespace. -\IPitem{{-}} -A height, again in ASCII decimal. -\IPitem{{-}} -Whitespace. -\IPitem{{-}} -Width * height bits, each either '1' or '0', starting at the top-left -corner of the bitmap, proceeding in normal English reading order. -\IPitem{{-}} -The character '1' means black, '0' means white. -\IPitem{{-}} -Whitespace in the bits section is ignored. -\IPitem{{-}} -Characters from a ``\#'' to the next end-of-line are ignored (comments). -\IPitem{{-}} -No line should be longer than 70 characters. -\end{IPlist} - -\par -Here is an example of a small bitmap in this format: -\nofill -P1 -\# feep.pbm -24 7 -0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 -0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 -0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 -0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 -0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 -0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -\fill -\par -Programs that read this format should be as lenient as possible, -accepting anything that looks remotely like a bitmap. -\par -There is also a variant on the format, available -by setting the RAWBITS option at compile time. This variant is -%.IX RAWBITS -different in the following ways: -\begin{IPlist} -\IPitem{{-}} -The ``magic number'' is ``P4'' instead of ``P1''. -\IPitem{{-}} -The bits are stored eight per byte, high bit first low bit last. -\IPitem{{-}} -No whitespace is allowed in the bits section, and only a single character -of whitespace (typically a newline) is allowed after the height. -\IPitem{{-}} -The files are eight times smaller and many times faster to read and write. -\end{IPlist} - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -atktopbm(1), brushtopbm(1), cmuwmtopbm(1), g3topbm(1), -gemtopbm(1), icontopbm(1), -macptopbm(1), mgrtopbm(1), pi3topbm(1), xbmtopbm(1), -ybmtopbm(1), -pbmto10x(1), pnmtoascii(1), pbmtoatk(1), pbmtobbnbg(1), -pbmtocmuwm(1), pbmtoepson(1), -pbmtog3(1), pbmtogem(1), pbmtogo(1), pbmtoicon(1), pbmtolj(1), -pbmtomacp(1), pbmtomgr(1), pbmtopi3(1), pbmtoplot(1), pbmtoptx(1), -pbmtox10bm(1), pbmtoxbm(1), pbmtoybm(1), -pbmtozinc(1), -pbmlife(1), pbmmake(1), pbmmask(1), pbmreduce(1), -pbmtext(1), pbmupc(1), -pnm(5), pgm(5), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbm.5 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:16 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmclean.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmclean.1 -% -\phead{pbmclean}{12 Dec 1990}{}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -pbmclean - flip isolated pixels in portable bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -pbmclean [-connect] [pbmfile] -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. Outputs a portable bitmap with every -pixel which has less than % -\it connect % -\rm identical neighbours inverted. -Pbmclean can be used to clean up ``snow'' on bitmap images. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Angus Duggan. -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmclean.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:07:58 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmlife.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmlife.1 -% -\phead{pbmlife}{1}{21 February 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pbmlife -\shead{NAME} -pbmlife - apply Conway's rules of Life to a portable bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmlife} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Applies the rules of Life to it for one generation, -%.IX Life -and produces a portable bitmap as output. -\par -A white pixel in the image is interpreted as a live beastie, and a -black pixel as an empty space. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmlife.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:07:59 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmmake.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmmake.1 -% -\phead{pbmmake}{1}{22 February 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pbmmake -\shead{NAME} -pbmmake - create a blank bitmap of a specified size -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmmake} -{\rm [}{\bf -white}{\rm $|$}{\bf -black}{\rm $|$}{\bf -gray} -{\rm ]} -{\it width height} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Produces a portable bitmap of the specified width and height. -%.IX "generating bitmaps" -The color defaults to white. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -In addition to the usual -{\bf -white} -and -{\bf -black}{\rm ,} -this program implements -{\bf -gray}{\rm .} -This gives a simple 50\% gray pattern with 1's and 0's alternating. -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5), ppmmake(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmmake.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:00 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmmask.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmmask.1 -% -\phead{pbmmask}{1}{08 August 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pbmmask -\shead{NAME} -pbmmask - create a mask bitmap from a regular bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmmask} -{\rm [}{\bf -expand}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Creates a corresponding mask bitmap and writes it out. -\par -The color to be interpreted as ``background'' is determined automatically. -Regardless of which color is background, the mask will be white where -the background is and black where the figure is. -\par -This lets you do a masked paste like this, for objects with a black background: -\nofill - pbmmask obj $>$ objmask - pnmpaste $<$ dest -and objmask $<$x$>$ $<$y$>$ $|$ pnmpaste -or obj $<$x$>$ $<$y$>$ -\fill -%.IX pnmpaste -For objects with a white background, you can either invert them or -add a step: -\nofill - pbmmask obj $>$ objmask - pnminvert objmask $|$ pnmpaste -and obj 0 0 $>$ blackback - pnmpaste $<$ dest -and objmask $<$x$>$ $<$y$>$ $|$ pnmpaste -or blackback $<$x$>$ $<$y$>$ -\fill -%.IX pnminvert -Note that this three-step version works for objects with black backgrounds -too, if you don't care about the wasted time. -\par -You can also use masks with graymaps and pixmaps, using the -{\it pnmarith} -tool. For instance: -\nofill - ppmtopgm obj.ppm $|$ pgmtopbm -threshold $|$ pbmmask $>$ objmask.pbm - pnmarith -multiply dest.ppm objmask.pbm $>$ t1.ppm - pnminvert objmask.pbm $|$ pnmarith -multiply obj.ppm - $>$ t2.ppm - pnmarith -add t1.ppm t2.ppm -\fill -%.IX pnmarith -An interesting variation on this is to pipe the mask through the -{\it pnmsmooth} -%.IX pnmsmooth -script before using it. This makes the boundary between the two images less -sharp. -%.OPTIONS -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -expand}} -\item[{{\bf -expand}}] -Expands the mask by one pixel out from the image. -This is useful if you want a little white border around your image. -(A better solution might be to turn the -{\it pbmlife} -tool into a general cellular automaton tool...) -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmpaste(1), pnminvert(1), pbm(5), pnmarith(1), pnmsmooth(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmmask.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:16 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmpscale.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmpscale.1 -% -\phead{pbmpscale}{12 Dec 1990}{}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -pbmpscale - enlarge a portable bitmap with edge smoothing -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -pbmpscale N [ pbmfile ] -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input, and outputs a portable bitmap -enlarged N times. Enlargement is done by pixel replication, -with some additional smoothing of corners and edges. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmenlarge(1), ppmscale(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Angus Duggan. -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -implied warranty. -\shead{NOTES} -pbmpscale works best for enlargements of 2. Enlargements greater than 2 -should be done by as many enlargements of 2 as possible, followed by an -enlargement by the remaining factor. -% -% end of input file: pbmpscale.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:00 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmreduce.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmreduce.1 -% -\phead{pbmreduce}{1}{02 August 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pbmreduce -\shead{NAME} -pbmreduce - read a portable bitmap and reduce it N times -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmreduce} -{\rm [}{\bf -floyd}{\rm $|$}{\bf -fs}{\rm $|$}{\bf -threshold} -{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -value} -{\it val}{\rm ]} -{\it N} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Reduces it by a factor of -{\it N}{\rm ,} -and produces a portable bitmap as output. -%.IX shrinking -\par -{\it pbmreduce} -duplicates a lot of the functionality of -{\it pgmtopbm;} -%.IX pgmtopbm -you could do something like -{\bf pnmscale $|$ pgmtopbm,} -%.IX pnmscale -but -{\it pbmreduce} -is a lot faster. -\par -{\it pbmreduce} -can be used to ``re-halftone'' an image. -%.IX halftoning -Let's say you have a scanner that only produces black\&white, not -grayscale, and it does a terrible job of halftoning (most b\&w scanners -fit this description). -One way to fix the halftoning is to scan at the highest possible -resolution, say 300 dpi, and then reduce by a factor of three or -so using -{\it pbmreduce}{\rm .} -You can even correct the brightness of an image, by using the -{\bf -value} -flag. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -By default, the halftoning after the reduction is done via -boustrophedonic Floyd-Steinberg error diffusion; however, the -%.IX Floyd-Steinberg -%.IX "error diffusion" -{\bf -threshold} -flag can be used to specify simple thresholding. This gives better -%.IX thresholding -results when reducing line drawings. -\par -The -{\bf -value} -flag alters the thresholding value for all quantizations. -It should be a real number between 0 and 1. -Above 0.5 means darker images; below 0.5 means lighter. -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmenlarge(1), pnmscale(1), pgmtopbm(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmreduce.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:01 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtext.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtext.1 -% -\phead{pbmtext}{1}{5 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtext -\shead{NAME} -pbmtext - render text into a bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtext} -{\rm [}{\bf -font} -{\it fontfile}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it text}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -\par -Takes the specified text, either a single line from the command -line or multiple lines from standard input, and renders it -into a bitmap. -%.IX text -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -By default, pbmtext uses a built-in font. -You can also specify your own font with the -{\bf -font} -flag. -The -{\it fontfile} -is a pbm file, created in a very specific way. -In your window system of choice, display the following text -in the desired (fixed-width) font: -\nofill - - M ",/\^{}\_[`jpqy$|$ M - - / !"\#\$\%\&'()*+ / - $<$ ,-./01234567 $<$ - $>$ 89:;$<$=$>$?@ABC $>$ - @ DEFGHIJKLMNO @ - \_ PQRSTUVWXYZ[ \_ - \{ \bs ]\^{}\_`abcdefg \{ - \} hijklmnopqrs \} - \~{} tuvwxyz\{$|$\}\~{} \~{} - - M ",/\^{}\_[`jpqy$|$ M - -\fill -Do a screen grab or window dump of that text, using for instance -{\it xwd}{\rm ,} -{\it xgrabsc}{\rm ,} -or -{\it screendump}{\rm .} -Convert the result into a pbm file. -If necessary, use -{\it pnmcut} -to remove everything except the text. -Finally, run it through -{\it pnmcrop} -%.IX pnmcrop -to make sure the edges are right up against the text. -{\it pbmtext} -can figure out the sizes and spacings from that. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5), pnmcut(1), pnmcrop(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtext.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:02 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmto10x.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmto10x.1 -% -\phead{pbmto10x}{1}{1 January 1990}{}{} - -%.IX pbmto10x -\shead{NAME} -pbmto10x - convert a portable bitmap into Gemini 10X printer graphics -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmto10x} -{\rm [}{\bf -h}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces a file of Gemini 10X printer graphics as output. -%.IX "Gemini 10X printer graphics" -The 10x's printer codes are alleged to be similar to the Epson codes. -%.IX Epson -\par -Note that there is no 10xtopbm tool - this transformation is one way. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -The resolution is normally 60H by 72V. -If the -{\bf -h} -flag is specified, resolution is 120H by 144V. -You may find it useful to rotate landscape images before printing. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Ken Yap. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmto10x.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:02 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtoascii.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtoascii.1 -% -\phead{pbmtoascii}{1}{20 March 1992}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -pbmtoascii - convert a portable bitmap into ASCII graphics -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtoascii} -{\rm [}{\bf -1x2}{\rm $|$}{\bf -2x4}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces a somewhat crude ASCII graphic as output. -\par -Note that there is no asciitopbm tool - this transformation is one-way. -\shead{OPTIONS} -The -{\bf -1x2} -and -{\bf -2x4} -flags give you two alternate ways for the bits to get mapped to characters. -With -{\bf 1x2}{\rm ,} -the default, each character represents a group of 1 bit across by 2 bits down. -With -{\bf -2x4}{\rm ,} -each character represents 2 bits across by 4 bits down. -With the 1x2 mode you can see the individual bits, so it's useful for -previewing small bitmaps on a non-graphics terminal. -The 2x4 mode lets you display larger bitmaps on a standard 80-column display, -but it obscures bit-level details. -2x4 mode is also good for displaying -graymaps - ``pnmscale -width 158 $|$ pgmnorm $|$ pgmtopbm -thresh'' -should give good results. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988, 1992 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtoascii.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:03 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtoatk.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtoatk.1 -% -\phead{pbmtoatk}{1}{26 September 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtoatk -\shead{NAME} -pbmtoatk - convert portable bitmap to Andrew Toolkit raster object -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtoatk} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces a Andrew Toolkit raster object as output. -%.IX "Andrew Toolkit raster object" -\shead{SEE ALSO} -atktopbm(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Bill Janssen. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtoatk.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:03 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtobbnbg.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtobbnbg.1 -% -\phead{pbmtobg}{1}{16 May 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtobbnbg -\shead{NAME} -pbmtobg - convert a portable bitmap into BitGraph graphics -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtobg} -{\rm [}{\it rasterop}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it x} -{\it y}{\rm ]} -$<$ -{\it pbmfile} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces BBN BitGraph terminal Display Pixel Data (DPD) sequence as output. -%.IX "BBN BitGraph" -\par -The rasterop can be specified on the command line. If this is omitted, 3 -(replace) will be used. A position in (x,y) coordinates can also be -specified. If both are given, the rasterop comes first. The portable bitmap -is always taken from the standard input. -\par -Note that there is no bgtopbm tool. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Copyright 1989 by Mike Parker. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtobbnbg.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:04 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtocmuwm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtocmuwm.1 -% -\phead{pbmtocmuwm}{1}{15 April 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtocmuwm -\shead{NAME} -pbmtocmuwm - convert a portable bitmap into a CMU window manager bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtocmuwm} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces a CMU window manager bitmap as output. -%.IX "CMU window manager bitmap" -\shead{SEE ALSO} -cmuwmtopbm(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtocmuwm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:17 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtoepsi.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtoepsi.1 -% -\phead{pbmtoepsi}{1}{1992}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtoepsi -\shead{NAME} -pbmtoepsi - convert a portable bitmap into an encapsulated PostScript -style preview bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtoepsi} -{\rm [}{\bf -bbonly}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produce an encapsulated Postscript style bitmap as output. The output -is not a stand alone postscript file, it is only a preview bitmap, -which can be included in an encapsulated PostScript file. -Note that there is no epsitopbm tool - this transformation is one way. - -This utility is a part of the pstoepsi tool by Doug Crabill -(dgc@cs.purdue.edu). -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -bbonly}} -\item[{{\bf -bbonly}}] -Only create a boundary box, don't fill it with the image. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5), pnmtops(1), psidtopgm(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 Jef Poskanzer -\nwl -modified by Doug Crabill 1992. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtoepsi.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:04 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtoepson.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtoepson.1 -% -\phead{pbmtoepson}{1}{4 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtoepson -\shead{NAME} -pbmtoepson - convert a portable bitmap into Epson printer graphics -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtoepson} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces a file of Epson printer graphics as output. -%.IX Epson -\par -Note that there is no epsontopbm tool - this transformation is one way. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by John Tiller (tiller@galois.msfc.nasa.gov) and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtoepson.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:05 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtog3.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtog3.1 -% -\phead{pbmtog3}{1}{02 October 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtog3 -\shead{NAME} -pbmtog3 - convert a portable bitmap into a Group 3 fax file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtog3} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as output. -Produces a Group 3 fax file as input. -%.IX "Group 3 fax" -%.IX fax -\shead{REFERENCES} -The standard for Group 3 fax is defined in CCITT Recommendation T.4. -\shead{BUGS} -Probably. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -g3topbm(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Paul Haeberli (paul@manray.sgi.com). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtog3.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:05 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtogem.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtogem.1 -% -\phead{pbmtogem}{1}{11 March 1990}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtogem -\shead{NAME} -pbmtogem - convert a portable bitmap into a GEM .img file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtogem} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces a GEM .img file as output. -%.IX GEM -\shead{BUGS} -It does not support compression of the data. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -gemtopbm(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by David Beckemeyer (bdt!david) and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -% provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that -% both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in -% supporting documentation. -% -% end of input file: pbmtogem.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:06 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtogo.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtogo.1 -% -\phead{pbmtogo}{1}{24 November 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtogo -\shead{NAME} -pbmtogo - convert a portable bitmap into compressed GraphOn graphics -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtogo} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces 2D compressed GraphOn graphics as output. -%.IX GraphOn -Be sure to set up your GraphOn with the following modes: 8 bits / no parity; -obeys no XON/XOFF; NULs are accepted. These are all on the Comm menu. -Also, remember to turn off tty post processing. -Note that there is no gotopbm tool. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988, 1989 by Jef Poskanzer, Michael Haberler, and Bo Thide'. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtogo.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:06 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtoicon.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtoicon.1 -% -\phead{pbmtoicon}{1}{31 August 1988}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtoicon -\shead{NAME} -pbmtoicon - convert a portable bitmap into a Sun icon -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtoicon} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces a Sun icon as output. -%.IX Sun -%.IX "Sun icon format" -\shead{SEE ALSO} -icontopbm(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtoicon.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:07 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtolj.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtolj.1 -% -\phead{pbmtolj}{1}{29 August 1988}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtolj -\shead{NAME} -pbmtolj - convert a portable bitmap into HP LaserJet format -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtolj} -{\rm [}{\bf -resolution} -{\it N}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces HP LaserJet data as output. -%.IX "HP LaserJet" -\par -Note that there is no ljtopbm tool. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -resolution}} -\item[{{\bf -resolution}}] -Specifies the resolution of the output device, in dpi. -Typical values are 75, 100, 150, 300. -The default is 75. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by Jef Poskanzer and Michael Haberler. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtolj.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:15 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtoln03.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtoln03.1 -% -\phead{pbmtoln03}{1}{7 May 1993}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtoln03 -\shead{NAME} -pbmtoln03 - convert protable bitmap to DEC LN03+ Sixel output -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtoln03} -{\rm [}{\bf -rltbf}{\rm ]} -{\it pbmfile} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -%.IX "DEC LN03+ Sixel" -Produces a DEC LN03+ Sixel output file. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -l nn}} -\item[{{\bf -l nn}}] -Use ``nn'' as value for left margin (default 0). -\item[{{\bf -r nn}}] -Use ``nn'' as value for right margin (default 2400). -\item[{{\bf -t nn}}] -Use ``nn'' as value for top margin (default 0). -\item[{{\bf -b nn}}] -Use ``nn'' as value for bottom margin (default 3400). -\item[{{\bf -f nn}}] -Use ``nn'' as value for form length (default 3400). -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Tim Cook, 26 Feb 1992 -% -% end of input file: pbmtoln03.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:18 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtolps.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtolps.1 -% -\phead{pbmtolps}{12 Dec 1990}{}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -pbmtolps - convert portable bitmap to PostScript -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -pbmtolps [ -dpi n ] [ pbmfile ] -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input, and outputs PostScript. -The output Postscript uses lines instead of the image operator to -generate a (device dependent) picture which will be imaged -much faster. -\par -The Postscript path length is constrained to be less that 1000 -points so that no limits are overrun on the Apple Laserwriter -and (presumably) no other printers. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgmtops(1), ppmtops(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright George Phillips (phillips@cs.ubc.ca). -% -% end of input file: pbmtolps.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:08 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtomacp.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtomacp.1 -% -\phead{pbmtomacp}{1}{31 August 1988}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtomacp -\shead{NAME} -pbmtomacp - convert a portable bitmap into a MacPaint file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtomacp} -{\rm [}{\bf -l} -{\it left}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -r} -{\it right}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -b} -{\it bottom}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -t} -{\it top}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -If no input-file is given, standard input is assumed. -Produces a MacPaint file as output. -%.IX MacPaint -%.IX Macintosh -\par -The generated file is only the data fork of a picture. -You will need a program such as -{\it mcvert} -to generate a Macbinary or a BinHex file that contains the necessary -information to identify the file as a PNTG file to MacOS. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -Left, right, bottom \& top let you define a square into the pbm file, -that must be converted. -Default is the whole file. -If the file is too large for a MacPaint-file, the bitmap is cut to fit -from ( left, top ). -\shead{BUGS} -The source code contains comments in a language other than English. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmtopict(1), macptopbm(1), pbm(5), mcvert(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by Douwe van der Schaaf ($\ldots$!mcvax!uvapsy!vdschaaf). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtomacp.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:08 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtomgr.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtomgr.1 -% -\phead{pbmtomgr}{1}{24 January 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtomgr -\shead{NAME} -pbmtomgr - convert a portable bitmap into a MGR bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtomgr} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces a MGR bitmap as output. -%.IX MGR -\shead{SEE ALSO} -mgrtopbm(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtomgr.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:36 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtopgm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtopgm.1 -% -\phead{pbmtopgm}{12 Dec 1990}{}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -pbmtopgm - convert portable bitmap to portable graymap by averaging areas -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -pbmtopgm $<$width$>$ $<$height$>$ [pbmfile] -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. Outputs a portable graymap created by -averaging the number of pixels within a sample area of -% -\it width % -\rm by % -\it height % -\rm around each point. Pbmtopgm is similar to a -special case of ppmconvol. A ppmsmooth step may be needed after pbmtopgm. -\par -Pbmtopgm has the effect of anti-aliasing bitmaps which contain distinct -line features. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Angus Duggan. -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -implied warranty. -\shead{NOTES} -Pbmtopgm works best with odd sample width and heights. -% -% end of input file: pbmtopgm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:09 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtopi3.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtopi3.1 -% -\phead{pbmtopi3}{1}{11 March 1990}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtopi3 -\shead{NAME} -pbmtopi3 - convert a portable bitmap into an Atari Degas .pi3 file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtopi3} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces an Atari Degas .pi3 file as output. -%.IX Atari -%.IX "Degas .pi3" -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pi3topbm(1), pbm(5), ppmtopi1(1), pi1toppm(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by David Beckemeyer (bdt!david) and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -% provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that -% both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in -% supporting documentation. -% -% end of input file: pbmtopi3.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:18 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtopk.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtopk.1 -% -\phead{pbmtopk}{1}{6 August 1990}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -pbmtopk - convert a portable bitmap into a packed (PK) format font -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -pbmtopk pkfile[.pk] tfmfile[.tfm] resolution [-s designsize] [-p num param...] -[-C codingscheme] [-F family] [-f optfile] [-c num] -[-W width] [-H height] [-D depth] -[-I ital] [-h horiz] [-v vert] [-x xoff] [-y yoff] [pbmfile]... -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads portable bitmaps as input, and produces a packed (PK) font file and a -TFM (TeX font metric) file as output. The resolution parameter indicates the -resolution of the font, in dots per inch. If the filename ``-'' is used for any -of the filenames, the standard input stream (or standard output where -appropriate) will be used. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{IPlist} -\IPitem{{-s\ designsize}} -Sets the design size of the font, in TeX's points (72.27pt to the inch). The -default design size is 1. The TFM parameters are given as multiples of the -design size. -\IPitem{{-p\ num\ param...}} -Sets the first num font parameters for the font. The first seven parameters -are the slant, -interword spacing, interword space stretchability, interword space -shrinkability, x-height, quad width, and post-sentence extra space of the -font. Math and symbol fonts may have more parameters; see The TeXbook for a -list of these. Reasonable default values are chosen for parameters which are -not specified. -\IPitem{{-C\ codingscheme}} -Sets the coding scheme comment in the TFM file. -\IPitem{{-F\ family}} -Sets the font family comment in the TFM file. -\IPitem{{-f\ optfile}} -Reads the file optfile, which should contain a lines of the form: -\par\vspace{1.0\baselineskip} -\nofill -\raggedright - filename xoff yoff horiz vert width height depth ital -\fill -%.ad -\par\vspace{1.0\baselineskip} -The pbm files specified by the filename parameters are inserted consecutively -in the font with the specified attributes. If any of the attributes are -omitted, or replaced with ``*'', a default value will be calculated from the -size of the bitmap. The settings of the -W, -H, -D, -I, -h, -v, -x, and -y -options do not affected characters created in this way. -The character number can be changed by including a line starting with -``='', -followed by the new number. -Lines beginning with -``\%'' or ``\#'' are ignored. -\IPitem{{-c\ num}} -Sets the character number of the next bitmap encountered to num. -\IPitem{{-W\ width}} -Sets the TFM width of the next character to width (in design size multiples). -\IPitem{{-H\ height}} -Sets the TFM height of the next character to height (in design size multiples). -\IPitem{{-D\ depth}} -Sets the TFM depth of the next character to depth (in design size multiples). -\IPitem{{-I\ ital}} -Sets the italic correction of the next character to -ital (in design size multiples). -\IPitem{{-h\ horiz}} -Sets the horizontal escapement of the next character to horiz (in pixels). -\IPitem{{-v\ vert}} -Sets the vertical escapement of the next character to vert (in pixels). -\IPitem{{-x\ xoff}} -Sets the horizontal offset of the next character to xoff (in pixels). -\IPitem{{-y\ yoff}} -Sets the vertical offset of the next character to yoff (in pixels, from the -top row). -\end{IPlist} - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pktopbm(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Adapted from Tom Rokicki's pxtopk by Angus Duggan (ajcd@dcs.ed.ac.uk). - -% -% end of input file: pbmtopk.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:09 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtoplot.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtoplot.1 -% -\phead{pbmtoplot}{1}{1 September 1990}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtoplot -\shead{NAME} -pbmtoplot - convert a portable bitmap into a Unix plot(5) file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtoplot} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces a Unix -{\it plot} -file. -%.IX plot -\par -Note that there is no plottopbm tool - this transformation is one-way. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5), plot(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Arthur David Olson. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtoplot.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:10 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtoptx.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtoptx.1 -% -\phead{pbmtoptx}{1}{31 August 1988}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtoptx -\shead{NAME} -pbmtoptx - convert a portable bitmap into Printronix printer graphics -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtoptx} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces a file of Printronix printer graphics as output. -%.IX Printronix -\par -Note that there is no ptxtopbm tool - this transformation is one way. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtoptx.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:10 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtox10bm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtox10bm.1 -% -\phead{pbmtox10bm}{1}{31 August 1988}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtox10bm -\shead{NAME} -pbmtox10bm - convert a portable bitmap into an X10 bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtox10bm} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces an X10 bitmap as output. -This older format is maintained for compatibility. -%.IX "X bitmap" -%.IX "X window system" -\par -Note that there is no x10bmtopbm tool, because -{\it xbmtopbm} -can read both X11 and X10 bitmaps. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmtoxbm(1), xbmtopbm(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtox10bm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:11 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtoxbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtoxbm.1 -% -\phead{pbmtoxbm}{1}{31 August 1988}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtoxbm -\shead{NAME} -pbmtoxbm - convert a portable bitmap into an X11 bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtoxbm} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces an X11 bitmap as output. -%.IX "X bitmap" -%.IX "X window system" -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmtox10bm(1), xbmtopbm(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtoxbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:12 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtoybm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtoybm.1 -% -\phead{pbmtoybm}{1}{06 March 1990}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtoybm -\shead{NAME} -pgmtoybm - convert a portable bitmap into a Bennet Yee ``face'' file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtoybm} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces as output a file acceptable to the -{\it face} -and -{\it xbm} -programs by Bennet Yee (bsy+@cs.cmu.edu). -%.IX face -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ybmtopbm(1), pbm(5), face(1), face(5), xbm(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jamie Zawinski and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtoybm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:12 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtozinc.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtozinc.1 -% -\phead{pbmtozinc}{l}{02 November 1990}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtozinc -\shead{NAME} -pbmtozinc - convert a portable bitmap into a Zinc bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtozinc} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces a bitmap in the format used by the Zinc Interface Library -(ZIL) Version 1.0 as output. -%.IX "Zinc Interface Library" -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by James Darrell McCauley (jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu) -and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% Zinc and Zinc Interface Library are trademarks of -% Zinc Software Inc., Pleasant Grove, Utah. -% -% end of input file: pbmtozinc.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:13 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmupc.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmupc.1 -% -\phead{pbmupc}{1}{14 March 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pbmupc -\shead{NAME} -pbmupc - create a Universal Product Code bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmupc} -{\rm [}{\bf -s1}{\rm $|$}{\bf -s2}{\rm ]} -{\it type manufac product} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Generates a Universal Product Code symbol. -%.IX "Universal Product Code" -The three arguments are: a one digit product type, a five digit -manufacturer code, and a five digit product code. -For example, ``0 72890 00011'' is the code for Heineken. -%.IX Heineken -\par -As presently configured, -{\it pbmupc} -produces a bitmap 230 bits wide and 175 bits high. -The size can be altered by changing the defines at the beginning of -the program, or by running the output through -{\it pnmenlarge} -or -{\it pnmscale}{\rm .} -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -The -{\bf -s1} -and -{\bf -s2} -flags select the style of UPC to generate. -The default, -{\bf -s1}{\rm ,} -looks more or less like this: -\nofill - $|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$ - $|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$ - $|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$ - $|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$ -0$|$$|$12345$|$$|$67890$|$$|$5 -\fill -The other style, -{\bf -s2}{\rm ,} -puts the product type digit higher up, and -doesn't display the checksum digit: -\nofill - $|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$ - $|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$ -0$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$ - $|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$ - $|$$|$12345$|$$|$67890$|$$|$ -\fill -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmupc.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:42 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pcxtoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pcxtoppm.1 -% -\phead{pcxtoppm}{1}{9 April 1990}{}{} - -%.IX pcxtoppm -\shead{NAME} -pcxtoppm - convert a PCX file into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pcxtoppm} -{\rm [}{\it pcxfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a PCX file as input. -%.IX PCX -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmtopcx(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Michael Davidson. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pcxtoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:38 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgm.5 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgm.5 -% -\phead{pgm}{5}{12 November 1991}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -pgm - portable graymap file format -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -The portable graymap format is a lowest common denominator grayscale -file format. -%.IX "PGM file format" -The definition is as follows: -\begin{IPlist} -\IPitem{{-}} -A ``magic number'' for identifying the file type. -A pgm file's magic number is the two characters ``P2''. -%.IX "magic numbers" -\IPitem{{-}} -Whitespace (blanks, TABs, CRs, LFs). -\IPitem{{-}} -A width, formatted as ASCII characters in decimal. -\IPitem{{-}} -Whitespace. -\IPitem{{-}} -A height, again in ASCII decimal. -\IPitem{{-}} -Whitespace. -\IPitem{{-}} -The maximum gray value, again in ASCII decimal. -\IPitem{{-}} -Whitespace. -\IPitem{{-}} -Width * height gray values, each in ASCII decimal, between 0 and the specified -maximum value, separated by whitespace, starting at the top-left -corner of the graymap, proceeding in normal English reading order. -A value of 0 means black, and the maximum value means white. -\IPitem{{-}} -Characters from a ``\#'' to the next end-of-line are ignored (comments). -\IPitem{{-}} -No line should be longer than 70 characters. -\end{IPlist} - -\par -Here is an example of a small graymap in this format: -\nofill -P2 -\# feep.pgm -24 7 -15 -0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -0 3 3 3 3 0 0 7 7 7 7 0 0 11 11 11 11 0 0 15 15 15 15 0 -0 3 0 0 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 11 0 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 15 0 -0 3 3 3 0 0 0 7 7 7 0 0 0 11 11 11 0 0 0 15 15 15 15 0 -0 3 0 0 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 11 0 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 0 -0 3 0 0 0 0 0 7 7 7 7 0 0 11 11 11 11 0 0 15 0 0 0 0 -0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -\fill -\par -Programs that read this format should be as lenient as possible, -accepting anything that looks remotely like a graymap. -\par -There is also a variant on the format, available -by setting the RAWBITS option at compile time. This variant is -different in the following ways: -%.IX RAWBITS -\begin{IPlist} -\IPitem{{-}} -The ``magic number'' is ``P5'' instead of ``P2''. -\IPitem{{-}} -The gray values are stored as plain bytes, instead of ASCII decimal. -\IPitem{{-}} -No whitespace is allowed in the grays section, and only a single character -of whitespace (typically a newline) is allowed after the maxval. -\IPitem{{-}} -The files are smaller and many times faster to read and write. -\end{IPlist} - -\par -Note that this raw format can only be used for maxvals less than -or equal to 255. -If you use the -{\it pgm} -library and try to write a file with a larger maxval, -it will automatically fall back on the slower but more general plain -format. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -fitstopgm(1), fstopgm(1), hipstopgm(1), lispmtopgm(1), psidtopgm(1), -rawtopgm(1), -pgmbentley(1), pgmcrater(1), pgmedge(1), pgmenhance(1), pgmhist(1), pgmnorm(1), -pgmoil(1), pgmramp(1), pgmtexture(1), -pgmtofits(1), pgmtofs(1), pgmtolispm(1), pgmtopbm(1), -pnm(5), pbm(5), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pgm.5 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:26 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmbentley.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmbentley.1 -% -\phead{pgmbentley}{1}{11 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pgmbentley -\shead{NAME} -pgmbentley - Bentleyize a portable graymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmbentley} -{\rm [}{\it pgmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable graymap as input. -Performs The Bentley Effect, and writes a portable graymap as output. -%.IX "Bentley Effect" -\par -The Bentley Effect is described in ``Beyond Photography'' by Holzmann, -chapter 4, photo 4. -It's a vertical smearing based on brightness. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgmoil(1), ppmrelief(1), pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Wilson Bent (whb@hoh-2.att.com). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pgmbentley.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:27 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmcrater.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmcrater.1 -% -\phead{pgmcrater}{1}{15 October 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pgmcrater -%.IX fractals -%.IX craters -\shead{NAME} -pgmcrater - create cratered terrain by fractal forgery -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -\raggedright -{\bf pgmcrater} -'ti 15 -{\rm [}{\bf -number} -{\it n}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -height}{\rm $|$}{\bf -ysize} -{\it s}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -width}{\rm $|$}{\bf -xsize} -{\it s}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -gamma} -{\it g}{\rm ]} -%.ad -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -{\bf pgmcrater} -creates a portable graymap which mimics cratered terrain. The graymap -is created by simulating the impact of a given number of craters with -random position and size, then rendering the resulting terrain -elevations based on a light source shining from one side of the -screen. The size distribution of the craters is based on a power law -which results in many more small craters than large ones. The number -of craters of a given size varies as the reciprocal of the area as -described on pages 31 and 32 of Peitgen and Saupe[1]; cratered bodies -in the Solar System are observed to obey this relationship. The -formula used to obtain crater radii governed by this law from a -uniformly distributed pseudorandom sequence was developed by Rudy -Rucker. -\par -High resolution images with large numbers of craters often benefit -from being piped through -{\bf pnmsmooth}{\rm .} -The averaging performed by this process eliminates some of the jagged -pixels and lends a mellow ``telescopic image'' feel to the overall -picture. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -number}{\it \ n} -} -\item[{{\bf -number}{\it \ n} -}] -Causes -{\it n} -craters to be generated. If no -{\bf -number} -specification is given, 50000 craters will be generated. Don't expect -to see them all! For every large crater there are many, many more -tiny ones which tend simply to erode the landscape. In general, the -more craters you specify the more realistic the result; ideally you -want the entire terrain to have been extensively turned over again and -again by cratering. High resolution images containing five to ten -million craters are stunning but take quite a while to create. -\item[{{\bf -height}{\it \ height} -}] -Sets the height of the generated image to -{\it height} -pixels. The default height is 256 pixels. -\item[{{\bf -width}{\it \ width} -}] -Sets the width of the generated image to -{\it width} -pixels. The default width is 256 pixels. -\item[{{\bf -xsize}{\it \ width} -}] -Sets the width of the generated image to -{\it width} -pixels. The default width is 256 pixels. -\item[{{\bf -ysize}{\it \ height} -}] -Sets the height of the generated image to -{\it height} -pixels. The default height is 256 pixels. -\item[{{\bf -gamma}{\it \ factor} -}] -The specified -{\it factor} -is used to gamma correct the graymap in the same manner as performed -by -{\bf pnmgamma}{\rm .} -The default value is 1.0, which results in a medium contrast image. -Values larger than 1 lighten the image and reduce contrast, while -values less than 1 darken the image, increasing contrast. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{BUGS} -The -{\bf -gamma} -option isn't really necessary since you can achieve the same -effect by piping the output from -{\bf pgmcrater} -through -{\bf pnmgamma}{\rm .} -However, -{\bf pgmcrater} -performs an internal gamma map anyway in the process of rendering the -elevation array into a graymap, so there's no additional overhead in -allowing a user-specified gamma. -\par -Real craters have two distinct morphologies. -{\bf pgmcrater} -simulates only small craters, which are hemispherical in shape -(regardless of the incidence angle of the impacting body, as long as the -velocity is sufficiently high). Large craters, such as Copernicus and -Tycho on the Moon, have a ``walled plain'' shape with a cross-section more -like: -\nofill -%.ne 2 -%.cs R 18 - /\bs /\bs -\nwl - \_\_\_\_\_/ \bs \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_/\bs \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_/ \bs \_\_\_\_\_ -%.cs R -\fill -%.ss 12 -Larger craters should really use this profile, including the central -peak, and totally obliterate the pre-existing terrain. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -{\bf pgm}{\rm (5),} -{\bf pnmgamma}{\rm (1),} -{\bf pnmsmooth}{\rm (1)} -\begin{TPlist}{[1]} -\item[{[1]}] -Peitgen, H.-O., and Saupe, D. eds., The Science Of Fractal Images, -New York: Springer Verlag, 1988. -%.ne 10 -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{AUTHOR} -\ind{1\parindent}{\nofill - John Walker - Autodesk SA - Avenue des Champs-Montants 14b - CH-2074 MARIN - Suisse/Schweiz/Svizzera/Svizra/Switzerland -\fill} -\begin{TPlist}{Usenet:} -\item[{Usenet:}] -kelvin@Autodesk.com -\item[{Fax:}] -038/33 88 15 -\item[{Voice:}] -038/33 76 33 -\end{TPlist} - -\par -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -without any conditions or restrictions. This software is provided ``as -is'' without express or implied warranty. -\par -{\bf PLUGWARE!} -If you like this kind of stuff, you may also enjoy ``James Gleick's -Chaos--The Software'' for MS-DOS, available for \$59.95 from your -local software store or directly from Autodesk, Inc., Attn: Science -Series, 2320 Marinship Way, Sausalito, CA 94965, USA. Telephone: -(800) 688-2344 toll-free or, outside the U.S. (415) 332-2344 Ext -4886. Fax: (415) 289-4718. ``Chaos--The Software'' includes a more -comprehensive fractal forgery generator which creates -three-dimensional landscapes as well as clouds and planets, plus five -more modules which explore other aspects of Chaos. The user guide of -more than 200 pages includes an introduction by James Gleick and -detailed explanations by Rudy Rucker of the mathematics and algorithms -used by each program. -% -% end of input file: pgmcrater.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:27 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmedge.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmedge.1 -% -\phead{pgmedge}{1}{04 February 1990}{}{} - -%.IX pgmedge -\shead{NAME} -pgmedge - edge-detect a portable graymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmedge} -{\rm [}{\it pgmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable graymap as input. -Outlines the edges, and writes a portable graymap as output. -%.IX "edge detection" -Piping the result through -{\bf pgmtopbm -threshold} -and playing with the -threshold value will give a bitmap of the edges. -%.IX thresholding -\par -The edge detection technique used is to take the Pythagorean sum of -two Sobel gradient operators at 90 degrees to each other. -For more details see ``Digital Image Processing'' by Gonzalez and Wintz, -chapter 7. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgmenhance(1), pgmtopbm(1), pgm(5), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pgmedge.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:28 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmenhance.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmenhance.1 -% -\phead{pgmenhance}{1}{13 January 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pgmenhance -\shead{NAME} -pgmenhance - edge-enhance a portable graymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmenhance} -{\rm [}{\it -N}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pgmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable graymap as input. -Enhances the edges, and writes a portable graymap as output. -%.IX "edge enhancement" -\par -The edge enhancing technique is taken from Philip R. Thompson's ``xim'' -program, which in turn took it from section 6 of ``Digital Halftones by -Dot Diffusion'', D. E. Knuth, ACM Transaction on Graphics Vol. 6, No. 4, -October 1987, which in turn got it from two 1976 papers by J. F. Jarvis -{\it et. al.} -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -The optional -{\it -N} -flag should be a digit from 1 to 9. -1 is the lowest level of enhancement, 9 is the highest, -The default is 9. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgmedge(1), pgm(5), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pgmenhance.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:29 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmhist.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmhist.1 -% -\phead{pgmhist}{1}{28 February 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pgmhist -\shead{NAME} -pgmhist - print a histogram of the values in a portable graymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmhist} -{\rm [}{\it pgmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable graymap as input. -Prints a histogram of the gray values. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgmnorm(1), pgm(5), ppmhist(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pgmhist.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Feb 4 14:35:48 1994 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmkernel.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmkernel.1 -% -\phead{pgmkernel}{1}{10 December 1992}{}{} - -%.IX pgmkernel -\shead{NAME} -pgmkernel - generate a convolution kernel -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmkernel} [{\bf --weight}{\it w}] {\it width} [{\it height}] -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Generates a portable graymap array of size -{\it width} x {\it height} (or {\it width} x {\it width} if {\it height} -is not specified) to be used as a convolution file by -{\bf pnmconvol}{\rm .} -The data in the convolution array K are computed according to the -formula: -\par -K(i,j) = 1 / ( 1 + w * sqrt((i-width/2)\^{}2 + (j-height/2)\^{}2)) -\par -where -{\it w} -is a coefficient specified via the -{\it --weight} -flag, and -{\it width} -and -{\it height} -are the X and Y filter sizes. -\par -The output PGM file is always written out in ASCII format. -\shead{OPTIONS} -The optional -{\it -weight} -flag should be a real number greater than -1. -The default value is 6.0. -\shead{BUGS} -The computation time is proportional to -{\it width} -* -{\it height}{\rm .} -This increases rapidly with the increase of the kernel size. -A better approach could be using a FFT in these cases. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmconvol(1), pnmsmooth(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Alberto Accomazzi (alberto@cfa.harvard.edu). -% -% end of input file: pgmkernel.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Mon Nov 29 13:21:08 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmnoise.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmnoise.1 -% -\phead{pgmnoise}{1}{16 November 1993}{}{} - -%.IX pgmnoise -\shead{NAME} -pgmnoise - create a graymap made up of white noise -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmnoise} -{\it width height} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Creates a portable graymap that is made up of random pixels with -gray values in the range of 0 to PGM\_MAXMAXVAL (depends on the compilation, -either 255 or 65535). The graymap has a size of width * height pixels. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1993 by Frank Neumann. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pgmnoise.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:29 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmnorm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmnorm.1 -% -\phead{pgmnorm}{1}{28 February 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pgmnorm -\shead{NAME} -pgmnorm - normalize the contrast in a portable graymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmnorm} -{\rm [}{\bf -bpercent} -{\it N} -$|$ -{\bf -bvalue} -{\it N}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -wpercent} -{\it N} -$|$ -{\bf -wvalue} -{\it N}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pgmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable graymap as input. -Normalizes the contrast by forcing the lightest pixels to white, the -%.IX "contrast normalization" -darkest pixels to black, and linearly rescaling the ones in between; -and produces a portable graymap as output. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -By default, the darkest 2 percent of all pixels are mapped to black, and -the lightest 1 percent are mapped to white. -You can override these percentages by using the -{\bf -bpercent} -and -{\bf -wpercent} -flags, -or you can specify the exact pixel values to be mapped by using the -{\bf -bvalue} -and -{\bf -wvalue} -flags. -Appropriate numbers for the flags can be gotten from the -{\it pgmhist} -tool. -%.IX pgmhist -If you just want to enhance the contrast, then choose values at elbows in the -histogram; {\it e.g.}, if value 29 represents 3\% of the image but value 30 -represents 20\%, choose 30 for -{\it bvalue}{\rm .} -If you want to lighten the -image, then set -{\it bvalue} -to 0 and just fiddle with -{\it wvalue}{\rm ;} -similarly, to darken the image, set -{\it wvalue} -to maxval and play with -{\it bvalue}{\rm .} -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgmhist(1), pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Partially based on the fbnorm filter in Michael Mauldin's ``Fuzzy -Pixmap'' -package. - -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pgmnorm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:30 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmoil.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmoil.1 -% -\phead{pgmoil}{1}{11 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pgmoil -\shead{NAME} -pgmoil - turn a portable graymap into an oil painting -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmoil} -{\rm [}{\bf -n} -{\it N}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pgmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable graymap as input. -Does an ``oil transfer'', and writes a portable graymap as output. -%.IX "oil transfer" -\par -The oil transfer is described in ``Beyond Photography'' by Holzmann, -chapter 4, photo 7. -It's a sort of localized smearing. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -The optional -{\bf -n} -flag controls the size of the area smeared. The default value is 3. -\shead{BUGS} -Takes a long time to run. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgmbentley(1), ppmrelief(1), pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Wilson Bent (whb@hoh-2.att.com). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pgmoil.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:30 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmramp.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmramp.1 -% -\phead{pgmramp}{1}{24 November 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pgmramp -\shead{NAME} -pgmramp - generate a grayscale ramp -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmramp} -{\bf -lr}{\rm $|$}{\bf -tb} -$|$ -{\bf -rectangle}{\rm $|$}{\bf -ellipse} -{\it width height} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Generates a graymap of the specified size containing a black-to-white ramp. -%.IX "generating graymaps" -These ramps are useful for multiplying with other images, using the -{\it pnmarith} -tool. -%.IX pnmarith -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -lr}} -\item[{{\bf -lr}}] -A left to right ramp. -\item[{{\bf -tb}}] -A top to bottom ramp. -\item[{{\bf -rectangle}}] -A rectangular ramp. -\item[{{\bf -ellipse}}] -An elliptical ramp. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmarith(1), pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pgmramp.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:35 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmtexture.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmtexture.1 -% -\phead{pgmtexture}{1}{22 Aug 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pgmtexture -\shead{NAME} -pgmtexture - calculate textural features on a portable graymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmtexture} -{\rm [}{\bf -d} -{\it d}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pgmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable graymap as input. Calculates textural features -based on spatial dependence matrices at 0, 45, 90, and 135 degrees for -a distance -{\it d} -(default = 1). -Textural features include: -\begin{IPlist} -\IPitem{{}} -(1) Angular Second Moment, -\nwl -(2) Contrast, -\nwl -(3) Correlation, -\nwl -(4) Variance, -\nwl -(5) Inverse Difference Moment, -\nwl -(6) Sum Average, -\nwl -(7) Sum Variance, -\nwl -(8) Sum Entropy, -\nwl -(9) Entropy, -\nwl -(10) Difference Variance, -\nwl -(11) Difference Entropy, -\nwl -(12, 13) Information Measures of Correlation, and -\nwl -(14) Maximal Correlation Coefficient. -\end{IPlist} - -\par -Algorithm taken from: -\nwl -Haralick, R.M., K. Shanmugam, and I. Dinstein. 1973. Textural features -for image classification. -{\it IEEE Transactions on Systems, Man,} -{\it and Cybertinetics,} -SMC-3(6):610-621. -\shead{BUGS} -The program can run incredibly slow for large images (larger than 64 x 64) -and command line options are limited. -The method for finding (14) the maximal correlation coefficient, which -requires finding the second largest eigenvalue of a matrix Q, does not -always converge. -\shead{REFERENCES} -{\it IEEE Transactions on Systems, Man,} -{\it and Cybertinetics,} -SMC-3(6):610-621. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgm(5), pnmcut(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Texas Agricultural Experiment Station, employer for -hire of James Darrell McCauley. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% THE TEXAS AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION (TAES) AND THE TEXAS A&M -% UNIVERSITY SYSTEM (TAMUS) MAKE NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES -% (INCLUDING BY WAY OF EXAMPLE, MERCHANTABILITY) WITH RESPECT TO ANY -% ITEM, AND SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL -% OR CONSEQUENTAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE POSESSION OR USE OF -% ANY SUCH ITEM. LICENSEE AND/OR USER AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD -% TAES AND TAMUS HARMLESS FROM ANY CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR -% POSSESSION OF SUCH ITEMS. -% -% end of input file: pgmtexture.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:31 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmtofits.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmtofits.1 -% -\phead{pgmtofits}{1}{20 September 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pgmtofits -\shead{NAME} -pgmtofits - convert a portable graymap into FITS format -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmtofits} -{\rm [}{\it pgmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable graymap as input. -Produces a FITS file as output. -%.IX FITS -\par -FITS stands for Flexible Image Transport System. A full description -can be found in Astronomy \& Astrophysics Supplement Series 44 (1981), -page 363. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -fitstopgm(1), pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Wilson H. Bent (whb@hoh-2.att.com). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pgmtofits.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:31 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmtofs.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmtofs.1 -% -\phead{pgmtofs}{1}{18 May 1990}{}{} - -%.IX pgmtofs -\shead{NAME} -pgmtofs - convert portable graymap to Usenix FaceSaver(tm) format -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmtofs} -{\rm [}{\it pgmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable graymap as input. -Produces Usenix FaceSaver(tm) format as output. -%.IX FaceSaver -\par -FaceSaver is a registered trademark of Metron Computerware Ltd. of -Oakland, CA. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -fstopgm(1), pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pgmtofs.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:32 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmtolispm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmtolispm.1 -% -\phead{pgmtolispm}{1}{06 March 1990}{}{} - -%.IX pgmtolispm -\shead{NAME} -pgmtolispm - convert a portable graymap into Lisp Machine format -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmtolispm} -{\rm [}{\it pgmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable graymap as input. -Produces a Lisp Machine bitmap as output. -%.IX "Lisp Machine bitmap" -\par -This is the file format read by the tv:read-bit-array-file function on -TI Explorer and Symbolics lisp machines. -\par -Given a pgm (instead of a pbm) a multi-plane image will be output. -This is probably not useful unless you have a color lisp machine. -\par -Multi-plane bitmaps on lisp machines are color; but the lispm image file -format does not include a color map, so we must treat it as a graymap -instead. This is unfortunate. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -lispmtopgm(1), pgm(5) -\shead{BUGS} -Output width is always rounded up to the nearest multiple of 32; this might -not always be what you want, but it probably is (arrays which are not -modulo 32 cannot be passed to the Lispm BITBLT function, and thus cannot -easily be displayed on the screen). -\par -No color. -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jamie Zawinski and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pgmtolispm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:33 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmtopbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmtopbm.1 -% -\phead{pgmtopbm}{1}{26 July 1988}{}{} - -%.IX pgmtopbm -\shead{NAME} -pgmtopbm - convert a portable graymap into a portable bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmtopbm} -{\rm [}{\bf -floyd}{\rm $|$}{\bf -fs}{\rm $|$}{\bf -threshold} -{\rm $|$}{\bf -dither8}{\rm $|$}{\bf -d8}{\rm $|$}{\bf -cluster3} -{\rm $|$}{\bf -c3}{\rm $|$}{\bf -cluster4}{\rm $|$}{\bf -c4} -{\rm $|$}{\bf -cluster8}{\rm $|$}{\bf -c8}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -value} -{\it val}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pgmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable graymap as input. -Produces a portable bitmap as output. -%.IX halftoning -\par -Note that there is no pbmtopgm converter, because any pgm program can -read pbm files automagically. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -The default quantization method is boustrophedonic Floyd-Steinberg error -diffusion -{\rm (}{\bf -floyd} -or -{\bf -fs}{\rm ).} -%.IX Floyd-Steinberg -%.IX "error diffusion" -Also available are simple thresholding -{\rm (}{\bf -threshold}{\rm );} -%.IX thresholding -Bayer's ordered dither -{\rm (}{\bf -dither8}{\rm )} -with a 16x16 matrix; and three different sizes of 45-degree clustered-dot dither -{\rm (}{\bf -cluster3}{\rm ,} -{\bf -cluster4}{\rm ,} -{\bf -cluster8}{\rm ).} -%.IX dithering -\par -Floyd-Steinberg will almost always give the best looking results; however, -looking good is not always what you want. -For instance, thresholding can be used in a pipeline with the -{\it pnmconvol} -%.IX pnmconvol -tool, for tasks like edge and peak detection. -And clustered-dot dithering gives a newspaper-ish look, a useful special effect. -\par -The -{\bf -value} -flag alters the thresholding value for Floyd-Steinberg and -simple thresholding. -It should be a real number between 0 and 1. -Above 0.5 means darker images; below 0.5 means lighter. -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{REFERENCES} -The only reference you need for this stuff is ``Digital Halftoning'' by -Robert Ulichney, MIT Press, ISBN 0--262--21009--6. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmreduce(1), pgm(5), pbm(5), pnmconvol(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pgmtopbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:43 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmtoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmtoppm.1 -% -\phead{pgmtoppm}{1}{11 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pgmtoppm -\shead{NAME} -pgmtoppm - colorize a portable graymap into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmtoppm} -{\it colorspec} -{\rm [}{\it pgmfile}{\rm ]} -\nwl -{\bf pgmtoppm} -{\it colorspec1}{\bf -}{\it colorspec2} -{\rm [}{\it pgmfile}{\rm ]} -\nwl -{\bf pgmtoppm -map} -{\it mapfile} -{\rm [}{\it pgmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable graymap as input. -Colorizes it by multiplying the the gray values by specified color or colors, -and produces a portable pixmap as output. -%.IX colorization -\par -If only one color is specified, black in the pgm file stays black and -white in the pgm file turns into the specified color in the ppm file. -If two colors (separated by a dash) are specified, then black gets mapped -to the first color and white gets mapped to the second. -\par -The color can be specified in five ways: -%.IX "specifying colors" -\begin{TPlist}{o} -\item[{o}] -A name, assuming -that a pointer to an X11-style color names file was compiled in. -\item[{o}] -An X11-style hexadecimal specifier: rgb:r/g/b, where r g and b are -each 1- to 4-digit hexadecimal numbers. -\item[{o}] -An X11-style decimal specifier: rgbi:r/g/b, where r g and b are -floating point numbers between 0 and 1. -\item[{o}] -For backwards compatibility, an old-X11-style hexadecimal -number: \#rgb, \#rrggbb, \#rrrgggbbb, or \#rrrrggggbbbb. -\item[{o}] -For backwards compatibility, a triplet of numbers -separated by commas: r,g,b, where r g and b are -floating point numbers between 0 and 1. -(This style was added before MIT came up with the similar rgbi style.) -\end{TPlist} - -\par -Also, the -{\bf -map} -flag lets you specify an entire colormap to be used. -The mapfile is just a -{\it ppm} -file; it can be any shape, all that matters -is the colors in it and their order. -In this case, black gets mapped into the first -color in the map file, and white gets mapped to the last. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -rgb3toppm(1), ppmtopgm(1), ppmtorgb3(1), ppm(5), pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pgmtoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:43 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pi1toppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pi1toppm.1 -% -\phead{pi1toppm}{1}{19 July 1990}{}{} - -%.IX pi1toppm -\shead{NAME} -pi1toppm - convert an Atari Degas .pi1 into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pi1toppm} -{\rm [}{\it pi1file}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads an Atari Degas .pi1 file as input. -%.IX Atari -%.IX "Degas .pi1" -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmtopi1(1), ppm(5), pi3topbm(1), pbmtopi3(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Steve Belczyk (seb3@gte.com) and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pi1toppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:13 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pi3topbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pi3topbm.1 -% -\phead{pi3topbm}{1}{11 March 1990}{}{} - -%.IX pi3topbm -\shead{NAME} -pi3topbm - convert an Atari Degas .pi3 file into a portable bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pi3topbm} -{\rm [}{\it pi3file}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads an Atari Degas .pi3 file as input. -%.IX Atari -%.IX "Degas .pi3" -Produces a portable bitmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmtopi3(1), pbm(5), pi1toppm(1), ppmtopi1(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by David Beckemeyer (bdt!david) and Diomidis D. Spinellis. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -% provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that -% both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in -% supporting documentation. -% -% end of input file: pi3topbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:44 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: picttoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: picttoppm.1 -% -\phead{picttoppm}{1}{29 November 1991}{}{} - -%.IX picttoppm -\shead{NAME} -picttoppm - convert a Macintosh PICT file into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf picttoppm} -{\rm [}{\bf -verbose}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -fullres}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -noheader}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pictfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a PICT file (version 1 or 2) and outputs a portable pixmap. -%.IX PICT -%.IX Macintosh -Useful as the first step in converting a scanned image to something -that can be displayed on Unix. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf --fullres}} -\item[{{\bf --fullres}}] -Force any images in the PICT file to be output with at least their -full resolution. A PICT file may indicate that a contained -image is to be scaled down before output. This option forces images -to retain their sizes and prevent information loss. -\item[{{\bf --noheader}}] -Do not skip the 512 byte header that is present on all PICT files. -This is useful when you have PICT data that was not stored in -the data fork of a PICT file. -\item[{{\bf --verbose}}] -Turns on verbose mode which prints a -a whole bunch of information that only -{\it picttoppm} -hackers really care about. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{BUGS} -The PICT file format is a general drawing format. -{\it picttoppm} -only supports a small subset of its operations but is still very useful for -files produced by scanning software. In particular, text added to a -scanned image will be silently ignored. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -Inside Macintosh volume 5, -ppmtopict(1), -ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 George Phillips (phillips@cs.ubc.ca). -% Permission is granted to freely distribute this program in whole or in -% part provided you don't make money off it, you don't pretend that you -% wrote it and that this notice accompanies the code. -% -% George Phillips <phillips@cs.ubc.ca> -% Department of Computer Science -% University of British Columbia -% -% end of input file: picttoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:44 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pjtoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pjtoppm.1 -% -\phead{pjtoppm}{1}{14 July 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pjtoppm -\shead{NAME} -pjtoppm - convert an HP PaintJet file to a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pjtoppm} -{\rm [}{\it paintjet}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads an HP PaintJet file as input and converts it into a portable pixmap. -This was a quick hack to save some trees, and it only handles a small -subset of the paintjet commands. -In particular, it will only handle -enough commands to convert most raster image files. -\shead{REFERENCES} -HP PaintJet XL Color Graphics Printer User's Guide -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmtopj(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Christos Zoulas. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pjtoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:19 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pktopbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pktopbm.1 -% -\phead{pktopbm}{1}{6 August 1990}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -pktopbm - convert packed (PK) format font into portable bitmap(s) -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -pktopbm pkfile[.pk] [-c num] pbmfile ... -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a packed (PK) font file as input, and produces portable bitmaps as -output. If the filename ``-'' is used for any -of the filenames, the standard input stream (or standard output where -appropriate) will be used. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{IPlist} -\IPitem{{-c\ num}} -Sets the character number of the next bitmap written to num. -\end{IPlist} - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmtopk(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Adapted from Tom Rokicki's pxtopk by Angus Duggan (ajcd@dcs.ed.ac.uk. - -% -% end of input file: pktopbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:35 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnm.5 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnm.5 -% -\phead{pnm}{5}{27 September 1991}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -pnm - portable anymap file format -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -The -{\it pnm} -programs operate on portable bitmaps, graymaps, and pixmaps, produced by the -{\it pbm, pgm,} -and -{\it ppm} -segments. There is no file format associated with -{\it pnm} -itself. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -anytopnm(1), rasttopnm(1), tifftopnm(1), xwdtopnm(1), -pnmtops(1), pnmtorast(1), pnmtotiff(1), pnmtoxwd(1), -pnmarith(1), pnmcat(1), pnmconvol(1), pnmcrop(1), pnmcut(1), -pnmdepth(1), pnmenlarge(1), pnmfile(1), pnmflip(1), pnmgamma(1), -pnmindex(1), pnminvert(1), pnmmargin(1), pnmnoraw(1), pnmpaste(1), -pnmrotate(1), pnmscale(1), pnmshear(1), pnmsmooth(1), pnmtile(1), -ppm(5), pgm(5), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnm.5 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Mon Feb 7 08:47:49 1994 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmalias.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmalias.1 -% -\phead{pnmalias}{1}{30 April 1992}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -pnmalias - antialias a portable anyumap. -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmalias} -{\rm [}{\bf -bgcolor} -{\it color}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -fgcolor} -{\it color}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -bonly}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -fonly}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -balias}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -falias}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -weight} -{\it w}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input, and applies anti-aliasing to background and -foreground pixels. -If the input file is a portable bitmap, the -output anti-aliased image is promoted to a graymap, and a message is printed -informing the user of the change in format. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -{\bf --bgcolor} -{\it colorb,} -{\bf --fgcolor} -{\it colorf} -\ind{1\parindent}set the background color to -{\it colorb,} -and the foreground to color to -{\it colorf.} -Pixels with these values will be anti-aliased. by default, -the background color is taken to be black, and foreground color -is assumed to be white. -The colors can be specified in five ways: -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf o}} -\item[{{\bf o}}] -A name, assuming -that a pointer to an X11-style color names file was compiled in. -\item[{{\bf o}}] -An X11-style hexadecimal specifier: rgb:r/g/b, where r g and b are -each 1- to 4-digit hexadecimal numbers. -\item[{{\bf o}}] -An X11-style decimal specifier: rgbi:r/g/b, where r g and b are -floating point numbers between 0 and 1. -\item[{{\bf o}}] -For backwards compatibility, an old-X11-style hexadecimal -number: \#rgb, \#rrggbb, \#rrrgggbbb, or \#rrrrggggbbbb. -\item[{{\bf o}}] -For backwards compatibility, a triplet of numbers -separated by commas: r,g,b, where r g and b are -floating point numbers between 0 and 1. -(This style was added before MIT came up with the similar rgbi style.) -\end{TPlist} -\par\noindent -Note that even when dealing with graymaps, background and foreground -colors need to be specified in the fashion described above. -In this case, background and foreground pixel values are taken to be the -value of the red component for the given color. -\ind{1\parindent} -\par -{\bf --bonly}{\rm ,} -{\bf --fonly} -\ind{1\parindent}Apply anti-aliasing only to background -{\rm (}{\bf --bonly}{\rm ),} -or foreground -{\rm (}{\bf --fonly}{\rm )} -pixels. -\ind{1\parindent} -\par -{\bf --balias}{\rm ,} -{\bf --falias} -\ind{1\parindent}Apply anti-aliasing to all pixels surrounding background -{\rm (}{\bf --balias}{\rm ),} -or foreground -{\rm (}{\bf --falias}{\rm )} -pixels. By default, anti-aliasing takes place only among neighboring -background and foreground pixels. -\ind{1\parindent} -\par -{\bf --weight} -{\it w} -\ind{1\parindent}Use -{\it w} -as the central weight for the aliasing filter. -{\it W} -must be a real number in the range -0 $<$ -{\it w} -$<$ 1. -The lower the value of -{\it w} -is, the ``blurrier'' the output image is. The default is w = 1/3. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmtext(1), pnmsmooth(1), pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Copyright (C) 1992 by Alberto Accomazzi, Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmalias.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:17 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmarith.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmarith.1 -% -\phead{pnmarith}{1}{26 August 1993}{}{} - -%.IX pnmarith -\shead{NAME} -pnmarith - perform arithmetic on two portable anymaps -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmarith} -{\bf -add}{\rm $|$}{\bf -subtract}{\rm $|$}{\bf -multiply}{\rm $|$}{\bf -difference} -{\it pnmfile1 pnmfile2} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads two portable anymaps as input. -Performs the specified arithmetic operation, -and produces a portable anymap as output. -The two input anymaps must be the same width and height. -\par -The arithmetic is performed between corresponding pixels in the two -anymaps, as if maxval was 1.0, black was 0.0, and a linear scale in between. -Results that fall outside of [0..1) are truncated. -\par -The operator -{\it -difference} -calculates the absolute value of -{\it pnmarith -subtract pnmfile1 pnmfile2,} -{\it i.e.}, no truncation is done. -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmmask(1), pnmpaste(1), pnminvert(1), pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer.. -Lightly modified by Marcel Wijkstra (wijkstra@fwi.uva.nl). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmarith.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:17 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmcat.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmcat.1 -% -\phead{pnmcat}{1}{12 March 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pnmcat -\shead{NAME} -pnmcat - concatenate portable anymaps -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmcat} -{\rm [}{\bf -white}{\rm $|$}{\bf -black}{\rm ]} -{\bf -leftright}{\rm $|$}{\bf -lr} -{\rm [}{\bf -jtop}{\rm $|$}{\bf -jbottom}{\rm ]} -{\it pnmfile pnmfile} -{\rm ...} -\nwl -{\bf pnmcat} -{\rm [}{\bf -white}{\rm $|$}{\bf -black}{\rm ]} -{\bf -topbottom}{\rm $|$}{\bf -tb} -{\rm [}{\bf -jleft}{\rm $|$}{\bf -jright}{\rm ]} -{\it pnmfile pnmfile} -{\rm ...} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads portable anymaps as input. -Concatenates them either left to right or top to bottom, and produces a -portable anymap as output. -%.IX concatenation -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -If the anymaps are not all the same height (left-right) or width (top-bottom), -the smaller ones have to be justified with the largest. -By default, they get centered, but you can specify one side or the other -with one of the -j* flags. -So, -{\bf -topbottom -jleft} -would stack the anymaps on top of each other, flush with the left edge. -\par -The -{\bf -white} -and -{\bf -black} -flags specify what color to use to fill in the extra space -when doing this justification. -If neither is specified, the program makes a guess. -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmcat.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:31 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmcomp.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmcomp.1 -% -\phead{pnmcomp}{1}{21 February 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pnmcomp -\shead{NAME} -pnmcomp - composite two portable anymap files together -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmcomp} -{\rm [}{\it -invert}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it -xoff}{\rm N}{\it ]} -{\rm [}{\it -yoff}{\rm N}{\it ]} -{\rm [}{\it -alpha}{\rm pgmfile}{\it ]} -{\rm overlay} -{\rm [}{\it pnm-input}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pnm-output}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads in a portable any map image and put a overlay upon it, with optional -alpha mask. The -{\it -alpha pgmfile} -allows you to also add an alpha mask file to the compositing process, the -range of max and min can be swapped by using the -{\it -invert} -option. -The -{\it -xoff} -and -{\it -yoff} -arguments can be negative, allowing you to shift the overlay off the -top corner of the screen. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1992 by David Koblas (koblas@mips.com). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmcomp.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:18 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmconvol.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmconvol.1 -% -\phead{pnmconvol}{1}{13 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pnmconvol -\shead{NAME} -pnmconvol - general MxN convolution on a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmconvol} -{\it convolutionfile} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads two portable anymaps as input. -Convolves the second using the first, -and writes a portable anymap as output. -%.IX convolution -\par -Convolution means replacing each pixel with a weighted average of the -nearby pixels. The weights and the area to average are determined by -the convolution matrix. -The unsigned numbers in the convolution file are offset by -maxval/2 to -make signed numbers, and then normalized, so the actual values in the -convolution file are only relative. -\par -Here is a sample convolution file; -it does a simple average of the nine immediate neighbors, resulting -in a smoothed image: -\nofill - P2 - 3 3 - 18 - 10 10 10 - 10 10 10 - 10 10 10 -\fill -\par -To see how this works, do the above-mentioned offset: 10 - 18/2 gives 1. -The possible range of values is from 0 to 18, and after the offset -that's -9 to 9. The normalization step makes the range -1 to 1, and -the values get scaled correspondingly so they become 1/9 - exactly what -you want. -The equivalent matrix for 5x5 smoothing would have maxval 50 and be -filled with 26. -\par -The convolution file will usually be a graymap, -so that the same convolution gets applied to each color component. -However, if you want to use a pixmap and do a different convolution to -different colors, you can certainly do that. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmsmooth(1), pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmconvol.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:18 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmcrop.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmcrop.1 -% -\phead{pnmcrop}{1}{25 February 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pnmcrop -\shead{NAME} -pnmcrop - crop a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmcrop} -{\rm [}{\bf -white}{\rm $|$}{\bf -black}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -left}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -right}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -top}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -bottom}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Removes edges that are the background color, -and produces a portable anymap as output. -%.IX cropping -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -By default, it makes a guess as to what the background color is. -You can override the default with the -{\bf -white} -and -{\bf -black} -flags. -\par -The options -{\bf -left, -right, -top} -and -{\bf -bottom} -restrict cropping to the sides specified. The default is to crop all sides of -the image. -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmcut(1), pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmcrop.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:19 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmcut.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmcut.1 -% -\phead{pnmcut}{1}{21 February 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pnmcut -\shead{NAME} -pnmcut - cut a rectangle out of a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmcut} -{\it x y width height} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Extracts the specified rectangle, -and produces a portable anymap as output. -%.IX cut -The -{\it x} -and -{\it y} -can be negative, in which case they are interpreted -relative to the right and bottom of the anymap, respectively. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmcut.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:20 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmdepth.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmdepth.1 -% -\phead{pnmdepth}{1}{12 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pnmdepth -\shead{NAME} -pnmdepth - change the maxval in a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmdepth} -{\it newmaxval} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Scales all the pixel values, and writes out the image with the new maxval. -Scaling the colors down to a smaller maxval will result in some loss -of information. -\par -Be careful of off-by-one errors when choosing the new maxval. -For instance, if you want the color values to be five bits wide, -use a maxval of 31, not 32. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnm(5), ppmquant(1), ppmdither(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmdepth.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:20 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmenlarge.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmenlarge.1 -% -\phead{pnmenlarge}{1}{26 February 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pnmenlarge -\shead{NAME} -pnmenlarge - read a portable anymap and enlarge it N times -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmenlarge} -{\it N} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Replicates its pixels -{\it N} -times, and produces a portable anymap as output. -%.IX enlarging -\par -{\it pnmenlarge} -can only enlarge by integer factors. -The slower but more general -{\it pnmscale} -%.IX pnmscale -can enlarge or reduce by arbitrary -factors, and -{\it pbmreduce} -%.IX pbmreduce -can reduce by integer factors, but only for bitmaps. -\par -If you enlarge by a factor of 3 or more, you should probably add a -{\it pnmsmooth} -%.IX pnmsmooth -step; otherwise, you can see the original pixels in the resulting image. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmreduce(1), pnmscale(1), pnmsmooth(1), pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmenlarge.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:21 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmfile.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmfile.1 -% -\phead{pnmfile}{1}{9 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pnmfile -\shead{NAME} -pnmfile - describe a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmfile} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -{\rm ...} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads one or more portable anymaps as input. -Writes out short descriptions of the image type, size, etc. -This is mostly for use in shell scripts, so the format is not -particularly pretty. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnm(5), file(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmfile.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:21 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmflip.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmflip.1 -% -\phead{pnmflip}{1}{25 July 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pnmflip -\shead{NAME} -pnmflip - perform one or more flip operations on a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmflip} -{\rm [}{\bf -leftright}{\rm $|$}{\bf -lr}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -topbottom}{\rm $|$}{\bf -tb}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -transpose}{\rm $|$}{\bf -xy}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -rotate90}{\rm $|$}{\bf -r90}{\rm $|$}{\bf -ccw} -{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -rotate270}{\rm $|$}{\bf -r270}{\rm $|$}{\bf -cw} -{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -rotate180}{\rm $|$}{\bf -r180}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Performs one or more flip operations, in the order specified, and -writes out a portable anymap. -%.IX rotation -%.IX reflection -%.IX transposition -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -The flip operations available are: left for right -{\rm (}{\bf -leftright} -or -{\bf -lr}{\rm );} -top for bottom -{\rm (}{\bf -topbottom} -or -{\bf -tb}{\rm );} -and transposition -{\rm (}{\bf -transpose} -or -{\bf -xy}{\rm ).} -In addition, some canned concatenations are available: -{\bf -rotate90} -or -{\bf -ccw} -is equivalent to -{\bf -transpose} -{\bf -topbottom}{\rm ;} -{\bf -rotate270} -or -{\bf -cw} -is equivalent to -{\bf -transpose} -{\bf -leftright}{\rm ;} -and -{\bf -rotate180} -is equivalent to -{\bf -leftright} -{\bf -topbottom}{\rm .} -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmrotate(1), pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmflip.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:29 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmgamma.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmgamma.1 -% -\phead{pnmgamma}{1}{12 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pnmgamma -\shead{NAME} -pnmgamma - perform gamma correction on a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmgamma} -{\it value} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\nwl -{\bf pnmgamma} -{\it redvalue greenvalue bluevalue} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Performs gamma correction, -and produces a portable anymap as output. -%.IX "gamma correction" -\par -The arguments specify what gamma value(s) to use. -A value of 1.0 leaves the image alone, less than one darkens it, -and greater than one lightens it. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Bill Davidson and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmgamma.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:22 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnminvert.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnminvert.1 -% -\phead{pnminvert}{1}{08 August 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pnminvert -\shead{NAME} -pnminvert - invert a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnminvert} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Inverts it black for white and produces a portable anymap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnminvert.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:32 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmnlfilt.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmnlfilt.1 -% -\phead{pnmnlfilt}{1}{5 February 1993}{}{} - -%.IX pnmnlfilt -\shead{NAME} -pnmnlfilt - non-linear filters: smooth, alpha trim mean, optimal -estimation smoothing, edge enhancement. -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmnlfilt} -{\rm alpha} -{\rm radius} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -%.IX smoothing -%.IX dithering -%.IX alpha trim -%.IX mean filter -%.IX median filter -%.IX optimal estimation -This is something of a swiss army knife filter. It has 3 distinct operating -modes. In all of the modes each pixel in the image is examined and processed -according to it and its surrounding pixels values. Rather than using the -9 pixels in a 3x3 block, 7 hexagonal area samples are taken, the size of -the hexagons being controlled by the radius parameter. A radius value of -0.3333 means that the 7 hexagons exactly fit into the center pixel ({\it i.e.}, -there will be no filtering effect). A radius value of 1.0 means that -the 7 hexagons exactly fit a 3x3 pixel array. -\shead{Alpha trimmed mean filter. (0.0 $<$= alpha $<$= 0.5)} -\par -The value of the center pixel will be -replaced by the mean of the 7 hexagon values, but the 7 values are -sorted by size and the top and bottom alpha portion of the 7 are -excluded from the mean. This implies that an alpha value of 0.0 gives -the same sort of output as a normal convolution ({\it i.e.}, averaging or -smoothing filter), where radius will determine the ``strength'' of the -filter. A good value to start from for subtle filtering is alpha = 0.0, radius = 0.55 -For a more blatant effect, try alpha 0.0 and radius 1.0 -\par -An alpha value of 0.5 will cause the median value of the -7 hexagons to be used to replace the center pixel value. This sort -of filter is good for eliminating ``pop'' or single pixel noise from -an image without spreading the noise out or smudging features on -the image. Judicious use of the radius parameter will fine tune the -filtering. Intermediate values of alpha give effects somewhere -between smoothing and ``pop'' noise reduction. For subtle filtering -try starting with values of alpha = 0.4, radius = 0.6 For a more blatant -effect try alpha = 0.5, radius = 1.0 -\shead{Optimal estimation smoothing. (1.0 $<$= alpha $<$= 2.0)} -\par -This type of filter applies a smoothing filter adaptively over the image. -For each pixel the variance of the surrounding hexagon values is calculated, -and the amount of smoothing is made inversely proportional to it. The idea -is that if the variance is small then it is due to noise in the image, while -if the variance is large, it is because of ``wanted'' image features. As usual -the radius parameter controls the effective radius, but it probably advisable to -leave the radius between 0.8 and 1.0 for the variance calculation to be meaningful. -The alpha parameter sets the noise threshold, over which less smoothing will be done. -This means that small values of alpha will give the most subtle filtering effect, -while large values will tend to smooth all parts of the image. You could start -with values like alpha = 1.2, radius = 1.0 and try increasing or decreasing the -alpha parameter to get the desired effect. This type of filter is best for -filtering out dithering noise in both bitmap and color images. -\shead{Edge enhancement. (-0.1 $>$= alpha $>$= -0.9)} -\par -This is the opposite type of filter to the smoothing filter. It enhances -edges. The alpha parameter controls the amount of edge enhancement, from -subtle (-0.1) to blatant (-0.9). The radius parameter controls the effective -radius as usual, but useful values are between 0.5 and 0.9. Try starting -with values of alpha = 0.3, radius = 0.8 -\shead{Combination use.} -\par -The various modes of -{\bf pnmnlfilt} -can be used one after the other to get the desired result. For instance to -turn a monochrome dithered image into a grayscale image you could try -one or two passes of the smoothing filter, followed by a pass of the optimal estimation -filter, then some subtle edge enhancement. Note that using edge enhancement is -only likely to be useful after one of the non-linear filters (alpha trimmed mean -or optimal estimation filter), as edge enhancement is the direct opposite of -smoothing. -\par -For reducing color quantization noise in images ({\it i.e.}, turning .gif files back into -24 bit files) you could try a pass of the optimal estimation filter -(alpha 1.2, radius 1.0), a pass of the median filter (alpha 0.5, radius 0.55), -and possibly a pass of the edge enhancement filter. -Several passes of the optimal estimation filter with declining alpha -values are more effective than a single pass with a large alpha value. -As usual, there is a tradeoff between filtering effectiveness and loosing -detail. Experimentation is encouraged. -\shead{References:} -\par -The alpha-trimmed mean filter is -based on the description in IEEE CG\&A May 1990 -Page 23 by Mark E. Lee and Richard A. Redner, -and has been enhanced to allow continuous alpha adjustment. -\par -The optimal estimation filter is taken from an article ``Converting Dithered -Images Back to Gray Scale'' by Allen Stenger, Dr Dobb's Journal, November -1992, and this article references ``Digital Image Enhancement and Noise Filtering by -Use of Local Statistics'', Jong-Sen Lee, IEEE Transactions on Pattern Analysis and -Machine Intelligence, March 1980. -\par -The edge enhancement details are from pgmenhance(1), -which is taken from Philip R. Thompson's ``xim'' -program, which in turn took it from section 6 of ``Digital Halftones by -Dot Diffusion'', D. E. Knuth, ACM Transaction on Graphics Vol. 6, No. 4, -October 1987, which in turn got it from two 1976 papers by J. F. Jarvis -{\it et. al.} -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgmenhance(1), pnmconvol(1), pnm(5) -\shead{BUGS} -Integers and tables may overflow if PPM\_MAXMAXVAL is greater than 255. -\shead{AUTHOR} -Graeme W. Gill graeme@labtam.oz.au -% -% end of input file: pnmnlfilt.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:23 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmnoraw.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmnoraw.1 -% -\phead{pnmnoraw}{1}{8 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pnmnoraw -\shead{NAME} -pnmnoraw - force a portable anymap into plain format -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmnoraw} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Writes it out in plain (non-raw) format. -This is fairly useless if you haven't defined the PBMPLUS\_RAWBITS -compile-time option. -%.IX RAWBITS -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmnoraw.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:33 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmpad.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmpad.1 -% -\phead{pnmpad}{12 Dec 1990}{}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -pnmpad - add borders to portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -pnmpad [-white$|$-black] [-l\#] [-r\#] [-t\#] [-b\#] [pnmfile] -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. Outputs a portable anymap with extra -borders of the sizes specified. The colour of the borders can be set to -black or white (default black). - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmmake(1), pnmpaste(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Angus Duggan. -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmpad.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:23 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmpaste.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmpaste.1 -% -\phead{pnmpaste}{1}{21 February 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pnmpaste -\shead{NAME} -pnmpaste - paste a rectangle into a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmpaste} -{\rm [}{\bf -replace}{\rm $|$}{\bf -or}{\rm $|$}{\bf -and} -{\rm $|$}{\bf -xor}{\rm ]} -{\it frompnmfile x y} -{\rm [}{\it intopnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads two portable anymaps as input. -Inserts the first anymap into the second at the specified location, -and produces a portable anymap the same size as the second as output. -%.IX paste -If the second anymap is not specified, it is read from stdin. -The -{\it x} -and -{\it y} -can be negative, in which case they are interpreted -relative to the right and bottom of the anymap, respectively. -\par -This tool is most useful in combination with -{\it pnmcut}{\rm .} -%.IX pnmcut -For instance, if you want to edit a small segment of a large -image, and your image editor cannot edit the -large image, you can cut out the segment you are interested in, -edit it, and then paste it back in. -\par -Another useful companion tool is -{\it pbmmask}{\rm .} -%.IX pnmmask -%.OPTIONS -\par -The optional flag specifies the operation to use when doing the paste. -The default is -{\bf -replace}{\rm .} -The other, logical operations are only allowed if both input images -are bitmaps. -%.IX "logical operations" -These operations act as if white is TRUE and black is FALSE. -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmcut(1), pnminvert(1), pnmarith(1), pnm(5), pbmmask(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmpaste.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:29 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmrotate.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmrotate.1 -% -\phead{pnmrotate}{1}{12 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pnmrotate -\shead{NAME} -pnmrotate - rotate a portable anymap by some angle -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmrotate} -{\rm [}{\bf -noantialias}{\rm ]} -{\it angle} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Rotates it by the specified angle -and produces a portable anymap as output. -%.IX rotation -If the input file is in color, the output will be too, -otherwise it will be grayscale. -The angle is in degrees (floating point), measured counter-clockwise. -It can be negative, but it should be between -90 and 90. -Also, for rotations greater than 45 degrees you may get better results -if you first use -{\it pnmflip} -%.IX pnmflip -to do a 90 degree rotation and then -{\it pnmrotate} -less than 45 degrees back the other direction -\par -The rotation algorithm is Alan Paeth's three-shear method. -Each shear is implemented by looping over the source pixels and distributing -fractions to each of the destination pixels. -This has an ``anti-aliasing'' effect - it avoids jagged edges and similar -artifacts. -%.IX anti-aliasing -However, it also means that the original colors or gray levels in the image -are modified. -If you need to keep precisely the same set of colors, you can use the -{\bf -noantialias} -flag. This does the shearing by moving pixels without changing their values. -If you want anti-aliasing and don't care about the precise colors, but -still need a limited *number* of colors, you can run the result through -{\it ppmquant}{\rm .} -%.IX ppmquant -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{REFERENCES} -``A Fast Algorithm for General Raster Rotation'' by Alan Paeth, -Graphics Interface '86, pp. 77-81. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmshear(1), pnmflip(1), pnm(5), ppmquant(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmrotate.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:24 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmscale.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmscale.1 -% -\phead{pnmscale}{1}{12 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pnmscale -\shead{NAME} -pnmscale - scale a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmscale} -{\it s} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\nwl -{\bf pnmscale} -{\bf -xsize}{\rm $|$}{\bf -width}{\rm $|$}{\bf -ysize}{\rm $|$} -{\bf -height} -{\it s} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\nwl -{\bf pnmscale} -{\bf -xscale}{\rm $|$}{\bf -yscale} -{\it s} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\nwl -{\bf pnmscale} -{\bf -xscale}{\rm $|$}{\bf -xsize}{\rm $|$}{\bf -width} -{\it s} -{\bf -yscale}{\rm $|$}{\bf -ysize}{\rm $|$}{\bf -height} -{\it s} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\nwl -{\bf pnmscale -xysize} -{\it x y} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Scales it by the specified factor or factors and produces a portable -anymap as output. -%.IX shrinking -%.IX enlarging -If the input file is in color, the output will be too, -otherwise it will be grayscale. -You can both enlarge (scale factor $>$ 1) and reduce (scale factor $<$ 1). -\par -You can specify one dimension as a pixel size, and the other dimension -will be scaled correspondingly. -\par -You can specify one dimension as a scale, and the other dimension -will not be scaled. -\par -You can specify different sizes or scales for each axis. -\par -Or, you can use the special -{\bf -xysize} -flag, which fits the image into -the specified size without changing the aspect ratio. -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\par -If you enlarge by a factor of 3 or more, you should probably add a -{\it pnmsmooth} -%.IX pnmsmooth -step; otherwise, you can see the original pixels in the resulting image. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmreduce(1), pnmenlarge(1), pnmsmooth(1), pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmscale.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:30 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmshear.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmshear.1 -% -\phead{pnmshear}{1}{12 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pnmshear -\shead{NAME} -pnmshear - shear a portable anymap by some angle -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmshear} -{\rm [}{\bf -noantialias}{\rm ]} -{\it angle} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Shears it by the specified angle and produces a portable -anymap as output. -%.IX shearing -If the input file is in color, the output will be too, -otherwise it will be grayscale. -The angle is in degrees (floating point), and measures this: -\nofill - +-------+ +-------+ - $|$ $|$ $|$\bs \bs - $|$ OLD $|$ $|$ \bs NEW \bs - $|$ $|$ $|$an\bs \bs - +-------+ $|$gle+-------+ -\fill -If the angle is negative, it shears the other way: -\nofill - +-------+ $|$-an+-------+ - $|$ $|$ $|$gl/ / - $|$ OLD $|$ $|$e/ NEW / - $|$ $|$ $|$/ / - +-------+ +-------+ -\fill -The angle should not get too close to 90 or -90, or the resulting -anymap will be unreasonably wide. -\par -The shearing is implemented by looping over the source pixels and distributing -fractions to each of the destination pixels. -This has an ``anti-aliasing'' effect - it avoids jagged edges and similar -artifacts. -%.IX anti-aliasing -However, it also means that the original colors or gray levels in the image -are modified. -If you need to keep precisely the same set of colors, you can use -the -{\bf -noantialias} -flag. This does the shearing by moving pixels without changing their values. -If you want anti-aliasing and don't care about the precise colors, but -still need a limited *number* of colors, you can run the result through -{\it ppmquant}{\rm .} -%.IX ppmquant -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmrotate(1), pnmflip(1), pnm(5), ppmquant(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmshear.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:24 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmtile.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmtile.1 -% -\phead{pnmtile}{1}{13 May 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pnmtile -\shead{NAME} -pnmtile - replicate a portable anymap into a specified size -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmtile} -{\it width height} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Replicates it until it is the specified size, -and produces a portable anymap as output. -%.IX tiling -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmtile.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Mon Feb 7 08:49:06 1994 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmtofits.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmtofits.1 -% -\phead{pnmtofits}{1}{5 Dec 1992}{}{} -\shead{NAME} -pnmtofits - convert a portable anymap into FITS format -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmtofits} -{\rm [}{\bf --max} -{\it f}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf --min} -{\it f}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Produces a FITS (Flexible Image Transport System) file as output. -The resolution of the output file is either 8 bits/pixel, -or 16 bits/pixel, depending on the value of maxval in the input file. -If the input file is a portable bitmap or a portable graymap, the output file -consists of a single plane image (NAXIS = 2). If instead the input file is -a portable pixmap, the output file will consist of a three-plane image -(NAXIS = 3, NAXIS3 = 3). -A full description of the FITS format -can be found in Astronomy \& Astrophysics Supplement Series 44 (1981), page 363. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -Flags -{\bf --min} -and -{\bf --max} -can be used to set DATAMAX, DATAMIN, BSCALE and BZERO in the FITS -header, but do not cause the data to be rescaled. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -fitstopnm(1), pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Copyright (C) 1989 by Wilson H. Bent (whb@hoh-2.att.com), with -modifications -by Alberto Accomazzi (alberto@cfa.harvard.edu). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmtofits.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:25 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmtops.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmtops.1 -% -\phead{pnmtops}{1}{26 October 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pnmtops -\shead{NAME} -pnmtops - convert portable anymap to PostScript -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmtops} -{\rm [}{\bf -scale} -{\it s}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -turn}{\rm $|$}{\bf -noturn}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -rle}{\rm $|$}{\bf -runlength}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -dpi} -{\it n}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -width} -{\it n}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -height} -{\it n}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Produces Encapsulated PostScript as output. -%.IX PostScript -\par -If the input file is in color (PPM), a color PostScript file gets -written. -Some PostScript interpreters can't handle color PostScript. -If you have one of these you will need to run your image through -{\it ppmtopgm} -first. -\par -Note that there is no pstopnm -tool - this transformation is one-way, because a pstopnm tool would -be a full-fledged PostScript interpreter, which is beyond the scope -of this package. -However, see the -{\it psidtopgm} -tool, which can read grayscale non-runlength PostScript image data. -Also, if you're willing to install the fairly large GhostScript package, -it comes with a pstoppm script. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -The -{\bf -scale} -flag controls the scale of the result. The default scale is 1, -which on a 300 dpi printer such as the Apple LaserWriter makes -the output look about the same size as the input would if it was displayed -on a typical 72 dpi screen. -To get one PNM pixel per 300 dpi printer pixel, use ``-scale 0.25''. -\par -The -{\bf -turn} -and -{\bf -noturn} -flags control whether the image gets turned 90 degrees. -Normally, if an image is wider than it is tall, it gets turned -automatically to better fit the page. -If the -{\bf -turn} -flag is specified, it will be turned no matter what its shape; and if the -{\bf -noturn} -flag is specified, it will -{\it not} -be turned no matter what its shape. -\par -The -{\bf -rle} -or -{\bf -runlength} -flag specifies run-length compression. This may save -time if the host-to-printer link is slow; but normally the printer's processing -time dominates, so -{\bf -rle} -makes things slower. -\par -The -{\bf -dpi} -flag lets you specify the dots per inch of your output device. -The default is 300 dpi. -In theory PostScript is device-independent and you don't have to -worry about this, but in practice its raster rendering can have -unsightly bands if the device pixels and the image pixels aren't -in sync. -\par -The -{\bf -width} -and -{\bf -height} -flags let you specify the size of the page. -The default is 8.5 inches by 11 inches. -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnm(5), psidtopgm(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmtops.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:26 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmtorast.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmtorast.1 -% -\phead{pnmtorast}{1}{12 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pnmtorast -\shead{NAME} -pnmtorast - convert a portable pixmap into a Sun rasterfile -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmtorast} -{\rm [}{\bf -standard}{\rm $|$}{\bf -rle}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces a Sun rasterfile as output. -%.IX Sun -%.IX rasterfile -\par -Color values in Sun rasterfiles are eight bits wide, so -{\it pnmtorast} -will automatically scale colors to have a maxval of 255. -An extra -{\it pnmdepth} -step is not necessary. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -The -{\bf -standard} -flag forces the result to be in RT\_STANDARD form; the -{\bf -rle} -flag, RT\_BYTE\_ENCODED, which is smaller but, well, less standard. -The default is -{\bf -rle}{\rm .} -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -rasttopnm(1), pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmtorast.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:31 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmtosir.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmtosir.1 -% -\phead{pnmtosir}{1}{20 March 1991}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -pnmtosir - convert a portable anymap into a Solitaire format -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmtosir} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Produces a Solitaire Image Recorder format. -\par -pnmtosir produces an MGI TYPE 17 file for -{\it pbm} -and -{\it pgm} -files. -For -{\it ppm}{\rm ,} -it writes a MGI TYPE 11 file. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -sirtopnm(1), pnm(5) -\shead{BUGS} - -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Marvin Landis. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. - -% -% end of input file: pnmtosir.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:36 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmtotiff.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmtotiff.1 -% -\phead{pnmtotiff}{1}{13 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pnmtotiff -\shead{NAME} -pnmtotiff - convert a a portable anymap into a TIFF file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmtotiff} -{\rm [}{\bf -none}{\rm $|$}{\bf -packbits}{\rm $|$} -{\bf -lzw}{\rm $|$}{\bf -g3}{\rm $|$}{\bf -g4}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -2d}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -fill}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -predictor} -{\it n}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -msb2lsb}{\rm $|$}{\bf -lsb2msb}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -rowsperstrip} -{\it n}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Produces a TIFF file as output. -%.IX TIFF -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -By default, -{\it pnmtotiff} -creates a TIFF file with LZW compression. -This is your best bet most of the time. -However, some TIFF readers can't deal with it. -If you want to try another compression scheme or tweak some of the -other even more obscure output options, there are a number of -flags to play with. -\par -The -{\bf -none}{\rm ,} -{\bf -packbits}{\rm ,} -{\bf -lzw}{\rm ,} -{\bf -g3}{\rm ,} -and -{\bf -g4} -options are used to override the default and set the compression -scheme used in creating the output file. The CCITT Group 3 and Group -4 compression algorithms can only be used with bilevel data. The -{\bf -2d} -and -{\bf -fill} -options are meaningful only with Group 3 compression: -{\bf -2d} -requests 2-dimensional encoding, while -{\bf -fill} -requests that each encoded scanline be zero-filled to a byte boundry. -The -{\bf -predictor} -option is only meaningful with LZW compression: a predictor value of 2 -causes each scanline of the output image to undergo horizontal -differencing before it is encoded; a value of 1 forces each scanline -to be encoded without differencing. -\rm -By default, -{\it pnmtotiff} -creates a TIFF file with msb-to-lsb fill order. -The -{\bf -msb2lsb} -and -{\bf -lsb2msb} -options are used to override the default and set the fill order used -in creating the file. -\rm -The -{\bf -rowsperstrip} -option can be used to set the number of rows (scanlines) in each -strip of data in the output file. By default, the output file has -the number of rows per strip set to a value that will ensure each -strip is no more than 8 kilobytes long. -\shead{BUGS} -This program is not self-contained. To use it you must fetch the -TIFF Software package listed in the OTHER.SYSTEMS file and configure -PBMPLUS to use libtiff. See PBMPLUS's Makefile for details on this -configuration. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -tifftopnm(1), pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Derived by Jef Poskanzer from ras2tiff.c, which is -\copyright 1990 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.\hfil\break -Author: Patrick J. Naughton (naughton@wind.sun.com). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -% provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that -% both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in -% supporting documentation. -% -% This file is provided AS IS with no warranties of any kind. The author -% shall have no liability with respect to the infringement of copyrights, -% trade secrets or any patents by this file or any part thereof. In no -% event will the author be liable for any lost revenue or profits or -% other special, indirect and consequential damages. -% -% end of input file: pnmtotiff.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:26 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmtoxwd.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmtoxwd.1 -% -\phead{pnmtoxwd}{1}{24 September 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pnmtoxwd -\shead{NAME} -pnmtoxwd - convert a portable anymap into an X11 window dump -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmtoxwd} -{\rm [}{\bf -pseudodepth} -{\it n}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -directcolor}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Produces an X11 window dump as output. -%.IX XWD -%.IX "X window system" -This window dump can be displayed using the xwud tool. -\par -Normally, pnmtoxwd produces a StaticGray dump file for -{\it pbm} -and -{\it pgm} -files. -For -{\it ppm}{\rm ,} -it writes a PseudoColor dump file if there are up -to 256 colors in the input, and a DirectColor dump file otherwise. -The -{\bf -directcolor} -flag can be used to force a DirectColor dump. -And the -{\bf -pseudodepth} -flag can be used to change the depth of PseudoColor dumps from the default -of 8 bits / 256 colors. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -xwdtopnm(1), pnm(5), xwud(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmtoxwd.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:13 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppm.5 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppm.5 -% -\phead{ppm}{5}{27 September 1991}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -ppm - portable pixmap file format -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -The portable pixmap format is a lowest common denominator color image -file format. -%.IX "PPM file format" -The definition is as follows: -\begin{IPlist} -\IPitem{{-}} -A ``magic number'' for identifying the file type. -A ppm file's magic number is the two characters ``P3''. -%.IX "magic numbers" -\IPitem{{-}} -Whitespace (blanks, TABs, CRs, LFs). -\IPitem{{-}} -A width, formatted as ASCII characters in decimal. -\IPitem{{-}} -Whitespace. -\IPitem{{-}} -A height, again in ASCII decimal. -\IPitem{{-}} -Whitespace. -\IPitem{{-}} -The maximum color-component value, again in ASCII decimal. -\IPitem{{-}} -Whitespace. -\IPitem{{-}} -Width * height pixels, each three ASCII decimal values between 0 and the -specified maximum value, starting at the top-left -corner of the pixmap, proceeding in normal English reading order. -The three values for each pixel represent red, green, and blue, respectively; -a value of 0 means that color is off, and the maximum value means that color -is maxxed out. -\IPitem{{-}} -Characters from a ``\#'' to the next end-of-line are ignored (comments). -\IPitem{{-}} -No line should be longer than 70 characters. -\end{IPlist} - -\par -Here is an example of a small pixmap in this format: -\nofill -P3 -\# feep.ppm -4 4 -15 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 0 15 - 0 0 0 0 15 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 7 0 0 0 -15 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -\fill -\par -Programs that read this format should be as lenient as possible, -accepting anything that looks remotely like a pixmap. -\par -There is also a variant on the format, available -by setting the RAWBITS option at compile time. This variant is -different in the following ways: -%.IX RAWBITS -\begin{IPlist} -\IPitem{{-}} -The ``magic number'' is ``P6'' instead of ``P3''. -\IPitem{{-}} -The pixel values are stored as plain bytes, instead of ASCII decimal. -\IPitem{{-}} -Whitespace is not allowed in the pixels area, and only a single character -of whitespace (typically a newline) is allowed after the maxval. -\IPitem{{-}} -The files are smaller and many times faster to read and write. -\end{IPlist} - -\par -Note that this raw format can only be used for maxvals less than -or equal to 255. -If you use the -{\it ppm} -library and try to write a file with a larger maxval, -it will automatically fall back on the slower but more general plain -format. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -giftoppm(1), gouldtoppm(1), ilbmtoppm(1), imgtoppm(1), mtvtoppm(1), -pcxtoppm(1), pgmtoppm(1), pi1toppm(1), picttoppm(1), pjtoppm(1), qrttoppm(1), -rawtoppm(1), rgb3toppm(1), sldtoppm(1), spctoppm(1), sputoppm(1), tgatoppm(1), -ximtoppm(1), xpmtoppm(1), yuvtoppm(1), -ppmtoacad(1), ppmtogif(1), ppmtoicr(1), ppmtoilbm(1), ppmtopcx(1), ppmtopgm(1), -ppmtopi1(1), ppmtopict(1), ppmtopj(1), ppmtopuzz(1), ppmtorgb3(1), -ppmtosixel(1), ppmtotga(1), ppmtouil(1), ppmtoxpm(1), ppmtoyuv(1), -ppmdither(1), ppmforge(1), ppmhist(1), ppmmake(1), ppmpat(1), ppmquant(1), -ppmquantall(1), ppmrelief(1), -pnm(5), pgm(5), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppm.5 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:08 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmbrighten.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmbrighten.1 -% -\phead{ppmbrighten}{1}{20 Nov 1990}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -ppmbrighten - change an images Saturation and Value from an HSV map -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -ppmbrighten [-n] [-s $<$+- saturation$>$] [-v $<$+- value$>$] $<$ppmfile$>$ -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Converts the image from RGB space to HSV space and changes -the Value by $<$+- value$>$ as a percentage. -Likewise with the Saturation. -Doubling the Value would involve -\par\vspace{1.0\baselineskip} -ppmbrighten -v 100 -\par\vspace{1.0\baselineskip} -to add 100 percent to the Value. -\par -The 'n' option normalizes the Value to exist between 0 and 1 -(normalized). -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgmnorm(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Brian Moffet. -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -implied warranty. -\shead{NOTES} -This program does not change the number of colors. -% -% end of input file: ppmbrighten.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Mon Feb 7 08:50:59 1994 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmchange.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmchange.1 -% -\phead{ppmchange}{1}{3 December 1993}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -ppmchange - change all pixels of one color to another in a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmchange} -{\it oldcolor newcolor [...]} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Changes all pixels of -{\it oldcolor} -to -{\it newcolor}{\rm ,} -leaving all others unchanged. -Up to 256 colors may be replaced by specifying couples of colors on -the command line. -\par -The colors can be specified in five ways: -\begin{TPlist}{o} -\item[{o}] -A name, assuming -that a pointer to an X11-style color names file was compiled in. -\item[{o}] -An X11-style hexadecimal specifier: rgb:r/g/b, where r g and b are -each 1- to 4-digit hexadecimal numbers. -\item[{o}] -An X11-style decimal specifier: rgbi:r/g/b, where r g and b are -floating point numbers between 0 and 1. -\item[{o}] -For backwards compatibility, an old-X11-style hexadecimal -number: \#rgb, \#rrggbb, \#rrrgggbbb, or \#rrrrggggbbbb. -\item[{o}] -For backwards compatibility, a triplet of numbers -separated by commas: r,g,b, where r g and b are -floating point numbers between 0 and 1. -(This style was added before MIT came up with the similar rgbi style.) -\end{TPlist} -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgmtoppm(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Wilson H. Bent. Jr. (whb@usc.edu) -with modifications by Alberto Accomazzi (alberto@cfa.harvard.edu) -% -% end of input file: ppmchange.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Mon Nov 29 13:33:23 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmdim.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmdim.1 -% -\phead{ppmdim}{1}{16 November 1993}{}{} - -%.IX ppmdim -\shead{NAME} -ppmdim - dim a portable pixmap down to total blackness -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -ppmdim -{\it dimfactor} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. Diminishes its brightness by -the specified dimfactor down to total blackness. -The dimfactor may be in the range from 0.0 (total blackness, -deep night, nada, null, nothing) to 1.0 (original picture's -brightness). -\par -As -{\it pnmgamma} -does not do the brightness correction in the way I -wanted it, this small program was written. -\par -ppmdim is similar to -{\it ppmbrighten} -, but not exactly the same. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5), ppmflash(1), pnmgamma(1), ppmbrighten(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Copyright (C) 1993 by Frank Neumann -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmdim.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:08 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmdist.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmdist.1 -% -\phead{ppmdist}{1}{22 July 1992}{}{} - -%.IX ppmdist -\shead{NAME} -ppmdist - simplistic grayscale assignment for machine generated, color images -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmdist} -{\rm [}{\bf -intensity}{\rm $|$}{\bf -frequency}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input, performs a simplistic grayscale -assignment intended for use with grayscale or bitmap printers. - -Often conversion from ppm to pgm will yield an image with contrast too -low for good printer output. The program maximizes contrast between -the gray levels output. - -A ppm input of n colors is read, and a pgm of n gray levels is written. -The gray levels take on the values 0..n-1, while maxval takes on n-1. - -The mapping from color to stepped grayscale can be performed in order -of input pixel intensity, or input pixel frequency (number of repetitions). -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{} -\item[{}] -{\bf -frequency} -Sort input colors by the number of times a color appears in the input, -before mapping to evenly distributed graylevels of output. -{\bf -intensity} -Sort input colors by their grayscale intensity, before mapping to evenly -distributed graylevels of output. This is the default. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{BUGS} -Helpful only for images with a very small number of colors. -Perhaps should have been an option to ppmtopgm(1). -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmtopgm(1), ppmhist(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1993 by Dan Stromberg. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmdist.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:45 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmdither.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmdither.1 -% -\phead{ppmdither}{1}{14 July 1991}{}{} - -%.IX ppmdither -\shead{NAME} -ppmdither - ordered dither for color images -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmdither} -{\rm [}{\bf -dim} -{\it dimension}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -red} -{\it shades}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -green} -{\it shades}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -blue} -{\it shades}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input, and applies dithering to it to reduce -the number of colors used down to the specified number of shades for -each primary. -The default number of shades is red=5, green=9, blue=5, for -a total of 225 colors. -To convert the image to a binary rgb format -suitable for color printers, use -red 2 -green 2 -blue 2. -The maximum -number of colors that can be used is 256 and can be computed as the -product of the number of red, green and blue shades. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -dim}{\it \ dimension} -} -\item[{{\bf -dim}{\it \ dimension} -}] -The size of the dithering matrix. -Must be a power of 2. -\item[{{\bf -red}{\it \ shades} -}] -The number of red shades to be used; minimum of 2. -\item[{{\bf -green}{\it \ shades} -}] -The number of green shades to be used; minimum of 2. -\item[{{\bf -blue}{\it \ shades} -}] -The number of blue shades to be used; minimum of 2. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmdepth(1), ppmquant(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Christos Zoulas. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmdither.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Mon Nov 29 13:33:29 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmflash.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmflash.1 -% -\phead{ppmflash}{1}{16 November 1993}{}{} - -%.IX ppmflash -\shead{NAME} -ppmflash - brighten a picture up to complete white-out -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -ppmflash -{\it flashfactor} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. Increases its brightness by -the specified flashfactor up to a total white-out image. -The flashfactor may be in the range from 0.0 (original picture's -brightness) to 1.0 (full white-out, The Second After). -\par -As -{\it pnmgamma} -does not do the brightness correction in the way I -wanted it, this small program was written. -\par -This program is similar to -{\it ppmbrighten} -, but not exactly the same. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5), ppmdim(1), pnmgamma(1), ppmbrighten(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Copyright (C) 1993 by Frank Neumann -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmflash.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:46 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmforge.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmforge.1 -% -\phead{ppmforge}{1}{25 October 1991}{}{} - -%.IX ppmforge -%.IX fractals -%.IX clouds -%.IX planets -%.IX stars -\shead{NAME} -ppmforge - fractal forgeries of clouds, planets, and starry skies -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -\raggedright -%.nh -{\bf ppmforge} -{\rm [}{\bf -clouds}{\rm ]} -'in +9n -{\rm [}{\bf -night}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -dimension} -{\it dimen}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -hour} -{\it hour}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -inclination$|$-tilt} -{\it angle}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -mesh} -{\it size}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -power} -{\it factor}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -glaciers} -{\it level}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -ice} -{\it level}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -saturation} -{\it sat}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -seed} -{\it seed}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -stars} -{\it fraction}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -xsize$|$-width} -{\it width}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -ysize$|$-height} -{\it height}{\rm ]} -\ind{-4.5em} -%.ad -%.hy -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -{\bf ppmforge} -generates three kinds of ``random fractal forgeries,'' the term coined -by Richard F. Voss of the IBM Thomas J. Watson Research Center for -seemingly realistic pictures of natural objects generated by simple -algorithms embodying randomness and fractal self-similarity. The -techniques used by -{\bf ppmforge} -are essentially those -given by Voss[1], particularly the technique of spectral synthesis -explained in more detail by Dietmar Saupe[2]. -\par -The program generates two varieties of pictures: planets and clouds, -which are just different renderings of data generated in an identical -manner, illustrating the unity of the fractal structure of these very -different objects. A third type of picture, a starry sky, is -synthesised directly from pseudorandom numbers. -\par -The generation of planets or clouds begins with the preparation of an -array of random data in the frequency domain. The size of this -array, the ``mesh size,'' can be set with the -{\bf -mesh} -option; the larger the mesh the more realistic the pictures but the -calculation time and memory requirement increases as the square of the -mesh size. The fractal dimension, which you can specify with the -{\bf -dimension} -option, determines the roughness of the terrain on the planet or the -scale of detail in the clouds. As the fractal dimension is increased, -more high frequency components are added into the random mesh. -\par -Once the mesh is generated, an inverse two dimensional Fourier -transform is performed upon it. This converts the original random -frequency domain data into spatial amplitudes. We scale the real -components that result from the Fourier transform into numbers from 0 -to 1 associated with each point on the mesh. You can further -modify this number by applying a ``power law scale'' to it with the -{\bf -power} -option. Unity scale -leaves the numbers unmodified; a power scale of 0.5 takes the square -root of the numbers in the mesh, while a power scale of 3 replaces the -numbers in the mesh with their cubes. Power law scaling is best -envisioned by thinking of the data as representing the elevation of -terrain; powers less than 1 yield landscapes with vertical scarps that -look like glacially-carved valleys; powers greater than one make -fairy-castle spires (which require large mesh sizes and high -resolution for best results). -\par -After these calculations, we have a array of the specified size -containing numbers that range from 0 to 1. The pixmaps are generated as -follows: -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf Clouds}} -\item[{{\bf Clouds}}] -A colour map is created that ranges from pure blue to white by -increasing admixture (desaturation) of blue with white. Numbers less -than 0.5 are coloured blue, numbers between 0.5 and 1.0 are coloured -with corresponding levels of white, with 1.0 being pure white. -\item[{{\bf Planet}}] -The mesh is projected onto a sphere. Values less than 0.5 are treated -as water and values between 0.5 and 1.0 as land. The water areas are -coloured based upon the water depth, and land based on its elevation. -The random depth data are used to create clouds over the oceans. An -atmosphere approximately like the Earth's is simulated; its light -absorption is calculated to create a blue cast around the limb of the -planet. A function that rises from 0 to 1 based on latitude is -modulated by the local elevation to generate polar ice caps--high -altitude terrain carries glaciers farther from the pole. Based on the -position of the star with respect to the observer, the apparent colour -of each pixel of the planet is calculated by ray-tracing from the star -to the planet to the observer and applying a lighting model that sums -ambient light and diffuse reflection (for most planets ambient light -is zero, as their primary star is the only source of illumination). -Additional random data are used to generate stars around the planet. -\item[{{\bf Night}}] -A sequence of pseudorandom numbers is used to generate stars with a -user specified density. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -Cloud pictures always contain 256 or fewer colours and may be -displayed on most colour mapped devices without further processing. -Planet pictures often contain tens of thousands of colours which -must be compressed with -{\bf ppmquant} -or -{\bf ppmdither} -before encoding in a colour mapped format. If the display resolution is -high enough, -{\bf ppmdither} -generally produces better looking planets. -{\bf ppmquant} -tends to create discrete colour bands, particularly in the oceans, -which are unrealistic and distracting. The number of colours in starry -sky pictures generated with the -{\bf -night} -option depends on the value specified for -{\bf -saturation}{\rm .} -Small values limit the colour temperature distribution of the stars -and reduce the number of colours in the image. -If the -{\bf -saturation} -is set to 0, none of the stars will be coloured and the resulting -image will never contain more than 256 colours. -Night sky pictures with many different star colours often look -best when colour compressed by -{\bf pnmdepth} -rather than -{\bf ppmquant} -or -{\bf ppmdither}{\rm .} -Try -{\it newmaxval} -settings of 63, 31, or 15 with -{\bf pnmdepth} -to reduce the number of colours in the picture to 256 or fewer. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -clouds}} -\item[{{\bf -clouds}}] -Generate clouds. A pixmap of fractal clouds is generated. Selecting clouds -sets the default for fractal dimension to 2.15 and power scale factor -to 0.75. -\item[{{\bf -dimension}{\it \ dimen} -}] -Sets the fractal dimension to the specified -{\it dimen}{\rm ,} -which may be any floating point value between 0 and 3. Higher fractal -dimensions create more ``chaotic'' images, which require higher -resolution output and a larger FFT mesh size to look good. If no -dimension is specified, 2.4 is used when generating planets and 2.15 -for clouds. -\item[{{\bf -glaciers}{\it \ level} -}] -The floating point -{\it level} -setting controls the extent to which terrain elevation causes ice to -appear at lower latitudes. The default value of 0.75 makes the polar -caps extend toward the equator across high terrain and forms glaciers -in the highest mountains, as on Earth. Higher values make ice sheets -that cover more and more of the land surface, simulating planets in the -midst of an ice age. Lower values tend to be boring, resulting in -unrealistic geometrically-precise ice cap boundaries. -\item[{{\bf -hour}{\it \ hour} -}] -When generating a planet, -{\it hour} -is used as the ``hour angle at the central meridian.'' If you specify -{\bf -hour\ 12}{\rm ,} -for example, the planet will be fully illuminated, corresponding to -high noon at the longitude at the centre of the screen. You can -specify any floating point value between 0 and 24 for -{\it hour}{\rm ,} -but values which place most of the planet in darkness (0 to 4 and 20 -to 24) result in crescents which, while pretty, don't give you many -illuminated pixels for the amount of computing that's required. If no -{\bf -hour} -option is specified, a random hour angle is chosen, biased so that -only 25\% of the images generated will be crescents. -\item[{{\bf -ice}{\it \ level} -}] -Sets the extent of the polar ice caps to the given floating point -{\it level}{\rm .} -The default level of 0.4 produces ice caps similar to those of the Earth. -Smaller values reduce the amount of ice, while larger -{\bf -ice} -settings create more prominent ice caps. Sufficiently large values, -such as 100 or more, in conjunction with small settings for -{\bf -glaciers} -(try 0.1) create ``ice balls'' like Europa. -\item[{{\bf -inclination$|$-tilt}{\it \ angle} -}] -The inclination angle of the planet with regard to its primary star is -set to -{\it angle}{\rm ,} -which can be any floating point value from -90 to 90. The inclination -angle can be thought of as specifying, in degrees, the ``season'' the -planet is presently experiencing or, more precisely, the latitude at -which the star transits the zenith at local noon. If 0, the planet -is at equinox; the star is directly overhead at the equator. -Positive values represent summer in the northern hemisphere, negative -values summer in the southern hemisphere. The Earth's inclination -angle, for example, is about 23.5 at the June solstice, 0 at the -equinoxes in March and September, and -23.5 at the December solstice. -If no inclination angle is specified, a random value between -21.6 and -21.6 degrees is chosen. -\item[{{\bf -mesh}{\it \ size} -}] -A mesh of -{\it size}{\rm \ by\ }{\it size} -will be used for the fast Fourier transform (FFT). Note that memory -requirements and computation speed increase as the square of -{\it size}{\rm ;} -if you double the mesh size, the program will use four times the -memory and run four times as long. The default mesh is 256x256, which -produces reasonably good looking pictures while using half a megabyte -for the 256x256 array of single precision complex numbers -required by the FFT. On machines with limited memory capacity, you -may have to reduce the mesh size to avoid running out of RAM. -Increasing the mesh size produces better looking pictures; the -difference becomes particularly noticeable when generating high -resolution images with relatively high fractal dimensions (between 2.2 -and 3). -\item[{{\bf -night}}] -A starry sky is generated. The stars are created by the same algorithm -used for the stars that surround planet pictures, but the output -consists exclusively of stars. -\item[{{\bf -power}{\it \ factor} -}] -Sets the ``power factor'' used to scale elevations synthesised from -the FFT to -{\it factor}{\rm ,} -which can be any floating point number greater than zero. If no -factor is specified a default of 1.2 is used if a planet is being -generated, or 0.75 if clouds are selected by the -{\bf -clouds} -option. The result of the FFT image synthesis is an array of elevation -values between 0 and 1. A non-unity power factor exponentiates each -of these elevations to the specified power. For example, a power -factor of 2 squares each value, while a power factor of 0.5 replaces -each with its square root. (Note that exponentiating values between 0 -and 1 yields values that remain within that range.) Power factors -less than 1 emphasise large-scale elevation changes at the expense of -small variations. Power factors greater than 1 increase the roughness -of the terrain and, like high fractal dimensions, may require a larger -FFT mesh size and/or higher screen resolution to look good. -\item[{{\bf -saturation}{\it \ sat} -}] -Controls the degree of colour saturation of the stars that surround planet -pictures and fill starry skies created with the -{\bf -night} -option. The default value of 125 creates stars which resemble the sky -as seen by the human eye from Earth's surface. Stars are dim; only -the brightest activate the cones in the human retina, causing colour -to be perceived. Higher values of -{\it sat} -approximate the appearance of stars from Earth orbit, where better -dark adaptation, absence of skyglow, and the concentration of light -from a given star onto a smaller area of the retina thanks to the lack -of atmospheric turbulence enhances the perception of colour. Values -greater than 250 create ``science fiction'' skies that, while pretty, -don't occur in this universe. -\item[{\ }] -Thanks to the inverse square law combined with Nature's love of -mediocrity, there are many, many dim stars for every bright one. -This population relationship is accurately reflected in the skies -created by -{\bf ppmforge}{\rm .} -Dim, low mass stars live much longer than bright massive stars, -consequently there are many reddish stars for every blue giant. This -relationship is preserved by -{\bf ppmforge}{\rm .} -You can reverse the proportion, simulating the sky as seen in a starburst -galaxy, by specifying a negative -{\it sat} -value. -\item[{{\bf -seed}{\it \ num} -}] -Sets the seed for the random number generator to the integer -{\it num}{\rm .} -The seed used to create each picture is displayed on standard output (unless -suppressed with the -{\bf -quiet} -option). Pictures generated with the same seed will be identical. If no -{\bf -seed} -is specified, a random seed derived from the date and time will be -chosen. Specifying an explicit seed allows you to re-render a picture -you particularly like at a higher resolution or with different viewing -parameters. -\item[{{\bf -stars}{\it \ fraction} -}] -Specifies the percentage of pixels, in tenths of a percent, which will -appear as stars, either surrounding a planet or filling the entire -frame if -{\bf -night} -is specified. The default -{\it fraction} -is 100. -\item[{{\bf -xsize$|$-width}{\it \ width} -}] -Sets the width of the generated image to -{\it width} -pixels. The default width is 256 pixels. Images must be at least as -wide as they are high; if a width less than the height is specified, -it will be increased to equal the height. If you must have a long -skinny pixmap, make a square one with -{\bf ppmforge}{\rm ,} -then use -{\bf pnmcut} -to extract a portion of the shape and size you require. -\item[{{\bf -ysize$|$-height}{\it \ height} -}] -Sets the height of the generated image to -{\it height} -pixels. The default height is 256 pixels. If the height specified -exceeds the width, the width will be increased to equal the height. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{BUGS} -\par -The algorithms require the output pixmap to be at least as wide as it -is high, and the width to be an even number of pixels. These -constraints are enforced by increasing the size of the requested -pixmap if necessary. -\par -You may have to reduce the FFT mesh size on machines with 16 bit -integers and segmented pointer architectures. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -{\bf pnmcut}{\rm (1),} -{\bf pnmdepth}{\rm (1),} -{\bf ppmdither}{\rm (1),} -{\bf ppmquant}{\rm (1),} -{\bf ppm}{\rm (5)} -\begin{TPlist}{[1] } -\item[{[1] }] -Voss, Richard F., ``Random Fractal Forgeries,'' in Earnshaw -{\it et. al.}, Fundamental Algorithms for Computer Graphics, Berlin: -Springer-Verlag, 1985. -\item[{[2]}] -Peitgen, H.-O., and Saupe, D. eds., The Science Of Fractal Images, -New York: Springer Verlag, 1988. -%.ne 10 -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{AUTHOR} -\ind{1\parindent}{\nofill - John Walker - Autodesk SA - Avenue des Champs-Montants 14b - CH-2074 MARIN - Suisse/Schweiz/Svizzera/Svizra/Switzerland -\fill} -\begin{TPlist}{Usenet:} -\item[{Usenet:}] -kelvin@Autodesk.com -\item[{Fax:}] -038/33 88 15 -\item[{Voice:}] -038/33 76 33 -\end{TPlist} - -\par -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -without any conditions or restrictions. This software is provided ``as -is'' without express or implied warranty. -\par -{\bf PLUGWARE!} -If you like this kind of stuff, you may also enjoy ``James Gleick's -Chaos--The Software'' for MS-DOS, available for \$59.95 from your -local software store or directly from Autodesk, Inc., Attn: Science -Series, 2320 Marinship Way, Sausalito, CA 94965, USA. Telephone: -(800) 688-2344 toll-free or, outside the U.S. (415) 332-2344 Ext -4886. Fax: (415) 289-4718. ``Chaos--The Software'' includes a more -comprehensive fractal forgery generator which creates -three-dimensional landscapes as well as clouds and planets, plus five -more modules which explore other aspects of Chaos. The user guide of -more than 200 pages includes an introduction by James Gleick and -detailed explanations by Rudy Rucker of the mathematics and algorithms -used by each program. -% -% end of input file: ppmforge.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:47 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmhist.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmhist.1 -% -\phead{ppmhist}{1}{03 April 1989}{}{} - -%.IX ppmhist -\shead{NAME} -ppmhist - print a histogram of a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmhist} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Generates a histogram of the colors in the pixmap. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5), pgmhist(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmhist.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:48 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmmake.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmmake.1 -% -\phead{ppmmake}{1}{24 September 1991}{}{} - -%.IX ppmmake -\shead{NAME} -ppmmake - create a pixmap of a specified size and color -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmmake} -{\it color width height} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Produces a portable pixmap of the specified color, width, and height. -%.IX "generating pixmaps" -\par -The color can be specified in five ways: -%.IX "specifying colors" -\begin{TPlist}{o} -\item[{o}] -A name, assuming -that a pointer to an X11-style color names file was compiled in. -\item[{o}] -An X11-style hexadecimal specifier: rgb:r/g/b, where r g and b are -each 1- to 4-digit hexadecimal numbers. -\item[{o}] -An X11-style decimal specifier: rgbi:r/g/b, where r g and b are -floating point numbers between 0 and 1. -\item[{o}] -For backwards compatibility, an old-X11-style hexadecimal -number: \#rgb, \#rrggbb, \#rrrgggbbb, or \#rrrrggggbbbb. -\item[{o}] -For backwards compatibility, a triplet of numbers -separated by commas: r,g,b, where r g and b are -floating point numbers between 0 and 1. -(This style was added before MIT came up with the similar rgbi style.) -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5), pbmmake(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmmake.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Mon Nov 29 13:23:43 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmmix.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmmix.1 -% -\phead{ppmmix}{1}{16 November 1993}{}{} - -%.IX ppmmix -\shead{NAME} -ppmmix - blend together two portable pixmaps -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -ppmmix -{\it fadefactor} -{\it ppmfile1 ppmfile2} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads two portable pixmaps as input. Mixes them together using the -specified fade factor. The fade factor may be in the range from 0.0 -(only ppmfile1's image data) to 1.0 (only ppmfile2's image data). -Anything in between gains a smooth blend between the two images. -\par -The two pixmaps must have the same size. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1993 by Frank Neumann. -% Permission to use, , modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmmix.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:06 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmpat.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmpat.1 -% -\phead{ppmpat}{1}{04 September 1989}{}{} - -%.IX ppmpat -\shead{NAME} -ppmpat - make a pretty pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmpat} -{\bf -gingham2}{\rm $|$}{\bf -g2}{\rm $|$}{\bf -gingham3}{\rm $|$} -{\bf -g3}{\rm $|$}{\bf -madras}{\rm $|$}{\bf -tartan}{\rm $|$} -{\bf -poles}{\rm $|$}{\bf -squig}{\rm $|$}{\bf -camo}{\rm $|$} -{\bf -anticamo} -{\it width height} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Produces a portable pixmap of the specified width and height, -with a pattern in it. -%.IX "generating pixmaps" -\par -This program is mainly to demonstrate use of the ppmdraw routines, a -simple but powerful drawing library. -See the ppmdraw.h include file for more info on using these routines. -Still, some of the patterns can be rather pretty. -If you have a color workstation, something like -{\bf ppmpat\ -squig\ 300\ 300 $|$ ppmquant\ 128} -should generate a nice background. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -The different flags specify various different pattern types: -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -gingham2}} -\item[{{\bf -gingham2}}] -A gingham check pattern. Can be tiled. -\item[{{\bf -gingham3}}] -A slightly more complicated gingham. Can be tiled. -\item[{{\bf -madras}}] -A madras plaid. Can be tiled. -\item[{{\bf -tartan}}] -A tartan plaid. Can be tiled. -\item[{{\bf -poles}}] -Color gradients centered on randomly-placed poles. -May need to be run through -{\it ppmquant}{\rm .} -\item[{{\bf -squig}}] -Squiggley tubular pattern. Can be tiled. -May need to be run through -{\it ppmquant}{\rm .} -\item[{{\bf -camo}}] -Camouflage pattern. -May need to be run through -{\it ppmquant}{\rm .} -\item[{{\bf -anticamo}}] -Anti-camouflage pattern - like -camo, but ultra-bright colors. -May need to be run through -{\it ppmquant}{\rm .} -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{REFERENCES} -Some of the patterns are from ``Designer's Guide to Color 3'' by Jeanne Allen. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmtile(1), ppmquant(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmpat.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:48 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmquant.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmquant.1 -% -\phead{ppmquant}{1}{12 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX ppmquant -\shead{NAME} -ppmquant - quantize the colors in a portable pixmap down to a specified number - -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmquant} -{\rm [}{\bf -floyd}{\rm $|$}{\bf -fs}{\rm ]} -{\it ncolors} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\nwl -{\bf ppmquant} -{\rm [}{\bf -floyd}{\rm $|$}{\bf -fs}{\rm ]} -{\bf -map} -{\it mapfile} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} - -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Chooses -{\it ncolors} -colors to best represent the image, maps the existing colors -to the new ones, and writes a portable pixmap as output. -%.IX "colormap reduction" -\par -The quantization method is Heckbert's ``median cut''. -%.IX "median cut" -\par -Alternately, you can skip the color-choosing step by -specifying your own set of colors with the -{\bf -map} -flag. The -{\it mapfile} -is just a -{\it ppm} -file; it can be any shape, all that matters is the colors in it. -For instance, to quantize down to the 8-color IBM TTL color set, you -might use: -{\tt\nofill - P3 - 8 1 - 255 - 0 0 0 - 255 0 0 - 0 255 0 - 0 0 255 - 255 255 0 - 255 0 255 - 0 255 255 - 255 255 255 -\fill} - -If you want to quantize one pixmap to use the colors in another one, -just use the second one as the mapfile. -You don't have to reduce it down to only one pixel of each color, -just use it as is. -\par -The -{\bf -floyd}{\rm /}{\bf -fs} -flag enables a Floyd-Steinberg error diffusion step. -%.IX Floyd-Steinberg -%.IX "error diffusion" -Floyd-Steinberg gives vastly better results on images where the unmodified -quantization has banding or other artifacts, especially when going to a -small number of colors such as the above IBM set. -However, it does take substantially more CPU time, so the default is off. -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{REFERENCES} -``Color Image Quantization for Frame Buffer Display'' by Paul Heckbert, -SIGGRAPH '82 Proceedings, page 297. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmquantall(1), pnmdepth(1), ppmdither(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmquant.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Mon Nov 29 13:33:41 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmquantall.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmquantall.1 -% -\phead{ppmquantall}{1}{27 July 1990}{}{} - -%.IX ppmquantall -\shead{NAME} -ppmquantall - run ppmquant on a bunch of files all at once, so they share a common colormap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmquantall} -{\it ncolors ppmfile} -{\rm ...} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Takes a bunch of portable pixmap as input. -Chooses -{\it ncolors} -colors to best represent all of the images, maps the -existing colors to the new ones, and -{\bf overwrites the input files} -with the new quantized versions. -%.IX "colormap reduction" -\par -Verbose explanation: Let's say you've got a dozen pixmaps that you want -to display on the screen all at the same time. Your screen can only -display 256 different colors, but the pixmaps have a total of a thousand -or so different colors. For a single pixmap you solve this problem with -{\it ppmquant}{\rm ;} -%.IX ppmquant -this script solves it for multiple pixmaps. All it does is -concatenate them together into one big pixmap, run -{\it ppmquant} -on that, and then split it up into little pixmaps again. -\par -(Note that another way to solve this problem is to pre-select a set of -colors and then use -{\it ppmquant}{\rm 's} -{\bf -map} -option to separately quantize each pixmap to that set.) -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmquant(1), ppm(5) -\shead{BUGS} -It's a csh script. -Csh scripts are not portable to System V. -Scripts in general are not portable to non-Unix environments. -\shead{AUTHOR} -Copyright (C) 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmquantall.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:09 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmqvga.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmqvga.1 -% -\phead{PPMQVGA}{1}{local}{}{} - -'% Heading: name(sect) center (paren) name(sect) -\shead{NAME} -ppmqvga - 8 plane quantization -'% name [, name] ... \- brief description on a single line of \s-1INPUT\s+1 -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -ppmqvga [ options ] [ input file ] -'% foo [ options ] files1 [ file2 [ ... ] ] -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -{\bf ppmqvga} -quantizes PPM files to 8 planes, with optional Floyd-Steinberg dithering. -Input is a PPM file from the file named, or standard input of no file is -provided. -%.SS Options -{\bf -d} -dither. Apply Floyd-Steinberg dithering to the data - -{\bf -q} -quiet. Produces no progress reporting, and no terminal output unless -and error occurs. - -{\bf -v} -verbose. Produces additional output describing the number of colors found, -and some information on the resulting mapping. May be repeated to generate -loads of internal table output, but generally only useful once. -\shead{EXAMPLES} -ppmqvga -d my\_image.ppm $|$ ppmtogif $>$my\_image.gif - -tgatoppm zombie.tga $|$ ppmqvga $|$ ppmtotif $>$ zombie.tif -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmquant -\shead{DIAGNOSTICS} -Error messages if problems, various levels of optional progress reporting. -\shead{LIMITATIONS} -none known. -\shead{AUTHOR} -Original by Lyle Rains (lrains@netcom.com) as ppmq256 and ppmq256fs -combined, documented, and enhanced by Bill Davidsen (davidsen@crd.ge.com) -\shead{Copyright} -Copyright 1991,1992 by Bill Davidsen, all rights reserved. -The program and documentation may be freely distributed by anyone in source -or binary format. Please clearly note any changes. -% -% end of input file: ppmqvga.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:49 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmrelief.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmrelief.1 -% -\phead{ppmrelief}{1}{11 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX ppmrelief -\shead{NAME} -ppmrelief - run a Laplacian relief filter on a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmrelief} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Does a Laplacian relief filter, and writes a portable pixmap as output. -%.IX "Laplacian relief" -\par -The Laplacian relief filter is described in ``Beyond Photography'' by Holzmann, -equation 3.19. -It's a sort of edge-detection. -%.IX "edge detection" -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgmbentley(1), pgmoil(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Wilson Bent (whb@hoh-2.att.com). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmrelief.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Mon Nov 29 13:24:20 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmshift.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmshift.1 -% -\phead{ppmshift}{1}{16 November 1993}{}{} - -%.IX ppmshift -\shead{NAME} -ppmshift - shift lines of a portable pixmap left or right by a random amount -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -ppmshift -{\it shift} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. Shifts every row of image data to the -left or right by a certain amount. The 'shift' parameter determines by how -many pixels a row is to be shifted at most. -\par -Another one of those effects I intended to use for MPEG tests. -Unfortunately, this program will not help me here - it creates too random -patterns to be used for animations. Still, it might give interesting -results on still images. -\shead{EXAMPLE} -Check this out: Save your favourite model's picture from something like -alt.binaries.pictures.supermodels (ok, or from any other picture source), -convert it to ppm, and process it e.g. like this, assuming the picture is -800x600 pixels: -\nofill\ind{1\parindent}\tt{} \# take the upper half, and leave it like it is - pnmcut 0 0 800 300 cs.ppm $>$upper.ppm - - \# take the lower half, flip it upside down, dim it and distort it a little - pnmcut 0 300 800 300 cs.ppm $|$ pnmflip -tb $|$ ppmdim 0.7 $|$ - ppmshift 10 $>$lower.ppm - - \# and concatenate the two pieces - pnmcat -tb upper.ppm lower.ppm $>$newpic.ppm -\fill -The resulting picture looks like the image being reflected on a water -surface with slight ripples. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5), pnmcut(1), pnmflip(1), ppmdim(1), pnmcat(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1993 by Frank Neumann -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmshift.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Mon Nov 29 13:24:10 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmspread.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmspread.1 -% -\phead{ppmspread}{1}{16 November 1993}{}{} - -%.IX ppmspread -\shead{NAME} -ppmspread - displace a portable pixmap's pixels by a random amount -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -ppmspread -{\it amount} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. Moves every pixel around a bit -relative to its original position. amount determines by how many -pixels a pixel is to be moved around at most. -\par -Pictures processed with this filter will seem to be somewhat -dissolved or unfocussed (although they appear more coarse than -images processed by something like -{\it pnmconvol} -). -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5), pnmconvol(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1993 by Frank Neumann -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty -% -% end of input file: ppmspread.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:50 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtoacad.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtoacad.1 -% -\phead{ppmtoacad}{1}{10 October 1991}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtoacad -%.IX AutoCAD -\shead{NAME} -ppmtoacad - convert portable pixmap to AutoCAD database or slide -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -\raggedright -{\bf ppmtoacad} -'in 15n -{\rm [}{\bf -dxb}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -poly}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -background} -{\it colour}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -white}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -aspect} -{\it ratio}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -8}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\ind{-7.5em} -%.ad -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. Produces an AutoCAD{l}ide file or -binary database import (.dxb) file as output. -If no -{\it ppmfile} -is specified, input is read from standard input. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -dxb}} -\item[{{\bf -dxb}}] -An AutoCAD binary database import (.dxb) file is written. This file -is read with the DXBIN command and, once loaded, becomes part of -the AutoCAD geometrical database and can be viewed and edited like -any other object. Each sequence of identical pixels becomes a -separate object in the database; this can result in very large AutoCAD -drawing files. However, if you want to trace over a bitmap, it lets -you zoom and pan around the bitmap as you wish. -\item[{{\bf -poly}}] -If the -{\bf -dxb} -option is not specified, the output of -{\bf ppmtoacad} -is an AutoCAD slide file. Normally each row of pixels is -represented by an AutoCAD line entity. If -{\bf -poly} -is selected, the pixels are rendered as filled polygons. If the -slide is viewed on a display with higher resolution than the source -pixmap, this will cause the pixels to expand instead of appearing as -discrete lines against the screen background colour. Regrettably, -this representation yields slide files which occupy more disc space -and take longer to display. -\item[{{\bf -background}{\it \ colour} -}] -Most AutoCAD display drivers can be configured to use any available -colour as the screen background. Some users perfer a black screen -background, others white, while splinter groups advocate burnt ocher, -tawny puce, and shocking grey. Discarding pixels whose closest -AutoCAD colour representation is equal to the background colour can -substantially reduce the size of the AutoCAD database or slide file -needed to represent a bitmap. If no -{\bf -background} -colour is specified, the screen background colour is assumed to be -black. Any AutoCAD colour number may be specified as the screen -background; colour numbers are assumed to specify the hues defined -in the standard AutoCAD 256 colour palette. -\item[{{\bf -white}}] -Since many AutoCAD users choose a white screen background, this option -is provided as a short-cut. Specifying -{\bf -white} -is identical in effect to -{\bf -background\ 7}{\rm .} -\item[{{\bf -aspect}{\it \ ratio} -}] -If the source pixmap had non-square pixels, the ratio of the pixel -width to pixel height should be specified as -{\it ratio}{\rm .} -The resulting slide or .dxb file will be corrected so that pixels on -the AutoCAD screen will be square. For example, to correct an image made -for a 320x200 VGA/MCGA screen, specify -{\bf -aspect\ 0.8333}{\rm .} -\item[{{\bf -8}}] -Restricts the colours in the output file to the 8 RGB shades. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{BUGS} -AutoCAD has a fixed palette of 256 colours, distributed along the hue, -lightness, and saturation axes. Pixmaps which contain many -nearly-identical colours, or colours not closely approximated by -AutoCAD's palette, may be poorly rendered. -\par -{\bf ppmtoacad} -works best if the system displaying its output supports the full 256 -colour AutoCAD palette. Monochrome, 8 colour, and 16 colour -configurations will produce less than optimal results. -\par -When creating a .dxb file or a slide file with the -{\bf -poly} -option, -{\bf ppmtoacad} -finds both vertical and horizontal runs of identical pixels and -consolidates them into rectangular regions to reduce the size of the -output file. This is effective for images with large areas of -constant colour but it's no substitute for true raster to vector -conversion. In particular, thin diagonal lines are not optimised at -all by this process. -\par -Output files can be huge. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -AutoCAD Reference Manual: -{\it Slide File Format} -and -{\it Binary\ Drawing\ Interchange\ (DXB)\ Files}{\rm ,} -{\bf ppm}{\rm (5)} -\shead{AUTHOR} -\ind{1\parindent}{\nofill - John Walker - Autodesk SA - Avenue des Champs-Montants 14b - CH-2074 MARIN - Suisse/Schweiz/Svizzera/Svizra/Switzerland -\fill} -\begin{TPlist}{Usenet:} -\item[{Usenet:}] -kelvin@Autodesk.com -\item[{Fax:}] -038/33 88 15 -\item[{Voice:}] -038/33 76 33 -\end{TPlist} - -\par -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -without any conditions or restrictions. This software is provided ``as -is'' without express or implied warranty. -\par -AutoCAD and Autodesk are registered trademarks of Autodesk, Inc. -% -% end of input file: ppmtoacad.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:09 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtobmp.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtobmp.1 -% -\phead{ppmtobmp}{1}{26 Oct 1992}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtobmp -\shead{NAME} -ppmtobmp -- convert a portable pixmap into a BMP file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtobmp} -{\rm [}{\it --windows}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it --os2}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces a Microsoft Windows or OS/2 BMP file as output. -%.IX BMP -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf --windows}} -\item[{{\bf --windows}}] -Tells the program to produce a Microsoft Windows BMP file. -\item[{{\bf --os2}}] -Tells the program to produce an OS/2 BMP file. -(This is the default.) -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -bmptoppm(1), -ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1992 by David W. Sanderson. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and -% its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -% provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and -% that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in -% supporting documentation. This software is provided "as is" without -% express or implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtobmp.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:50 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtogif.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtogif.1 -% -\phead{ppmtogif}{1}{30 June 1993}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtogif -\shead{NAME} -ppmtogif - convert a portable pixmap into a GIF file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtogif} -{\rm [}{\bf -interlace}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -sort}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -map} -{\it mapfile ]} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces a GIF file as output. -%.IX GIF -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -interlace}} -\item[{{\bf -interlace}}] -Tells the program to produce an interlaced GIF file. -\item[{{\bf -sort}}] -Produces a GIF file with a sorted color map. -\item[{{\bf -map}}] -{\it mapfile} - -Uses the colors found in the -{\it mapfile} -to create the colormap in the GIF file, instead of the colors from -{\it ppmfile.} -The -{\it mapfile} -can be any -{\it ppm} -file; all that matters is the colors in it. If the colors in -{\it ppmfile} -do not match those in -{\it mapfile} -, they are matched to a ``best match''. A (much) better result can be obtained by -using the following filter in advance: - -{\it ppmquant} --floyd -map -{\it mapfile} -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -giftoppm(1), ppmquant(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Based on GIFENCOD by David Rowley (mgardi@watdcsu.waterloo.edu). -Lempel-Ziv compression based on ``compress''. - -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% The Graphics Interchange Format(c) is the Copyright property of -% CompuServe Incorporated. GIF(sm) is a Service Mark property of -% CompuServe Incorporated. -% -% end of input file: ppmtogif.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:51 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtoicr.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtoicr.1 -% -\phead{ppmtoicr}{1}{30 July 1990}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtoicr -\shead{NAME} -ppmtoicr - convert a portable pixmap into NCSA ICR format -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtoicr} -{\rm [}{\bf -windowname} -{\it name}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -expand} -{\it expand}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -display} -{\it display}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -rle}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap file as input. -Produces an NCSA Telnet Interactive Color Raster graphic file as output. -%.IX "NCSA ICR" -If -{\it ppmfile} -is not supplied, -{\it ppmtoicr} -will read from standard input. -\par -Interactive Color Raster (ICR) is a protocol for displaying raster -graphics on workstation screens. The protocol is implemented in NCSA -Telnet for the Macintosh version 2.3. -%.IX Macintosh -The ICR protocol shares -characteristics of the Tektronix graphics terminal emulation protocol. -%.IX Tektronix -For example, escape sequences are used to control the display. -\par -{\it ppmtoicr} -will output the appropriate sequences to create a window of the -dimensions of the input pixmap, -create a colormap of up to 256 -colors on the display, then load the picture data into the window. -\par -Note that there is no icrtoppm tool - this transformation is one way. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -windowname}{\it name} -} -\item[{{\bf -windowname}{\it name} -}] -Output will be displayed in -{\it name} -(Default is to use -{\it ppmfile} -or ``untitled'' if standard input is read.) -\item[{{\bf -expand}{\it expand} -}] -Output will be expanded on display by factor -{\it expand} -(For example, a value of 2 will cause four pixels to be displayed for -every input pixel.) -\item[{{\bf -display}{\it display} -}] -Output will be displayed on screen numbered -{\it display} -\item[{{\bf -rle}}] -Use run-length encoded format for display. (This will nearly always -result in a quicker display, but may skew the colormap.) -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{EXAMPLES} -To display a -{\it ppm} -file using the protocol: -\nofill - ppmtoicr ppmfile -\fill -This will create a window named -{\it ppmfile} -on the display with the correct dimensions for -{\it ppmfile,} -create and download a colormap of up -to 256 colors, and download the picture into the window. The same effect -may be achieved by the following sequence: -\nofill - ppmtoicr ppmfile $>$ filename - cat filename -\fill -To display a GIF -file using the protocol in a window titled after the input file, zoom -the displayed image by a factor of 2, and -run-length encode the data: -\nofill - giftoppm giffile $|$ ppmtoicr -w giffile -r -e 2 -\fill -\shead{BUGS} -\par -The protocol uses frequent -{\it fflush} -calls to speed up display. If the -output is saved to a file for later display via -{\it cat,} -drawing will be -much slower. In either case, increasing the Blocksize limit on the -display will speed up transmission substantially. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -{\bf ppm(5)} -\par\noindent -{\it NCSA\ Telnet\ for\ the\ Macintosh}{\rm ,} -University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign (1989) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Kanthan Pillay (svpillay@Princeton.EDU), -Princeton University Computing and Information Technology. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtoicr.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:52 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtoilbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtoilbm.1 -% -\phead{ppmtoilbm}{1}{29 August 1993}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtoilbm -\shead{NAME} -ppmtoilbm - convert a portable pixmap into an ILBM file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtoilbm} -{\rm [}{\bf -maxplanes}{\rm $|$}{\bf -mp} -{\it N}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -fixplanes}{\rm $|$}{\bf -fp} -{\it N}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -ham6}{\rm $|$}{\bf -ham8}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -dcbits}{\rm $|$}{\bf -dcplanes}{\rm r}{\bf g}{\rm b}{\bf ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -normal}{\rm $|$}{\bf -hamif}{\rm $|$}{\bf -hamforce}{\rm $|$}{\bf -24if}{\rm $|$}{\bf -24force}{\rm $|$} -{\rm -dcif}{\bf $|$}{\rm -dcforce}{\bf $|$}{\rm -cmaponly}{\bf ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -ecs}{\rm $|$}{\bf -aga}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -map}{\rm ppmfile}{\bf ]} -{\rm [}{\bf ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -%.IX "ILBM" -Produces an ILBM file as output. -Supported ILBM types are: -\begin{TPlist}{Normal ILBMs with 1-16 planes.} -\item[{Normal ILBMs with 1-16 planes.}] -\item[{Amiga Hold-and-Modify (HAM) with 3-16 planes.}] -%.IX "Amiga" -%.IX "HAM" -\item[{24 bit.}] -\item[{Color map (BMHD + CMAP chunk only, nPlanes = 0).}] -\item[{Unofficial direct color.}] -1-16 planes for each color component. -\item[{Chunks written:}] -BMHD, CMAP, CAMG (only for HAM), BODY (not for colormap files) -unofficial DCOL chunk for direct color ILBM -\item[{Chunks ignored:}] -GRAB, DEST, SPRT, CRNG, CCRT, CLUT, DPPV, DRNG, EPSF -\item[{Other chunks (ignored but displayed in verbose mode):}] -NAME, AUTH, (c), ANNO, DPI -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{OPTIONS} -Options marked with (*) can be prefixed with a ``no'', -{\it e.g.}, ``-nohamif''. All options can be abbreviated to -their shortest unique prefix. -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -maxplanes $|$ -mp n}} -\item[{{\bf -maxplanes $|$ -mp n}}] -(default 5, minimum 1, maximum 16) -Maximum planes to write in a normal ILBM. If the pixmap -does not fit into $<$n$>$ planes, ppmtoilbm writes a HAM file -(if -hamif is used), a 24bit file (if -24if is used) or a -direct color file (if -dcif is used) or aborts with an error. -\item[{{\bf -fixplanes $|$ -fp n}}] -(min 1, max 16) -If a normal ILBM is written, it will have exactly $<$n$>$ planes. -\item[{{\bf -hambits $|$ -hamplanes n}}] -(default 6, min 3, max 16) -Select number of planes for HAM picture. The current Amiga -hardware supports 6 and 8 planes, so for now you should -only use this values. -\item[{{\bf -normal (default)}}] -Turns off -hamif/-24if/-dcif, -hamforce/-24force/-dcforce and --cmaponly. -\item[{{\bf -hamif (*)}}] -\item[{{\bf -24if (*)}}] -\item[{{\bf -dcif (*)}}] -Write a HAM/24bit/direct color file if the pixmap does not -fit into $<$maxplanes$>$ planes. -\item[{{\bf -hamforce (*)}}] -\item[{{\bf -24force (*)}}] -\item[{{\bf -dcforce (*)}}] -Write a HAM/24bit/direct color file. -\item[{{\bf -dcbits $|$ -dcplanes r g b}}] -(default 5, min 1, max 16). -Select number of bits for red, green \& blue in a direct -color ILBM. -\item[{{\bf -ecs (default)}}] -Shortcut for: -hamplanes 6 -maxplanes 5 -\item[{{\bf -aga}}] -\item[{{\bf Shortcut for: -hamplanes 8 -maxplanes 8}}] -\item[{{\bf -ham6}}] -\item[{{\bf Shortcut for: -hamplanes 6 -hamforce}}] -\item[{{\bf -ham8}}] -Shortcut for: -hamplanes 8 -hamforce -\item[{{\bf -map ppmfile}}] -Write a normal ILBM using the colors in $<$ppmfile$>$ as the -colormap. The colormap file also determines the number of -planes, a -maxplanes or -fixplanes option is ignored. -\item[{{\bf -cmaponly}}] -Write a colormap file: only BMHD and CMAP chunks, no BODY -chunk, nPlanes = 0. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{BUGS} -Needs a real colormap selection algorithm for HAM pictures, -instead of using a grayscale colormap. -\shead{REFERENCES} -Amiga ROM Kernel Reference Manual - Devices (3rd Ed.) -Addison Wesley, ISBN 0--201--56775--X -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5), ilbmtoppm(1) -\shead{AUTHORS} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -\nwl -Modified August 1993 by Ingo Wilken -(Ingo.Wilken@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtoilbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Tue Nov 30 08:30:37 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtomitsu.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtomitsu.1 -% -\phead{ppmtomitsu}{1}{29 Jan 1992}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtomitsu -\shead{NAME} -ppmtomitsu - convert a portable pixmap to a Mitsubishi S340-10 file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtomitsu} -{\rm [-sharpness} -{\it val}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -enlarge} -{\it val}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -media} -{\it string}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -copy} -{\it val}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -dpi300}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -tiny}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input and converts it into a format suitable -to be printed by a Mitsubishi S340-10 printer, or any other Mitsubishi -color sublimation printer. -\par -The Mitsubishi S340-10 Color Sublimation printer supports 24bit color. -Images of the available sizes take so long to transfer that there is a -fast method, employing a lookuptable, that ppmtomitsu will use if there -is a maximum of 256 colors in the pixmap. -ppmtomitsu will try to position your image to the center of the paper, -and will rotate your image for you if xsize is larger than ysize. -If your image is larger than the media allows, ppmtomitsu will quit -with an error message. (We decided that the media were too expensive -to have careless users produce misprints.) -Once data transmission has started, the job can't be stopped in a -sane way without resetting the printer. -The printer understands putting together images in the printers memory; -ppmtomitsu doesn't utilize this as pnmcat etc provide the same functionality -and let you view the result on-screen, too. -The S340-10 is the lowest common denominator printer; for higher -resolution printers there's the dpi300 option. The other printers also -support higher values for enlarge eg, but I don't think that's essential -enough to warrant a change in the program. -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -sharpness}{\it \ 1-4} -} -\item[{{\bf -sharpness}{\it \ 1-4} -}] - 'sharpness' designation. Default is to use the current sharpness. -\item[{{\bf -enlarge}{\it \ 1-3} -}] -Enlarge by a factor; Default is 1 (no enlarge) -\item[{{\bf -media}{\it \ A,\ A4,\ AS,\ A4S} -}] -Designate the media you're using. Default is 1184 x 1350, which will fit -on any media. A is 1216 x 1350, A4 is 1184 x 1452, AS is 1216 x 1650 and -A4S is 1184 x 1754. A warning: If you specify a different media than the -printer currently has, the printer will wait until you put in the correct -media or switch it off. -\item[{{\bf -copy}{\it \ 1-9} -}] -The number of copies to produce. Default is 1. -\item[{{\bf -dpi300} -}] -Double the number of allowed pixels for a S3600-30 Printer in S340-10 -compatibility mode. (The S3600-30 has 300 dpi). -\item[{{\bf -tiny} -}] -Memory-safing, but always slow. The printer will get the data line-by-line -in 24bit. It's probably a good idea to use this if your machine starts -paging a lot without this option. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{REFERENCES} -Mitsubishi Sublimation Full Color Printer S340-10 Specifications of -Parallel Interface LSP-F0232F -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmquant(1), pnmscale(1), ppm(5) -\shead{BUGS} -We didn't find any - yet. (Besides, they're called features anyway :-) -If you should find one, my email-adress is below. -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1992, 93 by S.Petra Zeidler, MPIfR Bonn, Germany. -(spz@specklec.mpifr-bonn.mpg.de) -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtomitsu.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:10 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtomap.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtomap.1 -% -\phead{ppmtomap}{1}{11 August 1993}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtomap -\shead{NAME} -ppmtomap - extract all colors from a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtomap} -{\rm [}{\bf -sort}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -square}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces a portable pixmap as output, representing a color map of the -input file. All N different colors found are put in an Nx1 portable -pixmap. -This color map file can be used as a mapfile for -{\it ppmquant} -or -{\it ppmtogif.} -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -sort}} -\item[{{\bf -sort}}] -Produces a portable pixmap with the colors in some sorted order. -\item[{{\bf -square}}] -Produces a (more or less) square output file, instead of putting all -colors on the top row. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{WARNING} -If you want to use the output file as a mapfile for -{\it ppmtogif,} -you first have to do a -{\it ppmquant 256,} -since -{\it ppmtomap} -is not limited to 256 colors (but to 65536). -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmtogif(1), ppmquant(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Marcel Wijkstra (wijkstra@fwi.uva.nl). - -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% The Graphics Interchange Format(c) is the Copyright property of -% CompuServe Incorporated. GIF(sm) is a Service Mark property of -% CompuServe Incorporated. -% -% end of input file: ppmtomap.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:53 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtopcx.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtopcx.1 -% -\phead{ppmtopcx}{1}{09 April 1990}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtopcx -\shead{NAME} -ppmtopcx - convert a portable pixmap into a PCX file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtopcx} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces a PCX file as output. -%.IX PCX -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pcxtoppm(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Michael Davidson. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtopcx.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:53 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtopgm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtopgm.1 -% -\phead{ppmtopgm}{1}{23 December 1988}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtopgm -\shead{NAME} -ppmtopgm - convert a portable pixmap into a portable graymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtopgm} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces a portable graymap as output. -The quantization formula used is .299 r + .587 g + .114 b. -\par -Note that although there is a -{\it pgmtoppm} -program, it is not necessary -for simple conversions from -{\it pgm} -to -{\it ppm}{\rm ,} -because any ppm program can -read -{\it pgm} -(and -{\it pbm} -) files automagically. -{\it pgmtoppm} -is for colorizing a -{\it pgm} -file. Also, see -{\it ppmtorgb3} -%.IX ppmtorgb3 -for a different way of converting color to gray. -\shead{QUOTE} -\nofill -Cold-hearted orb that rules the night -Removes the colors from our sight -Red is gray, and yellow white -But we decide which is right -And which is a quantization error. -\fill -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgmtoppm(1), ppmtorgb3(1), rgb3toppm(1), ppm(5), pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtopgm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:54 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtopi1.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtopi1.1 -% -\phead{ppmtopi1}{1}{19 July 1990}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtopi1 -\shead{NAME} -ppmtopi1 - convert a portable pixmap into an Atari Degas .pi1 file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtopi1} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces an Atari Degas .pi1 file as output. -%.IX Atari -%.IX "Degas .pi1" -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pi1toppm(1), ppm(5), pbmtopi3(1), pi3topbm(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Steve Belczyk (seb3@gte.com) and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtopi1.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:54 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtopict.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtopict.1 -% -\phead{ppmtopict}{1}{15 April 1990}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtopict -\shead{NAME} -ppmtopict - convert a portable pixmap into a Macintosh PICT file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtopict} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces a Macintosh PICT file as output. -%.IX PICT -%.IX Macintosh -\par -The generated file is only the data fork of a picture. -You will need a program such as -{\it mcvert} -to generate a Macbinary or a BinHex file that contains the necessary -information to identify the file as a PICT file to MacOS. -\par -Even though PICT supports 2 and 4 bits per pixel, -{\it ppmtopict} -always generates an 8 bits per pixel file. -\shead{BUGS} -The picture size field is only correct if the output is to a file -since writing into this field requires seeking backwards on a file. -However the PICT documentation seems to suggest that this field is -not critical anyway since it is only the lower 16 bits of the picture size. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -picttoppm(1), ppm(5), mcvert(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Ken Yap (ken@cs.rocester.edu). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtopict.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:55 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtopj.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtopj.1 -% -\phead{ppmtopj}{1}{13 July 1991}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtopj -\shead{NAME} -ppmtopj - convert a portable pixmap to an HP PaintJet file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtopj} -{\rm [-gamma} -{\it val}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -xpos} -{\it val}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -ypos} -{\it val}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -back} -{\bf dark}{\rm $|$}{\bf lite}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -rle}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -center}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -render} -{\bf none$|$snap$|$bw$|$dither$|$diffuse$|$monodither$|$monodiffuse$|$clusterdither$|$monoclusterdither}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input and converts it into a format suitable -to be printed by an HP PaintJet printer. -\par -For best results, the input file should be in 8-color RGB form; -{\it i.e.}, it should have only -the 8 binary combinations of full-on and full-off primaries. -You could get this by sending the input file through -{\it ppmquant -map} -with a map file such as: -\nofill - P3 - 8 1 - 255 - 0 0 0 255 0 0 0 255 0 0 0 255 - 255 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 255 255 255 255 -\fill -Or else you could use use -{\it ppmdither -red 2 -green 2 -blue 2.} -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -rle}} -\item[{{\bf -rle}}] -Run length encode the image. -(This can result in larger images) -\item[{{\bf -back}}] -Enhance the foreground by indicating if the background is light or -dark compated to the foreground. -\item[{{\bf -render}{\it \ alg} -}] -Use an internal rendering algorithm (default dither). -\item[{{\bf -gamma}{\it \ int} -}] -Gamma correct the image using the integet parameter as a gamma (default 0). -\item[{{\bf -center}}] -Center the image to an 8.5 by 11 page -\item[{{\bf -xpos}{\it \ pos} -}] -Move by pos pixels in the x direction. -\item[{{\bf -ypos}{\it \ pos} -}] -Move by pos pixels in the y direction. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{REFERENCES} -HP PaintJet XL Color Graphics Printer User's Guide -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmdepth(1), ppmquant(1), ppmdither(1), ppm(5) -\shead{BUGS} -Most of the options have not been tested because of the price of the paper. -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Christos Zoulas. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtopj.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:10 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtopjxl.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtopjxl.1 -% -\phead{ppmtopjxl}{1}{14 March 1991}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -ppmtopjxl - convert a portable pixmap into an HP PaintJet XL PCL file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -ppmtopjxl [-nopack] [-gamma -{\it $<$n$>$} -] [-presentation] [-dark] [-diffuse] [-cluster] [-dither] [-xshift -{\it $<$s$>$} -] [-yshift -{\it $<$s$>$} -] [-xshift -{\it $<$s$>$} -] [-yshift -{\it $<$s$>$} -] [-xsize$|$-width$|$-xscale -{\it $<$s$>$} -] [-ysize$|$-height$|$-yscale -{\it $<$s$>$} -] [ppmfile] - -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces a PCL file suitable for printing on an HP PaintJet XL printer as -output. -\par -The generated file is not suitable for printing on a normal PrintJet printer. -The -{\bf --nopack} -option generates a file which does not use the normal TIFF 4.0 compression -method. This file might be printable on a normal PaintJet printer (not an XL). -\par -The -{\bf --gamma} -option sets the gamma correction for the image. The useful range for the -PaintJet XL is approximately 0.6 to 1.5. -\par -The rendering algorithm used for images can be altered with the -{\bf -dither,} -{\bf -cluster,} -and -{\bf -diffuse} -options. These options select ordered dithering, clustered ordered dithering, -or error diffusion respectively. -The -{\bf --dark} -option can be used to enhance images with a dark background when they are -reduced in size. -The -{\bf --presentation} -option turns on presentation mode, in which two passes are made over the paper -to increase ink density. This should be used only for images where quality is -critical. - -\par -The image can be resized by setting the -{\bf --xsize} -and -{\bf --ysize} -options. The parameter to either of these options is interpreted as the -number of dots to set the width or height to, but an optional dimension of -`% -\bf pt% -\rm ' (points), `% -\bf dp% -\rm ' (decipoints), `% -\bf in% -\rm ' (inches), or -`% -\bf cm% -\rm ' (centimetres) may be appended. -If only one dimension is specified, the other will be scaled appropriately. - -The options -{\bf --width} -and -{\bf --height} -are synonyms of -{\bf --xsize} -and -{\bf --ysize.} - -The -{\bf --xscale} -and -{\bf --yscale} -options can alternatively be used to scale the image by a simple factor. - -\par -The image can be shifted on the page by using the -{\bf --xshift} -and -{\bf --yshift} -options. These move the image the specified dimensions right and down. - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Angus Duggan -% -% end of input file: ppmtopjxl.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:56 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtopuzz.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtopuzz.1 -% -\phead{ppmtopuzz}{1}{22 August 1990}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtopuzz -\shead{NAME} -ppmtopuzz - convert a portable pixmap into an X11 ``puzzle'' file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtopuzz} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces an X11 ``puzzle'' file as output. -A ``puzzle'' file is for use with the -{\it puzzle} -%.IX puzzle -%.IX "X window system" -program included with the X11 distribution - -{\it puzzle}{\rm 's} -{\bf -picture} -flag lets you specify an image file. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5), puzzle(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtopuzz.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:57 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtorgb3.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtorgb3.1 -% -\phead{ppmtorgb3}{1}{10 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtorgb3 -\shead{NAME} -ppmtorgb3 - separate a portable pixmap into three portable graymaps -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtorgb3} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Writes three portable graymaps as output, one each for red, green, and blue. -%.IX "color separation" -\par -The output filenames are constructed by taking the input filename, -stripping off any extension, and appending ``.red'', ``.grn'', and -``.blu''. -For example, separating lenna.ppm would result in lenna.red, lenna.grn, -and lenna.blu. -If the input comes from stdin, the names are noname.red, noname.grn, -and noname.blu. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -rgb3toppm(1), ppmtopgm(1), pgmtoppm(1), ppm(5), pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtorgb3.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:57 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtosixel.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtosixel.1 -% -\phead{ppmtosixel}{1}{26 April 1991}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtosixel -\shead{NAME} -ppmtosixel - convert a portable pixmap into DEC sixel format -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtosixel} -{\rm [}{\bf -raw}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -margin}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces sixel commands (SIX) as output. -The output is formatted for color printing, {\it e.g.}, for a DEC LJ250 color -inkjet printer. -\par -If RGB values from the PPM file do not have maxval=100, -the RGB values are rescaled. -A printer control header and a color assignment table begin the SIX file. -Image data is written in a compressed format by default. -A printer control footer ends the image file. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -raw}} -\item[{{\bf -raw}}] -If specified, each pixel will be explicitly described in the image file. -If -{\bf -raw} -is not specified, output will default to compressed format in which -identical adjacent pixels are replaced by ``repeat pixel'' commands. -A raw file is often an order of magnitude larger than a compressed -file and prints much slower. -\item[{{\bf -margin}}] -If -{\bf -margin} -is not specified, the image will be start at the left margin -(of the window, paper, or whatever). -If -{\bf -margin} -is specified, a 1.5 inch left margin will offset the image. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{PRINTING} -Generally, sixel files must reach the printer unfiltered. -Use the lpr -x option or cat filename $>$ /dev/tty0?. -\shead{BUGS} -Upon rescaling, truncation of the least significant bits of RGB values -may result in poor color conversion. -If the original PPM maxval was greater than 100, rescaling also -reduces the image depth. -While the actual RGB values from the ppm file are more or less -retained, the color palette of the LJ250 may not match the colors -on your screen. -This seems to be a printer limitation. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Rick Vinci. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtosixel.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:58 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtotga.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtotga.1 -% -\phead{ppmtotga}{1}{28 October 1991}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtotga -\shead{NAME} -ppmtotga - convert portable pixmap into a TrueVision Targa file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtotga} -{\rm [}{\bf -mono$|$-cmap$|$-rgb}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -norle}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces a TrueVision Targa file as output. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -mono}} -\item[{{\bf -mono}}] -Forces Targa file to be of type 8 bit monochrome. Input must be a portable -bitmap or a portable graymap. -\item[{{\bf -cmap}}] -Forces Targa file to be of type 24 bit colormapped. Input must be a portable -bitmap, a portable graymap or a portable pixmap containing no more than -256 distinct colors. -\item[{{\bf -rgb}}] -Forces Targa file to be of type 24 bit unmapped color. -\item[{{\bf -norle}}] -Disables run-length encoding, in case you have a Targa reader which -can't read run-length encoded files. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. If no -file type is specified the most highly constained compatible type is -used, where monochrome is more constained than colormapped which is in -turn more constained than unmapped. -\shead{BUGS} -Does not support all possible Targa file types. -Should really be in PNM, not PPM. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -tgatoppm(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Mark Shand and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtotga.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:59 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtouil.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtouil.1 -% -\phead{ppmtouil}{1}{31 August 1990}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtouil -\shead{NAME} -ppmtouil - convert a portable pixmap into a Motif UIL icon file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtouil} -{\rm [}{\bf -name} -{\it uilname}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces a Motif UIL icon file as output. -%.IX Motif -%.IX UIL -%.IX "X window system" -\par -If the program was compiled with an rgb database specified, and -a RGB value from the ppm input matches a RGB value from the database, -then the corresponding color name mnemonic is printed in the UIL's colormap. -If no rgb database was compiled in, or if the RGB values don't match, -then the color -will be printed with the \#RGB, \#RRGGBB, \#RRRGGGBBB, or \#RRRRGGGGBBBB -hexadecimal format. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -name}} -\item[{{\bf -name}}] -Allows you to specify the prefix string which is printed -in the resulting UIL output. If not specified, will default to the -filename (without extension) of the ppmfile argument. -If -{\bf -name} -is not specified and no ppmfile -is specified ({\it i.e.}, piped input), the prefix string will default to -the string ``noname''. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Converted by Jef Poskanzer from ppmtoxpm.c, which is -\copyright 1990 by Mark W. Snitily. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtouil.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:59 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtoxpm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtoxpm.1 -% -\phead{ppmtoxpm}{1}{Tue Apr 9 1991}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -ppmtoxpm - convert a portable pixmap into an X11 pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -ppmtoxpm [-name $<$xpmname$>$] [-rgb $<$rgb-textfile$>$] [$<$ppmfile$>$] -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces X11 pixmap (version 3) as output which -can be loaded directly by the XPM library. -\par -The {\bf -nameoption} allows one to specify the prefix string which is printed -in the resulting XPM output. If not specified, will default to the -filename (without extension) of the $<$ppmfile$>$ argument. -If {\bf -nameis} not specified and $<$ppmfile$>$ -is not specified ({\it i.e.}, piped input), the prefix string will default to -the string ``noname''. -\par -The {\bf -rgboption} allows one to specify an X11 rgb text file for the -lookup of color name mnemonics. This rgb text file is typically the -/usr/lib/X11/rgb.txt of the MIT X11 distribution, but any file using the -same format may be used. When specified and -a RGB value from the ppm input matches a RGB value from the $<$rgb-textfile$>$, -then the corresponding color name mnemonic is printed in the XPM's colormap. -If {\bf -rgbis} not specified, or if the RGB values don't match, then the color -will be printed with the \#RGB, \#RRGGBB, \#RRRGGGBBB, or \#RRRRGGGGBBBB -hexadecimal format. -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\par -For example, to convert the file ``dot'' (found in /usr/include/X11/bitmaps), -from xbm to xpm one could specify -\begin{IPlist} -\IPitem{{}} -xbmtopbm dot $|$ ppmtoxpm -name dot -\end{IPlist} - -\par -or, with a rgb text file (in the local directory) -\begin{IPlist} -\IPitem{{}} -xbmtopbm dot $|$ ppmtoxpm -name dot -rgb rgb.txt -\end{IPlist} - -\shead{BUGS} -An option to match the closest (rather than exact) color name mnemonic -from the rgb text would be a desirable enhancement. -\par -Truncation of the least significant bits of a RGB value may result in -nonexact matches when performing color name mnemonic lookups. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5) -\nwl -XPM Manual by Arnaud Le Hors (lehors@mirsa.inria.fr). -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Mark W. Snitily. - -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -implied warranty. - -This tool was developed for Schlumberger Technologies, ATE Division, and -with their permission is being made available to the public with the above -copyright notice and permission notice. - -Upgraded to XPM2 by - Paul Breslaw, Mecasoft SA, Zurich, Switzerland (paul@mecazh.uu.ch) - Thu Nov 8 16:01:17 1990 - -Upgraded to XPM version 3 by - Arnaud Le Hors (lehors@mirsa.inria.fr) - Tue Apr 9 1991 - - -% -% end of input file: ppmtoxpm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:00 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtoyuv.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtoyuv.1 -% -\phead{ppmtoyuv}{1}{25 March 91}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtoyuv -\shead{NAME} -ppmtoyuv - convert a portable pixmap into an Abekas YUV file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtoyuv} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces an Abekas YUV file as output. -%.IX Abekas -\shead{SEE ALSO} -yuvtoppm(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Marc Boucher (marc@PostImage.COM), -based on Example Conversion Program, A60/A64 Digital Video Interface -Manual, page 69. -\par -\copyright 1991 by DHD PostImage Inc. -\par -\copyright 1987 by Abekas Video Systems Inc. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtoyuv.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:11 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtoyuvsplit.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtoyuvsplit.1 -% -\phead{ppmtoyuvsplit}{1}{9 September 1993}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtoyuvsplit -\shead{NAME} -ppmtoyuvsplit - convert a portable pixmap into 3 subsampled raw YUV files -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtoyuvsplit} -{\it basename} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces 3 raw files basename.Y, basename.U and basename.V as output. -These files are the subsampled raw YUV representation of the input -pixmap, as required by the Stanford MPEG codec. The subsampling is done -by arithmetic mean of 4 pixels colors into one. The YUV values are scaled -according to CCIR.601, as assumed by MPEG. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -mpeg(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1993 by Andre Beck. (Andre\_Beck@IRS.Inf.TU-Dresden.de). -\par -Based on ppmtoyuv.c. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtoyuvsplit.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:33 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: psidtopgm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: psidtopgm.1 -% -\phead{psidtopgm}{1}{02 August 89}{}{} - -%.IX psidtopgm -\shead{NAME} -psidtopgm - convert PostScript ``image'' data into a portable graymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf psidtopgm} -{\it width height bits/sample} -{\rm [}{\it imagedata}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads the ``image'' data from a PostScript file as input. -%.IX PostScript -Produces a portable graymap as output. -\par -This is a very simple and limited program, and is here only because -so many people have asked for it. -To use it you have to -{\bf manually} -extract the readhexstring data portion from your PostScript file, and then -give the width, height, and bits/sample on the command line. -Before you attempt this, you should -{\bf at least} -read the description of the ``image'' operator in the PostScript Language -Reference Manual. -\par -It would probably not be too hard to write a script that uses this filter -to read a specific variety of PostScript image, but the variation is too -great to make a general-purpose reader. -Unless, of course, you want to write a full-fledged PostScript interpreter... -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmtops(1), pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: psidtopgm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:00 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: qrttoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: qrttoppm.1 -% -\phead{qrttoppm}{1}{25 August 1989}{}{} - -%.IX qrttoppm -\shead{NAME} -qrttoppm - convert output from the QRT ray tracer into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf qrttoppm} -{\rm [}{\it qrtfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a QRT file as input. -%.IX "QRT raytracer" -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: qrttoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:28 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: rasttopnm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: rasttopnm.1 -% -\phead{rasttopnm}{1}{13 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX rasttopnm -\shead{NAME} -rasttopnm - convert a Sun rasterfile into a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf rasttopnm} -{\rm [}{\it rastfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a Sun rasterfile as input. -%.IX Sun -%.IX rasterfile -Produces a portable anymap as output. -The type of the output file depends on the input file - if it's -black \& white, a -{\it pbm} -file is written, else if it's grayscale a -{\it pgm} -file, else a -{\it ppm} -file. The program tells you which type it is writing. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmtorast(1), pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: rasttopnm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:34 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: rawtopgm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: rawtopgm.1 -% -\phead{rawtopgm}{1}{15 June 1993}{}{} - -%.IX rawtopgm -\shead{NAME} -rawtopgm - convert raw grayscale bytes into a portable graymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf rawtopgm} -{\rm [}{\bf -headerskip} -{\it N}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -rowskip} -{\it N}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -tb}{\rm $|$}{\bf -topbottom}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it width} -{\it height}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it imagedata}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads raw grayscale bytes as input. -%.IX "raw grayscale" -Produces a portable graymap as output. -The input file is just grayscale bytes. -If you don't specify the width and height on the command line, -the program will check the size of the image and try to make -a quadratic image of it. It is an error to supply a non -quadratic image without specifying width and height. -The maxval is assumed to be 255. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -headerskip}} -\item[{{\bf -headerskip}}] -If the file has a header, you can use this flag to -skip over it. -\item[{{\bf -rowskip}}] -If there is padding at the ends of the rows, you can skip it with this flag. -Note that rowskip can be a real number. -Amazingly, I once had an image with 0.376 bytes of padding per row. -This turned out to be due to a file-transfer problem, but I was still -able to read the image. -\item[{{\bf -tb -topbottom}}] -Flips the image upside down. -The first pixel in a pgm file is in the lower left corner of the image. -For conversion from images with the first pixel in the upper left corner -({\it e.g.}, the Molecular Dynamics and Leica confocal formats) this flips the -image right. -This is equivalent to -{\bf rawtopgm\ [file]\ $|$\ pnmflip\ -tb .} -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{BUGS} -If you don't specify the image width and height, the program will -try to read the entire image to a memory buffer. If you get a -message that states that you are out of memory, try to specify the width -and height on the command line. Also, the -tb option consumes much -memory. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgm(5), rawtoppm(1), pnmflip(1) -\shead{AUTHORS} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -\nwl -Modified June 1993 by Oliver Trepte (oliver@fysik4.kth.se). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: rawtopgm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:01 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: rawtoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: rawtoppm.1 -% -\phead{rawtoppm}{1}{06 February 1991}{}{} - -%.IX rawtoppm -\shead{NAME} -rawtoppm - convert raw RGB bytes into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf rawtoppm} -{\rm [}{\bf -headerskip} -{\it N}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -rowskip} -{\it N}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -rgb}{\rm $|$}{\bf -rbg}{\rm $|$}{\bf -grb} -{\rm $|$}{\bf -gbr}{\rm $|$}{\bf -brg}{\rm $|$}{\bf -bgr} -{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -interpixel}{\rm $|$}{\bf -interrow}{\rm ]} -{\it width height} -{\rm [}{\it imagedata}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads raw RGB bytes as input. -%.IX "raw RGB" -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -The input file is just RGB bytes. -You have to specify the width and height on the command line, -since the program obviously can't get them from the file. -The maxval is assumed to be 255. -If the resulting image is upside down, run it through -{\bf pnmflip\ -tb .} -%.IX pnmflip -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -headerskip}} -\item[{{\bf -headerskip}}] -If the file has a header, you can use this flag to -skip over it. -\item[{{\bf -rowskip}}] -If there is padding at the ends of the rows, you can skip it with this flag. -\item[{{\bf -rgb -rbg -grb -gbr -brg -bgr}}] -These flags let you specify alternate color orders. The default is -{\bf -rgb}{\rm .} -\item[{{\bf -interpixel -interrow}}] -These flags let you specify how the colors are interleaved. -The default is -{\bf -interpixel}{\rm ,} -meaning interleaved by pixel. -A byte of red, a byte of green, and a byte -of blue, or whatever color order you specified. -{\bf -interrow} -means interleaved by row - a row of red, a row of green, a row of blue, -assuming standard rgb color order. -An -{\bf -interplane} -flag - all the red pixels, then all the green, then all the blue - would -be an obvious extension, but is not implemented. -You could get the same effect by splitting the file into three parts -(perhaps using -{\it dd}{\rm ),} -turning each part into a PGM file with rawtopgm, and then combining them -with rgb3toppm. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5), rawtopgm(1), rgb3toppm(1), pnmflip(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: rawtoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:02 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: rgb3toppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: rgb3toppm.1 -% -\phead{rgb3toppm}{1}{15 February 1990}{}{} - -%.IX rgb3toppm -\shead{NAME} -rgb3toppm - combine three portable graymaps into one portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf rgb3toppm} -{\it redpgmfile greenpgmfile bluepgmfile} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads three portable graymaps as input. -Combines them and produces one portable pixmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmtorgb3(1), pgmtoppm(1), ppmtopgm(1), ppm(5), pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: rgb3toppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:32 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: sirtopnm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: sirtopnm.1 -% -\phead{sirtopnm}{1}{20 March 1991}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -sirtopnm - convert a Solitaire file into a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf sirtopnm} -{\rm [}{\it sirfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a Solitaire Image Recorder file as input. -Produces a portable anymap as output. -The type of the output file depends on the input file - if it's -an MGI TYPE 17 file, a -{\it pgm} -file is written. If it's an MGI TYPE 11 file, a -{\it ppm} -file is written. The program tells you which type it is writing. -\shead{BUGS} - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmtosir(1), pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Marvin Landis. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. - -% -% end of input file: sirtopnm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:02 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: sldtoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: sldtoppm.1 -% -\phead{sldtoppm}{1}{10 October 1991}{}{} - -%.IX sldtoppm -%.IX AutoCAD -\shead{NAME} -sldtoppm - convert an AutoCAD slide file into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -\raggedright -{\bf sldtoppm} -'in 14n -{\rm [}{\bf -adjust}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -dir}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -height}{\rm $|$}{\bf -ysize} -{\it s}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -info}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -lib}{\rm $|$}{\bf -Lib} -{\it name}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -scale} -{\it s}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -verbose}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -width}{\rm $|$}{\bf -xsize} -{\it s}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it slidefile}{\rm ]} -\ind{-7.0em} -%.ad -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads an AutoCAD{l}ide file and outputs a portable pixmap. -If no -{\it slidefile} -is specified, input is read from standard input. -The ppmdraw library is used to convert the vector and polygon -information in the slide file to a pixmap; see the file ppmdraw.h for -details on this package. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -adjust}} -\item[{{\bf -adjust}}] -If the display on which the slide file was created had non-square -pixels, when the slide is processed with -{\bf sldtoppm} -and the -{\bf -adjust} -option is not present, the following warning will appear: -\ind{-6.8in} -Warning - pixels on source screen were non-square. -\nwl -Specifying -{\bf -adjust} -will correct image width to compensate. -\ind{-7.0in} -Specifying the -{\bf -adjust} -option causes -{\bf sldtoppm} -to scale the width of the image so that pixels in the resulting -portable pixmap are square (and hence circles appear as true circles, -not ellipses). The scaling is performed in the vector domain, before -scan converting the objects. The results are, therefore, superior in -appearance to what you'd obtain were you to perform the equivalent -scaling with -{\bf pnmscale} -after the bitmap had been created. -\item[{{\bf -dir}}] -The input is assumed to be an AutoCAD slide library file. A directory -listing each slide in the library is printed on standard error. -\item[{{\bf -height}{\it \ size} -}] -Scales the image in the vector domain so it is -{\it size} -pixels in height. If no -{\bf -width} -or -{\bf -xsize} -option is specified, the width will be adjusted to preserve the -pixel aspect ratio. -\item[{{\bf -info}}] -Dump the slide file header on standard error, displaying the original -screen size and aspect ratio among other information. -\item[{{\bf -lib}{\it \ name} -}] -Extracts the slide with the given -{\it name} -from the slide library given as input. The specified -{\it name} -is converted to upper case. -\item[{{\bf -Lib}{\it \ name} -}] -Extracts the slide with the given -{\it name} -from the slide library given as input. The -{\it name} -is used exactly as specified; it is not converted to upper case. -\item[{{\bf -scale}{\it \ s} -}] -Scales the image by factor -{\it s}{\rm ,} -which may be any floating point value greater than zero. Scaling is -done after aspect ratio adjustment, if any. Since scaling is -performed in the vector domain, before rasterisation, the results look -much better than running the output of -{\bf sldtoppm} -through -{\bf pnmscale}{\rm .} -\item[{{\bf -verbose}}] -Dumps the slide file header and lists every vector and polygon in the -file on standard error. -\item[{{\bf -width}{\it \ size} -}] -Scales the image in the vector domain so it is -{\it size} -pixels wide. If no -{\bf -height} -or -{\bf -ysize} -option is specified, the height will be adjusted to preserve the -pixel aspect ratio. -\item[{{\bf -xsize}{\it \ size} -}] -Scales the image in the vector domain so it is -{\it size} -pixels wide. If no -{\bf -height} -or -{\bf -ysize} -option is specified, the height will be adjusted to preserve the -pixel aspect ratio. -\item[{{\bf -ysize}{\it \ size} -}] -Scales the image in the vector domain so it is -{\it size} -pixels in height. If no -{\bf -width} -or -{\bf -xsize} -option is specified, the width will be adjusted to preserve the -pixel aspect ratio. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{BUGS} -Only Level 2 slides are converted. Level 1 format has been obsolete -since the advent of AutoCAD Release 9 in 1987, and was not portable -across machine architectures. -\par -Slide library items with names containing 8 bit (such as ISO) or 16 -bit (Kanji, for example) characters may not be found when chosen with the -{\bf -lib} -option unless -{\bf sldtoppm} -has been built with character set conversion functions appropriate to -the locale. You can always retrieve slides from libraries regardless -of the character set by using the -{\bf -Lib} -option and specifying the precise name of library member. Use the -{\bf -dir} -option to list the slides in a library if you're unsure of the -exact name. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -AutoCAD Reference Manual: -{\it Slide\ File\ Format}{\rm ,} -{\bf pnmscale}{\rm (1),} -{\bf ppm}{\rm (5)} -\shead{AUTHOR} -\ind{1\parindent}{\nofill - John Walker - Autodesk SA - Avenue des Champs-Montants 14b - CH-2074 MARIN - Suisse/Schweiz/Svizzera/Svizra/Switzerland -\fill} -\begin{TPlist}{Usenet:} -\item[{Usenet:}] -kelvin@Autodesk.com -\item[{Fax:}] -038/33 88 15 -\item[{Voice:}] -038/33 76 33 -\end{TPlist} - -\par -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -without any conditions or restrictions. This software is provided ``as -is'' without express or implied warranty. -\par -AutoCAD and Autodesk are registered trademarks of Autodesk, Inc. -% -% end of input file: sldtoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:03 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: spctoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: spctoppm.1 -% -\phead{spctoppm}{1}{19 July 1990}{}{} - -%.IX spctoppm -\shead{NAME} -spctoppm - convert an Atari compressed Spectrum file into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf spctoppm} -{\rm [}{\it spcfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads an Atari compressed Spectrum file as input. -%.IX Atari -%.IX Spectrum -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -sputoppm(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Steve Belczyk (seb3@gte.com) and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: spctoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:37 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: spottopgm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: spottopgm.1 -% -\phead{spottopgm}{1L}{}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -spottopgm -- convert SPOT satellite images to Portable Greymap format -\shead{SYNTAX} -spottopgm [--1$|$2$|$3] [Firstcol Firstline Lastcol Lastline] inputfile -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf --1$|$2$|$3}} -\item[{{\bf --1$|$2$|$3}}] -Extract the given colour from the SPOT image. The colours are infra-red, -visible light and ultra-violet, although I don't know which corresponds -to which number. If the image is in colour, this will be announced on -standard error. The default colour is 1. -\item[{{\bf Firstcol Firstline Lastcol Lastline}}] -Extract the specified rectangle from the SPOT image. Most SPOT images are -3000 lines long and 3000 or more columns wide. Unfortunately the SPOT format -only gives the width and not the length. The width is printed on standard -error. The default rectangle is the width of the input image by 3000 lines. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -{\it Spottopgm} -converts the named -{\bf inputfile} -into Portable Greymap format, defaulting to the first color and the whole -SPOT image unless specified by the options. -\shead{INSTALLATION} -You -{\bf must} -edit the source program and either define BIGENDIAN or LITTLEENDIAN, -and fix the typedefs for uint32t, uint16t and uint8t appropriately. -\shead{BUGS} -Currently -{\it spottopgm} -doesn't determine the length of the input file; this would involve two -passes over the input file. It defaults to 3000 lines instead. -\par -{\it Spottopgm} -could extract a three-color image (ppm), but I didn't feel like making the -program more complicated than it is now. Besides, there is no one-to-one -correspondence between red, green, blue and infra-red, visible and -ultra-violet. -\par -I've only had a limited number of SPOT images to play with, and therefore -wouldn't guarantee that this will work on any other images. -\shead{AUTHOR} -Warren Toomey wkt@csadfa.cs.adfa.oz.au -\shead{SEE ALSO} -The rest of the Pbmplus suite. -% -% end of input file: spottopgm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:03 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: sputoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: sputoppm.1 -% -\phead{sputoppm}{1}{19 July 1990}{}{} - -%.IX sputoppm -\shead{NAME} -sputoppm - convert an Atari uncompressed Spectrum file into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf sputoppm} -{\rm [}{\it spufile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads an Atari uncompressed Spectrum file as input. -%.IX Atari -%.IX Spectrum -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -spctoppm(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Steve Belczyk (seb3@gte.com) and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: sputoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:04 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: tgatoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: tgatoppm.1 -% -\phead{tgatoppm}{1}{26 August 1989}{}{} - -%.IX tgatoppm -\shead{NAME} -tgatoppm - convert TrueVision Targa file into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf tgatoppm} -{\rm [}{\bf -debug}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it tgafile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a TrueVision Targa file as input. -%.IX TrueVision -%.IX Targa -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -debug}} -\item[{{\bf -debug}}] -Causes the header information to be dumped to stderr. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -%.BUGS -Should really be in PNM, not PPM. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmtotga(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Partially based on tga2rast, version 1.0, by Ian J. MacPhedran. - -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: tgatoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:36 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: tifftopnm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: tifftopnm.1 -% -\phead{tifftopnm}{1}{13 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX tifftopnm -\shead{NAME} -tifftopnm - convert a TIFF file into a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf tifftopnm} -{\rm [}{\bf -headerdump}{\rm ]} -{\rm tifffile} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a TIFF file as input. -%.IX TIFF -Produces a portable anymap as output. -The type of the output file depends on the input file - if it's -black \& white, a -{\it pbm} -file is written, else if it's grayscale a -{\it pgm} -file, else a -{\it ppm} -file. The program tells you which type it is writing. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -headerdump}} -\item[{{\bf -headerdump}}] -Dump TIFF file information to stderr. This information may be useful -in debugging TIFF file conversion problems. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmtotiff(1), pnm(5) -\shead{BUGS} -This program is not self-contained. To use it you must fetch the -TIFF Software package listed in the OTHER.SYSTEMS file and configure -PBMPLUS to use libtiff. See PBMPLUS's Makefile for details on this -configuration. -\shead{AUTHOR} -Derived by Jef Poskanzer from tif2ras.c, which is -\copyright 1990 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.\hfil\break -Author: Patrick J. Naughton (naughton@wind.sun.com). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -% provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that -% both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in -% supporting documentation. -% -% This file is provided AS IS with no warranties of any kind. The author -% shall have no liability with respect to the infringement of copyrights, -% trade secrets or any patents by this file or any part thereof. In no -% event will the author be liable for any lost revenue or profits or -% other special, indirect and consequential damages. -% -% end of input file: tifftopnm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:14 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: xbmtopbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: xbmtopbm.1 -% -\phead{xbmtopbm}{1}{31 August 1988}{}{} - -%.IX xbmtopbm -\shead{NAME} -xbmtopbm - convert an X11 or X10 bitmap into a portable bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf xbmtopbm} -{\rm [}{\it bitmapfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads an X11 or X10 bitmap as input. -Produces a portable bitmap as output. -%.IX "X bitmap" -%.IX "X window system" -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmtoxbm(1), pbmtox10bm(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: xbmtopbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:05 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ximtoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ximtoppm.1 -% -\phead{ximtoppm}{1}{25 March 1990}{}{} - -%.IX ximtoppm -\shead{NAME} -ximtoppm - convert an Xim file into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ximtoppm} -{\rm [}{\it ximfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads an Xim file as input. -%.IX Xim -%.IX "X window system" -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -The Xim toolkit is included in the contrib tree of the X.V11R4 release. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ximtoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:05 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: xpmtoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: xpmtoppm.1 -% -\phead{xpmtoppm}{1}{16 August 1990}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -xpmtoppm - convert an X11 pixmap into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf xpmtoppm} -{\rm [}{\it xpmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads an X11 pixmap (XPM version 1 or 3) as input. -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -\shead{KNOWN BUGS} -The support to XPM version 3 is limited. Comments can only be single lines -and there must be for every pixel a default colorname for a color type visual. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmtoxpm(1), ppm(5) -\nwl -XPM Manual by Arnaud Le Hors (lehors@mirsa.inria.fr). -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -Upgraded to support XPM version 3 by Arnaud Le Hors -(lehors@mirsa.inria.fr) Tue Apr 9 1991. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: xpmtoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Mon Feb 7 08:46:26 1994 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: xvminitoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: xvminitoppm.1 -% -\phead{xvminitoppm}{1}{14 December 1993}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -xvminitoppm - convert a XV ``thumbnail'' picture to PPM -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf xvminitoppm} -{\rm [}{\it xvminipic}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a XV ``thumbnail'' picture (a miniature picture generated by -the ``VisualSchnauzer'' browser) as input. -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5), xv(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Copyright (C) 1993 by Ingo Wilken -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: xvminitoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:28 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: xwdtopnm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: xwdtopnm.1 -% -\phead{xwdtopnm}{1}{11 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX xwdtopnm -\shead{NAME} -xwdtopnm - convert a X11 or X10 window dump file into a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf xwdtopnm} -{\rm [}{\it xwdfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a X11 or X10 window dump file as input. -%.IX XWD -%.IX "X window system" -Produces a portable anymap as output. -The type of the output file depends on the input file - if it's -black \& white, a -{\it pbm} -file is written, else if it's grayscale a -{\it pgm} -file, else a -{\it ppm} -file. The program tells you which type it is writing. -\par -Using this program, you can convert anything on an X workstation's screen -into an anymap. -Just display whatever you're interested in, do an xwd, run it through -xwdtopnm, and then use pnmcut to select the part you want. -\shead{BUGS} -I haven't tested this tool with very many configurations, so there are -probably bugs. -Please let me know if you find any. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmtoxwd(1), pnm(5), xwd(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: xwdtopnm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:14 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ybmtopbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ybmtopbm.1 -% -\phead{ybmtopbm}{1}{06 March 1990}{}{} - -%.IX ybmtopbm -\shead{NAME} -ybmtopbm - convert a Bennet Yee ``face'' file into a portable bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ybmtopbm} -{\rm [}{\it facefile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a file acceptable to the -{\it face} -and -{\it xbm} -programs by Bennet Yee (bsy+@cs.cmu.edu). -%.IX face -Writes a portable bitmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmtoybm(1), pbm(5), face(1), face(5), xbm(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jamie Zawinski and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ybmtopbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:12 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: yuvsplittoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: yuvsplittoppm.1 -% -\phead{yuvsplittoppm}{1}{26 August 93}{}{} - -%.IX yuvsplittoppm -\shead{NAME} -yuvplittoppm - convert a Y- an U- and a V-file into a portable pixmap. -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf yuvsplittoppm} -{\it basename width height} -[-ccir601] -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads three files, containing the YUV components, as input. -These files are -{\it basename} -Y, -{\it basename} -U -and -{\it basename} -.V . -Produces a portable pixmap on stdout. - -Since the YUV files are raw files, the dimensions -{\it width} -and -{\it height} -must be specified on the command line. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -ccir601}} -\item[{{\bf -ccir601}}] -Assumes that the YUV triplets are scaled into the smaller range of the -CCIR 601 (MPEG) standard. Else, the JFIF (JPEG) standard is assumed. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmtoyuvsplit(1), yuvtoppm(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Marcel Wijkstra (wijkstra@fwi.uva.nl), based on {\it ppmtoyuvsplit.} -% -% end of input file: yuvsplittoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:06 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: yuvtoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: yuvtoppm.1 -% -\phead{yuvtoppm}{1}{25 March 91}{}{} - -%.IX yuvtoppm -\shead{NAME} -yuvtoppm - convert Abekas YUV bytes into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf yuvtoppm} -{\it width height} -{\rm [}{\it imagedata}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads raw Abekas YUV bytes as input. -%.IX Abekas -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -The input file is just YUV bytes. -You have to specify the width and height on the command line, -since the program obviously can't get them from the file. -The maxval is assumed to be 255. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmtoyuv(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Marc Boucher (marc@PostImage.COM), -based on Example Conversion Program, A60/A64 Digital Video Interface -Manual, page 69. -\par -\copyright 1991 by DHD PostImage Inc. -\par -\copyright 1987 by Abekas Video Systems Inc. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: yuvtoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:34 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: zeisstopnm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: zeisstopnm.1 -% -\phead{zeisstopnm}{1}{15 June 1993}{}{} - -%.IX zeisstopnm -\shead{NAME} -zeisstopnm - convert a Zeiss confocal file into a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf zeisstopnm} -{\rm [}{\it -pgm} -$|$ -{\it -ppm}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it zeissfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a Zeiss confocal file as input. -Produces a portable anymap as output. -The type of the output file depends on the input file - -if it's grayscale a -{\it pgm} -file, else a -{\it ppm} -file will be produced. -The program tells you which type it is writing. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -pgm}} -\item[{{\bf -pgm}}] -Force the output to be a -{\it pgm} -file. -\item[{{\bf -ppm}}] -Force the output to be a -{\it ppm} -file. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1993 by Oliver Trepte (oliver@fysik4.kth.se). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: zeisstopnm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- -\end{document} diff --git a/vms/PBMplus.hlp b/vms/PBMplus.hlp deleted file mode 100644 index 52ba0f33..00000000 --- a/vms/PBMplus.hlp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6814 +0,0 @@ -1 HELP - See PBMplus and OVERVIEW. - -1 OVERVIEW - Enhanced portable bitmap toolkit. The PBMPLUS toolkit allows - conversions between image files of different format. By means of - using common intermediate formats, only 2 * N conversion filters - are required to support N distinct formats, instead of the N**2 - which would be required to convert directly between any one format - and any other. The package also includes simple tools for - manipulating portable bitmaps. - - The package consists of four upwardly compatible sections: - - pbm Supports monochrome bitmaps (1 bit per pixel). - - pgm Supports grayscale images. Reads either PBM or PGM - formats and writes PGM format. - - ppm Supports full-color images. Reads either PBM, PGM, or PPM - formats, writes PPM format. - - pnm Supports content-independent manipulations on any of the - three formats listed above, as well as external formats - having multiple types. Reads either PBM, PGM, or PPM - formats, and generally writes the same type as it read - (whenever a PNM tool makes an exception and ``promotes'' a - file to a higher format, it informs the user). - - See PBMplus for more infomation. - -1 PBMplus - Enhanced portable bitmap toolkit. The PBMPLUS toolkit allows - conversions between image files of different format. By means of - using common intermediate formats, only 2 * N conversion filters - are required to support N distinct formats, instead of the N**2 - which would be required to convert directly between any one format - and any other. The package also includes simple tools for - manipulating portable bitmaps. - - The package consists of four upwardly compatible sections: - - pbm Supports monochrome bitmaps (1 bit per pixel). - - pgm Supports grayscale images. Reads either PBM or PGM - formats and writes PGM format. - - ppm Supports full-color images. Reads either PBM, PGM, or PPM - formats, writes PPM format. - - pnm Supports content-independent manipulations on any of the - three formats listed above, as well as external formats - having multiple types. Reads either PBM, PGM, or PPM - formats, and generally writes the same type as it read - (whenever a PNM tool makes an exception and ``promotes'' a - file to a higher format, it informs the user). - -2 Description_of_Contents - A brief, one-line description of each of the individual - programs in the PBMplus package. They are sorted by general type. - -3 pbm - atktopbm convert Andrew Toolkit raster object to portable bitmap - brushtopbm convert Xerox doodle brushes to portable bitmap - cmuwmtopbm convert CMU window manager format to portable bitmap - g3topbm convert Group 3 FAX to portable bitmap - icontopbm convert Sun icon to portable bitmap - gemtopbm convert GEM .img format to portable bitmap - macptopbm convert MacPaint to portable bitmap - mgrtopbm convert MGR format to portable bitmap - pktopbm convert packed (PK) format font into portable bitmap(s) - pbmmerge merge wrapper routine - pbmto10x convert portable bitmap to Gemini 10x printer graphics - pbmto4425 convert portable bitmap to AT&T 4425 terminal - pbmtoascii convert portable bitmap to ASCII graphic form - pbmtoatk convert portable bitmap to Andrew Toolkit raster object - pbmtobbnbg convert portable bitmap to BBN BitGraph graphics - pbmtocmuwm convert portable bitmap to CMU window manager format - pbmtoepson convert portable bitmap to Epson printer graphics - pbmtog3 convert portable bitmap to Group 3 FAX - pbmtogem convert portable bitmap into GEM .img file - pbmtogo convert portable bitmap to GraphOn graphics - pbmtoicon convert portable bitmap to Sun icon - pbmtolj convert portable bitmap to HP LaserJet graphics - pbmtoln03 convert portable bitmap to DEC LN03+ Laserprinter - pbmtolps convert portable bitmap to PostScript - pbmtomacp convert portable bitmap to MacPaint - pbmtomgr convert portable bitmap to MGR format - pbmtopgm convert portable bitmap to portable graymap by ave. areas - pbmtopi3 convert portable bitmap to Atari Degas .pi3 - pbmtopk convert portable bitmap into a packed (PK) format font - pbmtoplot convert portable bitmap into Unix plot(5) file - pbmtoptx convert portable bitmap to Printronix graphics - pbmtoxbm convert portable bitmap to X11 bitmap - pbmtox10bm convert portable bitmap to X10 bitmap - pbmtoybm convert portable bitmap into Bennet Yee "face" file - pbmtozinc convert portable bitmap to Zinc Interface Library icon - pbmtoepsi convert portable bitmap into an encapsulated PostScript - pi3topbm convert Atari Degas .pi3 to portable bitmap - xbmtopbm convert X10 or X11 bitmap to portable bitmap - ybmtopbm convert Bennet Yee "face" file into portable bitmap - - pbmclean flip isolated pixels in portable bitmap - pbmlife apply Conway's rules of Life to a portable bitmap - pbmmake create a blank bitmap of a specified size and color - pbmmask create a mask bitmap from a regular bitmap - pbmreduce reduce a portable bitmap N times, using Floyd-Steinberg - pbmspcale enlarge a portable bitmap with edge smoothing - pbmtext render text into a bitmap - pbmupc create a Universal Product Code bitmap - -3 pgm - asciitopgm convert ASCII graphics into a portable graymap - fstopgm convert Usenix FaceSaver format to portable graymap - hipstopgm convert HIPS format to portable graymap - lispmtopgm convert a Lisp Machine bitmap file into pgm format - bioradtopgm convert a Biorad confocal file into a portable graymap - psidtopgm convert PostScript "image" data to portable graymap - rawtopgm convert raw grayscale bytes to portable graymap - spottopgm convert SPOT satellite images to Portable Greymap format - pgmtofs convert portable graymap to Usenix FaceSaver format - pgmtolispm convert a portable graymap into Lisp Machine format - pgmtopbm convert portable graymap to portable bitmap - - pgmbentley Bentleyize a portable graymap - pgmcrater create cratered terrain by fractal forgery - pgmedge edge-detect a portable graymap - pgmenhance edge-enhance a portable graymap - pgmhist print a histogram of the values in a portable graymap - pgmkernel generate a convolution kernel - pgmmerge merge wrapper routine - pgmnoise create a graymap made up of white noise - pgmnorm normalize contrast in a portable graymap - pgmoil turn a portable graymap into an oil painting - pgmramp generate a grayscale ramp - pgmtexture calculate textural features on a portable graymap - -3 ppm - bmptoppm convert BMP file to portable pixmap - gouldtoppm convert Gould scanner file to portable pixmap - ilbmtoppm convert IFF ILBM to portable pixmap - imgtoppm convert Img-whatnot to portable pixmap - mtvtoppm convert MTV ray-tracer output to portable pixmap - pcxtoppm convert PC Paintbrush format to portable pixmap - pgmtoppm colorize a portable graymap into a portable pixmap - pi1toppm convert Atari Degas .pi1 to portable pixmap - picttoppm convert Macintosh PICT to portable pixmap - pjtoppm convert HP PaintJet file to portable pixmap - ppmtoacad convert portable pixmap to AutoCAD database or slide - ppmtobmp convert portable pixmap to BMP file - ppmtogif convert portable pixmap to GIF - ppmtoicr convert portable pixmap to NCSA ICR graphics - ppmtoilbm convert portable pixmap to IFF ILBM - ppmtomitsu convert a portable pixmap to a Mitsubishi S340-10 file - ppmtomap extract all colors from a portable pixmap - ppmtopcx convert portable pixmap to PC Paintbrush format - ppmtopgm convert portable pixmap to portable graymap - ppmtopi1 convert portable pixmap to Atari Degas .pi1 - ppmtopict convert portable pixmap to Macintosh PICT - ppmtopj convert portable pixmap to HP PaintJet file - ppmtopjxl convert portable pixmap to HP PaintJet XL PCL file - ppmtopuzz convert portable pixmap to X11 "puzzle" file - ppmtorgb3 separate a portable pixmap to three portable graymaps - ppmtosixel convert portable pixmap to DEC sixel format - ppmtotga convert portable pixmap to TrueVision Targa file - ppmtouil convert portable pixmap to Motif UIL icon file - ppmtoxpm convert portable pixmap to XPM format - ppmtoyuv convert portable pixmap to Abekas YUV format - qrttoppm convert QRT ray-tracer output to portable pixmap - rawtoppm convert raw RGB bytes to portable pixmap - rgb3toppm combine three portable graymaps to one portable pixmap - sldtoppm convert an AutoCAD slide file into a portable pixmap - spctoppm convert Atari compressed Spectrum to portable pixmap - sputoppm convert Atari uncompressed Spectrum to portable pixmap - tgatoppm convert TrueVision Targa file to portable pixmap - ximtoppm convert Xim to portable pixmap - xpmtoppm convert XPM format to portable pixmap - xvminitoppm convert a XV "thumbnail" picture to PPM - yuvtoppm convert Abekas YUV format to portable pixmap - - ppm3d convert 2 portable pixmap to a red/blue 3d glasses pixmap - ppmbrighten change images Saturation and Value from an HSV map - ppmchange change pixels of one color to another in a portable pixmap - ppmdim dim a portable pixmap down to total blackness - ppmdist simple grayscale for machine generated, color images - ppmdither ordered dither for color images - ppmflash brighten a picture up to complete white-out - ppmforge fractal forgeries of clouds, planets, and starry skies - ppmhist print a histogram of a portable pixmap - ppmmake create a pixmap of a specified size and color - ppmmix blend together two portable pixmaps - ppmpat create a pretty pixmap - ppmquant quantize colors down to a specified number - ppmqvga 8 plane quantization - ppmrelief run a Laplacian Relief filter on a portable pixmap - ppmshift shift lines of a portable pixmap left or right by a - random amount - ppmspread displace a portable pixmap's pixels by a random amount - -3 pnm - pnmtoddif convert portable anymap to DDIF format - pnmtofits convert a portable anymap into FITS format - pnmtops convert portable anymap to PostScript - pnmtorast convert portable anymap to Sun raster file - pnmtotiff convert portable anymap to TIFF file - pnmtoxwd convert portable anymap to X11 window dump - fitstopnm convert a FITS file into a portable anymap - rasttopnm convert Sun raster file to portable anymap - tifftopnm convert TIFF file to portable anymap - xwdtopnm convert X10 or X11 window dump to portable anymap - pnmtosir convert a portable anymap into a Solitaire format - sirtopnm convert a Solitaire file into a portable anymap - zeisstopnm convert a Zeiss confocal file into a portable anymap - - pnmalias antialias a portable anyumap. - pnmarith perform arithmetic on two portable anymaps - pnmcat concatenate portable anymaps - pnmcomp composite two portable anymap files together - pnmconvol general MxN convolution on a portable anymap - pnmcrop crop all like-colored borders off a portable anymap - pnmcut select a rectangular region from a portable anymap - pnmdepth change the maxval in a portable anymap - pnmenlarge enlarge a portable anymap N times - pnmfile describe a portable anymap - pnmflip perform one or more flip operations on a portable anymap - pnmgamma perform gamma correction on a portable anymap - pnmhistmap draw a histogram for a PGM or PPM file - pnminvert invert a portable anymap - pnmnlfilt non-linear filters: smooth, alpha trim mean, - optimal estimation smoothing, edge enhancement - pnmnoraw force a portable anymap into ASCII format - pnmpad add borders to portable anymap - pnmpaste paste a rectangle into a portable anymap - pnmrotate rotate a portable anymap - pnmscale scale a portable anymap - pnmshear shear a portable anymap - pnmtile replicate a portable anymap into a specified size - -2 See_Also - There are a number of related image-manipulation tools: - - IM Raster Toolkit - A portable and efficient format toolkit. The format supports - pixels of arbitrary channels, components, and bit precisions, - while allowing compression and machine byte-order independence. - Support for image manipulation, digital halftoning, and format - conversion. Previously distributed on tape c/o the University of - Waterloo (an ftp version is to appear later). Author: Alan Paeth - (awpaeth@watcgl.uwaterloo.ca). - - Utah RLE Toolkit - Conversion and manipulation package, similar to PBMPLUS. - Available via ftp as cs.utah.edu: pub/toolkit-2.0.tar.Z and - ucsd.edu: graphics/utah-raster-toolkit.tar.Z. - - Fuzzy Pixmap Manipulation - Conversion and manipulation package, similar to PBMPLUS. - Version 1.0 available via ftp as nl.cs.cmu.edu: - /usr/mlm/ftp/fbm.tar.Z, uunet.uu.net: pub/fbm.tar.Z, and - ucsd.edu: graphics/fbm.tar.Z. Author: Michael Mauldin - (mlm@nl.cs.cmu.edu). - - Img Software Set - Reads and writes its own image format, displaying results on - an X11 screen, and does some image manipulations. Version 1.3 is - available via ftp as ftp.x.org:contrib/img_1.3.tar.Z, and - venera.isi.edu:pub/img_1.3.tar.Z, along with a large collection of - color images. Author: Paul Raveling (raveling@venera.isi.edu). - - Xim - Reads and writes its own image format, displays on an X11 - screen, and does some image manipulations. Available in your - nearest X11R4 source tree as it contrib/clients/xim. A more - recent version is available via ftp from video.mit.edu. It uses - X11R4 and the OSF/Motif toolkit to provide basic interactive image - manipulation and reads/writes GIF, xwd, xbm, tiff, rle, xim, and - other formats. Author: Philip R. Thompson. - - xloadimage - Reads in images in various formats and displays them on an X11 - screen. Available via ftp as ftp.x.org:contrib/xloadimage*, and - in your nearest comp.sources.x archive. Author: Jim Frost - (madd@std.com). - - TIFF Software - Nice portable library for reading and writing TIFF files, plus - a few tools for manipulating them and reading other formats. - Available via ftp as sgi.com:pub/graphics/*.tar.Z or - uunet.uu.net:graphics/tiff.tar.Z. Author: Sam Leffler (sam@sgi.com). - - ALV - A Sun-specific image toolkit. Version 2.0.6 posted to - comp.sources.sun on 11 December 1989. Also available via email to - alv-users-request@cs.bris.ac.uk. - - popi - An image manipulation language. Version 2.1 posted to - comp.sources.misc on 12 December 1989. - - ImageMagick - X11 package for display and interactive manipulation of - images. Uses its own format (MIFF), and includes some converters. - Available via ftp as ftp.x.org:contrib/ImageMagick.tar.Z. - - Khoros - Huge (~100 meg) graphical development environment based on - X11R4. Components include a visual programming language, code - generators for extending the visual language and adding new - application packages to the system, an interactive user interface - editor, an interactive image display package, an extensive library - of image and signal processing routines, and 2D/3D plotting - packages. Available via ftp as pprg.unm.edu:pub/khoros/*. - - JPEG package - JPEG is a a standardized compression method for full-color and - gray-scale images of "real-world" scenes; this experimental - package includes programs to compress gif and ppm format files to - JPEG format ( cjpeg(1L)), and to decompress them (djpeg(1L)). - Available by ftp as uunet.uu.net:graphics/jpeg/jpegsrc.v1.tar.Z. - - libpbm(3L), libpgm(3L), libpnm(3L), libppm(3L), pbm(5L), - pgm(5L), pnm(5L), ppm(5L), rasterfile(1) - -2 Author - Distribution of 1 December 1991. Copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef - Poskanzer. - - Feedback and questions are welcome. Please send them to: - - jef@well.sf.ca.us - apple!well!jef - - When sending bug reports, always include the output from - running any pbmplus program with the -version flag, including - descriptions of the type of system you are on, the compiler you - use, and whether you are using Makefiles or Imakefiles. - - When suggesting new formats or features, please include - whatever documentation you have, and a uuencoded sample. The - response time will depend upon my schedule and the complexity of - the task; if you need it right away, or it is a complicated job, - you might consider paying me. - - The Usenet newsgroup alt.graphics.pixutils is a forum for - discussion of image conversion and editing packages. Posting - queries there may be better than mailing them to me, since it - allows other people to help provide answers. - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission - notice appear in supporting documentation. This software is - provided "as is" without express or implied warranty. Thus, you - may do what you want with this software. Build it into your - package, steal code from it, whatever. Just be sure to let people - know where it came from. - -1 asciitopgm - asciitopgm - convert ASCII graphics into a portable graymap - -2 Synopis - asciitopgm [-d divisor] height width [asciifile] - -2 Description - Reads ASCII data as input. Produces a portable graymap with - pixel values which are an approximation of the "brightness" of the - ASCII characters, assuming black-on-white printing. In other - words, a capital M is very dark, a period is ver light, and a - space is white. Input lines which are fewer than width characters - are automatically padded with spaces. - - The divisor argument is a floating-point number by which the - output pixels are divided; the default value is 1.0. This can be - used to adjust the brightness of the graymap: for example, if the - image is too dim, reduce the divisor. - - In keeping with (I believe) Fortran line-printer conventions, - input lines beginning with a + (plus) character are assumed to - "overstrike" the previous line, allowing a larger range of gray - values. - - This tool contradicts the message in the pbmtoascii manual: - "Note that there is no asciitopbm tool - this transformation is - one-way." - -2 Bugs - The table of ASCII-to-grey values is subject to - interpretation, and, of course, depends on the typeface intended - for the input. - -2 See_Also - pbmtoascii(1), pgm(5) - -2 Author - Wilson H. Bent. Jr. (whb@usc.edu) - -1 atktopbm - atktopbm - convert Andrew Toolkit raster object to portable - bitmap - -2 Synopsis - atktopbm [atkfile] - -2 Description - Reads an Andrew Toolkit raster object as input. Produces a - portable bitmap as output. - -2 See_Also - pbmtoatk, pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Bill Janssen. - -1 brushtopbm - brushtopbm - convert a doodle brush file into a portable - bitmap - -2 Synopsis - brushtopbm [brushfile] - -2 Description - Reads a Xerox doodle brush file as input. Produces a port- - able bitmap as output. - - Note that there is currently no pbmtobrush tool. - -2 See_Also - pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 cmuwmtopbm - cmuwmtopbm - convert a CMU window manager bitmap into a - portable bitmap - -2 Synopsis - cmuwmtopbm [cmuwmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a CMU window manager bitmap as input. Produces a - portable bitmap as output. - -2 See_Also - pbmtocmuwm, pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 g3topbm - g3topbm - convert a Group 3 fax file into a portable bitmap - -2 Synopsis - g3topbm [-kludge] [-reversebits] [-stretch] [g3file] - -2 Description - Reads a Group 3 fax file as input. Produces a portable bit- - map as output. - -2 Options - -kludge - Tells g3topbm to ignore the first few lines of the - file; sometimes fax files have some junk at the begin- - ning. - - -reversebits - Tells g3topbm to interpret bits least-significant - first, instead of the default most-significant first. - Apparently some fax modems do it one way and others do - it the other way. If you get a whole bunch of "bad - code word" messages, try using this flag. - - -stretch - Tells g3topbm to stretch the image vertically by dupli- - cating each row. This is for the low-quality transmis- - sion mode. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 References - The standard for Group 3 fax is defined in CCITT Recommenda- - tion T.4. - -2 Bugs - Probably. - -2 See_Also - pbmtog3, pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Paul Haeberli <paul@manray.sgi.com>. - -1 icontopbm - icontopbm - convert a Sun icon into a portable bitmap - -2 Synopsis - icontopbm [iconfile] - -2 Description - Reads a Sun icon as input. Produces a portable bitmap as - output. - -2 See_Also - pbmtoicon, pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 gemtopbm - gemtopbm - convert a GEM .img file into a portable bitmap - -2 Synopsis - gemtopbm [-d] gemfile - -2 Description - Reads a GEM .img file as input. Produces a portable bitmap - as output. - -2 Options - -d Produce output describing the contents of the .img - file. - -2 Bugs - Does not support file containing more than one plane. Can't - read from standard input. - -2 See_Also - pbmtogem, pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1988 Diomidis D. Spinellis (dds@cc.ic.ac.uk). - -1 macptopbm - macptopbm - convert a MacPaint file into a portable bitmap - -2 Synopsis - macptopbm [-extraskip N] [macpfile] - -2 Description - Reads a MacPaint file as input. Produces a portable bitmap - as output. - -2 Options - -extraskip - This flag is to get around a problem with some methods - of transferring files from the Mac world to the Unix - world. Most of these methods leave the Mac files - alone, but a few of them add the "finderinfo" data onto - the front of the Unix file. This means an extra 128 - bytes to skip over when reading the file. The symptom - to watch for is that the resulting PBM file looks - shifted to one side. If you get this, try -extraskip - 128, and if that still doesn't look right try another - value. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 See_Also - picttoppm, pbmtomacp, pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. The MacPaint-reading - code is copyright (c) 1987 by Patrick J. Naughton - (naughton@wind.sun.com). - -1 mgrtopbm - mgrtopbm - convert a MGR bitmap into a portable bitmap - -2 Synopsis - mgrtopbm [mgrfile] - -2 Description - Reads a MGR bitmap as input. Produces a portable bitmap as - output. - -2 See_Also - pbmtomgr, pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pbmclean - pbmclean - flip isolated pixels in portable bitmap - -2 Synopsis - pbmclean [-connect] [pbmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as input. Outputs a portable bitmap - with every pixel which has less than connect identical - neighbours inverted. Pbmclean can be used to clean up - "snow" on bitmap images. - -2 See_Also - pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1990 by Angus Duggan Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef - Poskanzer. - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this - software and its documentation for any purpose and without - fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright - notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright - notice and this permission notice appear in supporting docu- - mentation. This software is provided "as is" without - express or implied warranty. - -1 pbmlife - pbmlife - apply Conway's rules of Life to a portable bitmap - -2 Synopsis - pbmlife [pbmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as input. Applies the rules of Life - to it for one generation, and produces a portable bitmap as - output. - - A white pixel in the image is interpreted as a live beastie, - and a black pixel as an empty space. - -2 See_Also - pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1988, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pbmmake - pbmmake - create a blank bitmap of a specified size - -2 Synopsis - pbmmake [-white|-black|-gray ] width height - -2 Description - Produces a portable bitmap of the specified width and - height. The color defaults to white. - -2 Options - In addition to the usual -white and -black, this program - implements -gray. This gives a simple 50% gray pattern with - 1's and 0's alternating. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 See_Also - pbm, ppmmake - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pbmmask - pbmmask - create a mask bitmap from a regular bitmap - -2 Synopsis - pbmmask [-expand] [pbmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as input. Creates a corresponding - mask bitmap and writes it out. - - The color to be interpreted as "background" is determined - automatically. Regardless of which color is background, the - mask will be white where the background is and black where - the figure is. - - This lets you do a masked paste like this, for objects with - a black background: - pbmmask obj > objmask - pnmpaste < dest -and objmask <x> <y> | pnmpaste -or obj <x> <y> - For objects with a white background, you can either invert - them or add a step: - pbmmask obj > objmask - pnminvert objmask | pnmpaste -and obj 0 0 > blackback - pnmpaste < dest -and objmask <x> <y> | pnmpaste -or blackback <x> <y> - Note that this three-step version works for objects with - black backgrounds too, if you don't care about the wasted - time. - - You can also use masks with graymaps and pixmaps, using the - pnmarith tool. For instance: - ppmtopgm obj.ppm | pgmtopbm -threshold | pbmmask > objmask.pbm - pnmarith -multiply dest.ppm objmask.pbm > t1.ppm - pnminvert objmask.pbm | pnmarith -multiply obj.ppm - > t2.ppm - pnmarith -add t1.ppm t2.ppm - An interesting variation on this is to pipe the mask through - the pnmsmooth script before using it. This makes the boun- - dary between the two images less sharp. - - -expand - Expands the mask by one pixel out from the image. This - is useful if you want a little white border around your - image. (A better solution might be to turn the pbmlife - tool into a general cellular automaton tool...) - -2 See_Also - pnmpaste, pnminvert, pbm, pnmarith, pnmsmooth - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pbmpscale - pbmpscale - enlarge a portable bitmap with edge smoothing - -2 Synopsis - pbmpscale N [ pbmfile ] - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as input, and outputs a portable - bitmap enlarged N times. Enlargement is done by pixel repli- - cation, with some additional smoothing of corners and edges. - -2 See_Also - pnmenlarge, ppmscale, pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1990 by Angus Duggan Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef - Poskanzer. - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this - software and its documentation for any purpose and without - fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright - notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright - notice and this permission notice appear in supporting docu- - mentation. This software is provided "as is" without - express or implied warranty. - -2 Notes - pbmpscale works best for enlargements of 2. Enlargements - greater than 2 should be done by as many enlargements of 2 - as possible, followed by an enlargement by the remaining - factor. - -1 pbmreduce - pbmreduce - read a portable bitmap and reduce it N times - -2 Synopsis - pbmreduce [-floyd|-fs|-threshold ] [-value val] N [pbmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as input. Reduces it by a factor of - N, and produces a portable bitmap as output. - - pbmreduce duplicates a lot of the functionality of pgmtopbm; - you could do something like pnmscale | pgmtopbm, but - pbmreduce is a lot faster. - - pbmreduce can be used to "re-halftone" an image. Let's say - you have a scanner that only produces black&white, not - grayscale, and it does a terrible job of halftoning (most - b&w scanners fit this description). One way to fix the - halftoning is to scan at the highest possible resolution, - say 300 dpi, and then reduce by a factor of three or so - using pbmreduce. You can even correct the brightness of an - image, by using the -value flag. - -2 Options - By default, the halftoning after the reduction is done via - boustrophedonic Floyd-Steinberg error diffusion; however, - the -threshold flag can be used to specify simple threshold- - ing. This gives better results when reducing line drawings. - - The -value flag alters the thresholding value for all quant- - izations. It should be a real number between 0 and 1. - Above 0.5 means darker images; below 0.5 means lighter. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 See_Also - pnmenlarge, pnmscale, pgmtopbm, pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pbmtext - pbmtext - render text into a bitmap - -2 Synopsis - pbmtext [-font fontfile] [text] - -2 Description - Takes the specified text, either a single line from the com- - mand line or multiple lines from standard input, and renders - it into a bitmap. - -2 Options - By default, pbmtext uses a built-in font. You can also - specify your own font with the -font flag. The fontfile is - a pbm file, created in a very specific way. In your window - system of choice, display the following text in the desired - (fixed-width) font: - - M ",/^_[`jpqy| M - - / !"#$%&'()*+ / - < ,-./01234567 < - > 89:;<=>?@ABC > - @ DEFGHIJKLMNO @ - _ PQRSTUVWXYZ[ _ - { \]^_`abcdefg { - } hijklmnopqrs } - ~ tuvwxyz{|}~ ~ - - M ",/^_[`jpqy| M - - Do a screen grab or window dump of that text, using for - instance xwd, xgrabsc, or screendump. Convert the result - into a pbm file. If necessary, use pnmcut to remove every- - thing except the text. Finally, run it through pnmcrop to - make sure the edges are right up against the text. pbmtext - can figure out the sizes and spacings from that. - -2 See_Also - pbm, pnmcut, pnmcrop - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pbmto4425 - pbmto4425 - Display PBM images on an AT&T 4425 terminal - -2 Synopsis - pbmto4425 [pbmfile] - -2 Description - Pbmto4425 displays PBM format images on an AT&T 4425 ASCII - terminal using that terminal's mosaic graphics character - set. The program should also work with other VT100-like - terminals with mosaic graphics character sets such as the C. - Itoh CIT-101, but it has not yet been tested on terminals - other than the 4425. - - Pbmto4425 puts the terminal into 132 column mode to achieve - the maximum resolution of the terminal. In this mode the - terminal has a resolution of 264 columns by 69 rows. The - pixels have an aspect ratio of 1:2.6, therefore an image - should be processed before being displayed in a manner such - as this: - - % pnmscale -xscale 2.6 pnmfile \ - | pnmscale -xysize 264 69 \ - | ppmtopgm \ - | pgmtopbm \ - | pbmto4425 - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1993 by Robert Perlberg - -1 pbmto10x - pbmto10x - convert a portable bitmap into Gemini 10X printer - graphics - -2 Synopsis - pbmto10x [-h] [pbmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as input. Produces a file of Gemini - 10X printer graphics as output. The 10x's printer codes are - alleged to be similar to the Epson codes. - - Note that there is no 10xtopbm tool - this transformation is - one way. - -2 Options - The resolution is normally 60H by 72V. If the -h flag is - specified, resolution is 120H by 144V. You may find it use- - ful to rotate landscape images before printing. - -2 See_Also - pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1990 by Ken Yap - -1 pbmtoascii - pbmtoascii - convert a portable bitmap into ASCII graphics - -2 Synopsis - pbmtoascii [-1x2|-2x4] [pbmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as input. Produces a somewhat crude - ASCII graphic as output. - - Note that there is no asciitopbm tool - this transformation - is one-way. - -2 Options - The -1x2 and -2x4 flags give you two alternate ways for the - bits to get mapped to characters. With 1x2, the default, - each character represents a group of 1 bit across by 2 bits - down. With -2x4, each character represents 2 bits across by - 4 bits down. With the 1x2 mode you can see the individual - bits, so it's useful for previewing small bitmaps on a non- - graphics terminal. The 2x4 mode lets you display larger - bitmaps on a standard 80-column display, but it obscures - bit-level details. 2x4 mode is also good for displaying - graymaps - "pnmscale -width 158 | pgmnorm | pgmtopbm - -thresh" should give good results. - -2 See_Also - pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1988, 1992 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pbmtoatk - pbmtoatk - convert portable bitmap to Andrew Toolkit raster - object - -2 Synopsis - pbmtoatk [pbmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as input. Produces a Andrew Toolkit - raster object as output. - -2 See_Also - atktopbm, pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Bill Janssen. - -1 pbmtobg - pbmtobg - convert a portable bitmap into BitGraph graphics - -2 Synopsis - pbmtobg [rasterop] [x y] < pbmfile - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as input. Produces BBN BitGraph - terminal Display Pixel Data (DPD) sequence as output. - - The rasterop can be specified on the command line. If this - is omitted, 3 (replace) will be used. A position in (x,y) - coordinates can also be specified. If both are given, the - rasterop comes first. The portable bitmap is always taken - from the standard input. - - Note that there is no bgtopbm tool. - -2 See_Also - pbm - -2 Author - Copyright 1989 by Mike Parker. - -1 pbmtocmuwm - pbmtocmuwm - convert a portable bitmap into a CMU window - manager bitmap - -2 Synopsis - pbmtocmuwm [pbmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as input. Produces a CMU window - manager bitmap as output. - -2 See_Also - cmuwmtopbm, pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pbmtoepsi - pbmtoepsi - convert a portable bitmap into an encapsulated - PostScript style preview bitmap - -2 Synopsis - pbmtoepsi [-bbonly] [pbmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as input. Produce an encapsulated - Postscript style bitmap as output. The output is not a stand - alone postscript file, it is only a preview bitmap, which - can be included in an encapsulated PostScript file. Note - that there is no epsitopbm tool - this transformation is one - way. - - This utility is a part of the pstoepsi tool by Doug Crabill - (dgc@cs.purdue.edu). - -2 Options - -bbonly - Only create a boundary box, don't fill it with the - image. - -2 See_Also - pbm, pnmtops, psidtopgm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1988 Jef Poskanzer, modified by Doug Crabill - 1992 - -1 pbmtoepson - pbmtoepson - convert a portable bitmap into Epson printer - graphics - -2 Synopsis - pbmtoepson [pbmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as input. Produces a file of Epson - printer graphics as output. - - Note that there is no epsontopbm tool - this transformation - is one way. - -2 See_Also - pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by John Tiller - (tiller@galois.msfc.nasa.gov) and Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pbmtog3 - pbmtog3 - convert a portable bitmap into a Group 3 fax file - -2 Synopsis - pbmtog3 [pbmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as output. Produces a Group 3 fax - file as input. - -REFERENCES - The standard for Group 3 fax is defined in CCITT Recommenda- - tion T.4. - -2 Bugs - Probably. - -2 See_Also - g3topbm, pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Paul Haeberli <paul@manray.sgi.com>. - -1 pbmtogem - pbmtogem - convert a portable bitmap into a GEM .img file - -2 Synopsis - pbmtogem [pbmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as input. Produces a GEM .img file - as output. - -2 Bugs - It does not support compression of the data. - -2 See_Also - gemtopbm, pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1988 by David Beckemeyer (bdt!david) and Jef - Poskanzer. - -1 pbmtogo - pbmtogo - convert a portable bitmap into compressed GraphOn - graphics - -2 Synopsis - pbmtogo [pbmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as input. Produces 2D compressed - GraphOn graphics as output. Be sure to set up your GraphOn - with the following modes: 8 bits / no parity; obeys no - XON/XOFF; NULs are accepted. These are all on the Comm - menu. Also, remember to turn off tty post processing. Note - that there is no gotopbm tool. - -2 See_Also - pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1988, 1989 by Jef Poskanzer, Michael Haberler, - and Bo Thide'. - -1 pbmtoicon - pbmtoicon - convert a portable bitmap into a Sun icon - -2 Synopsis - pbmtoicon [pbmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as input. Produces a Sun icon as - output. - -2 See_Also - icontopbm, pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pbmtolj - pbmtolj - convert a portable bitmap into HP LaserJet format - -2 Synopsis - pbmtolj [-resolution N] [pbmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as input. Produces HP LaserJet data - as output. - - Note that there is no ljtopbm tool. - -2 Options - -resolution - Specifies the resolution of the output device, in dpi. - Typical values are 75, 100, 150, 300. The default is - 75. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 See_Also - pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1988 by Jef Poskanzer and Michael Haberler. - -1 pbmtoln03 - pbmtoln03 - convert protable bitmap to DEC LN03+ Sixel out- - put - -2 Synopsis - pbmtoln03 [-rltbf] pbmfile - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as input. Produces a DEC LN03+ - Sixel output file. - -2 Options - -l nn - Use "nn" as value for left margin (default 0). - - -r nn - Use "nn" as value for right margin (default 2400). - - -t nn - Use "nn" as value for top margin (default 0). - - -b nn - Use "nn" as value for bottom margin (default 3400). - - -f nn - Use "nn" as value for form length (default 3400). - -2 See_Also - pbm - -2 Author - Tim Cook, 26 Feb 1992 - -1 pbmtolps - pbmtolps - convert portable bitmap to PostScript - -2 Synopsis - pbmtolps [ -dpi n ] [ pbmfile ] - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as input, and outputs PostScript. - The output Postscript uses lines instead of the image opera- - tor to generate a (device dependent) picture which will be - imaged much faster. - - The Postscript path length is constrained to be less that - 1000 points so that no limits are overrun on the Apple - Laserwriter and (presumably) no other printers. - -2 See_Also - pgmtops, ppmtops, pbm - -2 Author - George Phillips <phillips@cs.ubc.ca> - -1 pbmtomacp - pbmtomacp - convert a portable bitmap into a MacPaint file - -2 Synopsis - pbmtomacp [-l left] [-r right] [-b bottom] [-t top] - [pbmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as input. If no input-file is - given, standard input is assumed. Produces a MacPaint file - as output. - - The generated file is only the data fork of a picture. You - will need a program such as mcvert to generate a Macbinary - or a BinHex file that contains the necessary information to - identify the file as a PNTG file to MacOS. - -2 Options - Left, right, bottom & top let you define a square into the - pbm file, that must be converted. Default is the whole - file. If the file is too large for a MacPaint-file, the - bitmap is cut to fit from ( left, top ). - -2 Bugs - The source code contains comments in a language other than - English. - -2 See_Also - ppmtopict, macptopbm, pbm, mcvert - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1988 by Douwe van der Schaaf - (...!mcvax!uvapsy!vdschaaf). - -1 pbmtomgr - pbmtomgr - convert a portable bitmap into a MGR bitmap - -2 Synopsis - pbmtomgr [pbmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as input. Produces a MGR bitmap as - output. - -2 See_Also - mgrtopbm, pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pbmtopi3 - pbmtopi3 - convert a portable bitmap into an Atari Degas - .pi3 file - -2 Synopsis - pbmtopi3 [pbmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as input. Produces an Atari Degas - .pi3 file as output. - -2 See_Also - pi3topbm, pbm, ppmtopi1, pi1toppm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1988 by David Beckemeyer (bdt!david) and Jef - Poskanzer. - -1 pbmtoplot - pbmtoplot - convert a portable bitmap into a Unix plot - file - -2 Synopsis - pbmtoplot [pbmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as input. Produces a Unix plot - file. - - Note that there is no plottopbm tool - this transformation - is one-way. - -2 See_Also - pbm, plot - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1990 by Arthur David Olson. - -1 pbmtoptx - pbmtoptx - convert a portable bitmap into Printronix printer - graphics - -2 Synopsis - pbmtoptx [pbmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as input. Produces a file of Prin- - tronix printer graphics as output. - - Note that there is no ptxtopbm tool - this transformation is - one way. - -2 See_Also - pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pbmtox10bm - pbmtox10bm - convert a portable bitmap into an X10 bitmap - -2 Synopsis - pbmtox10bm [pbmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as input. Produces an X10 bitmap as - output. This older format is maintained for compatibility. - - Note that there is no x10bmtopbm tool, because xbmtopbm can - read both X11 and X10 bitmaps. - -2 See_Also - pbmtoxbm, xbmtopbm, pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pbmtoxbm - pbmtoxbm - convert a portable bitmap into an X11 bitmap - -2 Synopsis - pbmtoxbm [pbmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as input. Produces an X11 bitmap as - output. - -2 See_Also - pbmtox10bm, xbmtopbm, pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pbmtoybm - pgmtoybm - convert a portable bitmap into a Bennet Yee - "face" file - -2 Synopsis - pbmtoybm [pbmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as input. Produces as output a file - acceptable to the face and xbm programs by Bennet Yee - (bsy+@cs.cmu.edu). - -2 See_Also - ybmtopbm, pbm, face, face, xbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Jamie Zawinski and Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pbmtozinc - pbmtozinc - convert a portable bitmap into a Zinc bitmap - -2 Synopsis - pbmtozinc [pbmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as input. Produces a bitmap in the - format used by the Zinc Interface Library (ZIL) Version 1.0 - as output. - -2 See_Also - pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1988 by James Darrell McCauley - (jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu) and Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pbmupc - pbmupc - create a Universal Product Code bitmap - -2 Synopsis - pbmupc [-s1|-s2] type manufac product - -2 Description - Generates a Universal Product Code symbol. The three argu- - ments are: a one digit product type, a five digit manufac- - turer code, and a five digit product code. For example, "0 - 72890 00011" is the code for Heineken. - - As presently configured, pbmupc produces a bitmap 230 bits - wide and 175 bits high. The size can be altered by changing - the defines at the beginning of the program, or by running - the output through pnmenlarge or pnmscale. - -2 Options - The -s1 and -s2 flags select the style of UPC to generate. - The default, -s1, looks more or less like this: - |||||||||||||||| - |||||||||||||||| - |||||||||||||||| - |||||||||||||||| - 0||12345||67890||5 - The other style, -s2, puts the product type digit higher up, - and doesn't display the checksum digit: - |||||||||||||||| - |||||||||||||||| - 0|||||||||||||||| - |||||||||||||||| - ||12345||67890|| - -2 See_Also - pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pi3topbm - pi3topbm - convert an Atari Degas .pi3 file into a portable - bitmap - -2 Synopsis - pi3topbm [pi3file] - -2 Description - Reads an Atari Degas .pi3 file as input. Produces a port- - able bitmap as output. - -2 See_Also - pbmtopi3, pbm, pi1toppm, ppmtopi1 - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1988 by David Beckemeyer (bdt!david) and - Diomidis D. Spinellis. - -1 pktopbm - pktopbm - convert packed (PK) format font into portable - bitmap(s) - -2 Synopsis - pktopbm pkfile[.pk] [-c num] pbmfile ... - -2 Description - Reads a packed (PK) font file as input, and produces port- - able bitmaps as output. If the filename "-" is used for any - of the filenames, the standard input stream (or standard - output where appropriate) will be used. - -2 Options - -c num - Sets the character number of the next bitmap written to - num. - -2 See_Also - pbmtopk, pbm - -2 Author - Adapted from Tom Rokicki's pxtopk by Angus Duggan - <ajcd@uk.ac.ed.lfcs>. - -1 xbmtopbm - xbmtopbm - convert an X11 or X10 bitmap into a portable bit- - map - -2 Synopsis - xbmtopbm [bitmapfile] - -2 Description - Reads an X11 or X10 bitmap as input. Produces a portable - bitmap as output. - -2 See_Also - pbmtoxbm, pbmtox10bm, pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 ybmtopbm - ybmtopbm - convert a Bennet Yee "face" file into a portable - bitmap - -2 Synopsis - ybmtopbm [facefile] - -2 Description - Reads a file acceptable to the face and xbm programs by Ben- - net Yee (bsy+@cs.cmu.edu). Writes a portable bitmap as out- - put. - -2 See_Also - pbmtoybm, pbm, face, face, xbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Jamie Zawinski and Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pbmtopk - pbmtopk - convert a portable bitmap into a packed (PK) for- - mat font - -2 Synopsis - pbmtopk pkfile[.pk] tfmfile[.tfm] resolution [-s designsize] - [-p num param...] [-C codingscheme] [-F family] [-f optfile] - [-c num] [-W width] [-H height] [-D depth] [-I ital] [-h - horiz] [-v vert] [-x xoff] [-y yoff] [pbmfile]... - -2 Description - Reads portable bitmaps as input, and produces a packed (PK) - font file and a TFM (TeX font metric) file as output. The - resolution parameter indicates the resolution of the font, - in dots per inch. If the filename "-" is used for any of the - filenames, the standard input stream (or standard output - where appropriate) will be used. - -2 Options - -s designsize - Sets the design size of the font, in TeX's points - (72.27pt to the inch). The default design size is 1. - The TFM parameters are given as multiples of the design - size. - - -p num param... - Sets the first num font parameters for the font. The - first seven parameters are the slant, interword spac- - ing, interword space stretchability, interword space - shrinkability, x-height, quad width, and post-sentence - extra space of the font. Math and symbol fonts may have - more parameters; see The TeXbook for a list of these. - Reasonable default values are chosen for parameters - which are not specified. - - -C codingscheme - Sets the coding scheme comment in the TFM file. - - -F family - Sets the font family comment in the TFM file. - - -f optfile - Reads the file optfile, which should contain a lines of - the form: - - filename xoff yoff horiz vert width height depth ital - - The pbm files specified by the filename parameters are - inserted consecutively in the font with the specified - attributes. If any of the attributes are omitted, or - replaced with "*", a default value will be calculated - from the size of the bitmap. The settings of the -W, - -H, -D, -I, -h, -v, -x, and -y options do not affected - characters created in this way. The character number - can be changed by including a line starting with "=", - followed by the new number. Lines beginning with "%" - or "#" are ignored. - - -c num - Sets the character number of the next bitmap encoun- - tered to num. - - -W width - Sets the TFM width of the next character to width (in - design size multiples). - - -H height - Sets the TFM height of the next character to height (in - design size multiples). - - -D depth - Sets the TFM depth of the next character to depth (in - design size multiples). - - -I ital - Sets the italic correction of the next character to - ital (in design size multiples). - - -h horiz - Sets the horizontal escapement of the next character to - horiz (in pixels). - - -v vert - Sets the vertical escapement of the next character to - vert (in pixels). - - -x xoff - Sets the horizontal offset of the next character to - xoff (in pixels). - - -y yoff - Sets the vertical offset of the next character to yoff - (in pixels, from the top row). - -2 See_Also - pktopbm, pbm - -2 Author - Adapted from Tom Rokicki's pxtopk by Angus Duggan - <ajcd@uk.ac.ed.lfcs>. - -1 libpbm C LIBRARY FUNCTIONS libpbm - libpbm - functions to support portable bitmap programs - -2 Synopsis - #include <pbm.h> - cc ... libpbm.a - - -2 Description - PACKAGE-WIDE ROUTINES - KEYWORD MATCHING - int pm_keymatch( char* str, char* keyword, int minchars ) - - Does a case-insensitive match of str against keyword. str - can be a leading sunstring of keyword, but at least minchars - must be present. - - LOG BASE TWO - int pm_maxvaltobits( int maxval ) - int pm_bitstomaxval( int bits ) - - Convert between a maxval and the minimum number of bits - required to hold it. - - MESSAGES AND ERRORS - void pm_message( char* fmt, ... ) - - printf() style routine to write an informational message. - - void pm_error( char* fmt, ... ) - - printf() style routine to write an error message and abort. - - void pm_usage( char* usage ) - - Write a usage message. The string should indicate what - arguments are to be provided to the program. - - GENERIC FILE MANAGEMENT - FILE* pm_openr( char* name ) - - Open the given file for reading, with appropriate error - checking. A filename of "-" is taken as equivalent to - stdin. - - FILE* pm_openw( char* name ) - - Open the given file for writing, with appropriate error - checking. - - void pm_close( FILE* fp ) - - Close the file descriptor, with appropriate error checking. - - ENDIAN I/O - int pm_readbigshort( FILE* in, short* sP ) - int pm_writebigshort( FILE* out, short s ) - int pm_readbiglong( FILE* in, long* lP ) - int pm_writebiglong( FILE* out, long l ) - int pm_readlittleshort( FILE* in, short* sP ) - int pm_writelittleshort( FILE* out, short s ) - int pm_readlittlelong( FILE* in, long* lP ) - int pm_writelittlelong( FILE* out, long l ) - - Routines to read and write short and long ints in either - big- or little-endian byte order. - -2 Description - PBM-SPECIFIC ROUTINES - TYPES AND CONSTANTS - typedef ... bit; - #define PBM_WHITE ... - #define PBM_BLACK ... - - each bit should contain only the values of PBM_WHITE or - PBM_BLACK. - - #define PBM_FORMAT ... - #define RPBM_FORMAT ... - #define PBM_TYPE PBM_FORMAT - #define PBM_FORMAT_TYPE(f) ... - - For distinguishing different file formats and types. - - INITIALIZATION - void pbm_init( int* argcP, char* argv[] ) - - All PBM programs must call this routine. - - MEMORY MANAGEMENT - bit** pbm_allocarray( int cols, int rows ) - - Allocate an array of bits. - - bit* pbm_allocrow( int cols ) - - Allocate a row of the given number of bits. - - void pbm_freearray( bit** bits, int rows ) - - Free the array allocated with pbm_allocarray() containing - the given number of rows. - - void pbm_freerow( bit* bitrow ) - - Free a row of bits. - - READING FILES - void pbm_readpbminit( FILE* fp, int* colsP, int* rowsP, int* formatP ) - - Read the header from a PBM file, filling in the rows, cols - and format variables. - - void pbm_readpbmrow( FILE* fp, bit* bitrow, int cols, int format ) - - Read a row of bits into the bitrow array. Format and cols - were filled in by pbm_readpbminit(). - - bit** pbm_readpbm( FILE* fp, int* colsP, int* rowsP ) - - Read an entire bitmap file into memory, returning the allo- - cated array and filling in the rows and cols variables. - This function combines pbm_readpbminit(), pbm_allocarray() - and pbm_readpbmrow(). - - char* pm_read_unknown_size( FILE* fp, long* nread ) - - Read an entire file or input stream of unknown size to a - buffer. Allocate memory more memory as needed. The calling - routine has to free the allocated buffer with free(). - pm_read_unknown_size() returns a pointer to the allocated - buffer. The nread argument returns the number of bytes read. - - WRITING FILES - void pbm_writepbminit( FILE* fp, int cols, int rows, int forceplain ) - - Write the header for a portable bitmap file. The forceplain - flag forces a plain-format file to be written, as opposed to - a raw-format one. - - void pbm_writepbmrow( FILE* fp, bit* bitrow, int cols, int forceplain ) - - Write a row from a portable bitmap. - - void pbm_writepbm( FILE* fp, bit** bits, int cols, int rows, int forceplain ) - - Write the header and all data for a portable bitmap. This - function combines pbm_writepbminit() and pbm_writepbmrow(). - -2 See_Also - libpgm, libppm, libpnm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 by Tony Hansen and Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pbm - pbm - portable bitmap file format - -2 Description - The portable bitmap format is a lowest common denominator - monochrome file format. It was originally designed to make - it reasonable to mail bitmaps between different types of - machines using the typical stupid network mailers we have - today. Now it serves as the common language of a large fam- - ily of bitmap conversion filters. The definition is as fol- - lows: - - - A "magic number" for identifying the file type. A pbm - file's magic number is the two characters "P1". - - - Whitespace (blanks, TABs, CRs, LFs). - - - A width, formatted as ASCII characters in decimal. - - - Whitespace. - - - A height, again in ASCII decimal. - - - Whitespace. - - - Width * height bits, each either '1' or '0', starting at - the top-left corner of the bitmap, proceeding in normal - English reading order. - - - The character '1' means black, '0' means white. - - - Whitespace in the bits section is ignored. - - - Characters from a "#" to the next end-of-line are ignored - (comments). - - - No line should be longer than 70 characters. - - Here is an example of a small bitmap in this format: - P1 - # feep.pbm - 24 7 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 - 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 - 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 - 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 - 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - - Programs that read this format should be as lenient as pos- - sible, accepting anything that looks remotely like a bitmap. - There is also a variant on the format, available by setting - the RAWBITS option at compile time. This variant is dif- - ferent in the following ways: - - - The "magic number" is "P4" instead of "P1". - - - The bits are stored eight per byte, high bit first low bit - last. - - - No whitespace is allowed in the bits section, and only a - single character of whitespace (typically a newline) is - allowed after the height. - - - The files are eight times smaller and many times faster to - read and write. - -2 See_Also - atktopbm, brushtopbm, cmuwmtopbm, g3topbm, gemtopbm, icontopbm, - macptopbm, mgrtopbm, pi3topbm, xbmtopbm, ybmtopbm, pbmto10x, - pnmtoascii, pbmtoatk, pbmtobbnbg, pbmtocmuwm, pbmtoepson, pbmtog3, - pbmtogem, pbmtogo, pbmtoicon, pbmtolj, pbmtomacp, pbmtomgr, - pbmtopi3, pbmtoplot, pbmtoptx, pbmtox10bm, pbmtoxbm, pbmtoybm, - pbmtozinc, pbmlife, pbmmake, pbmmask, pbmreduce, pbmtext, pbmupc, - pnm, pgm, ppm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 bioradtopgm - bioradtopgm - convert a Biorad confocal file into a portable - graymap - -2 Synopsis - bioradtopgm [-image#] [imagedata] - -2 Description - Reads a Biorad confocal file as input. Produces a portable - graymap as output. If the resulting image is upside down, - run it through pnmflip -tb . - -2 Options - -image# - A Biorad image file may contain more than one image. - With this flag, you can specify which image to extract - (only one at a time). The first image in the file has - number zero. If no image number is supplied, only - information about the image size and the number of - images in the input is printed out. No output is pro- - duced. - -2 Bugs - A Biorad image may be in word format. If PbmPlus is not com- - piled with the "BIGGRAYS" flag, word files can not be con- - verted. See the Makefile. - -2 See_Also - pgm, pnmflip - -2 Authors - Copyright (C) 1993 by Oliver Trepte - -1 fitstopgm - fitstopgm - convert a FITS file into a portable graymap - -2 Synopsis - fitstopgm [-image N] [FITSfile] - -2 Description - Reads a FITS file as input. Produces a portable graymap as - output. The results may need to be flipped top for bottom; - if so, just pipe the output through pnmflip -tb. - -2 Options - The -image option is for FITS files with three axes. The - assumption is that the third axis is for multiple images, - and this option lets you select which one you want. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 References - FITS stands for Flexible Image Transport System. A full - description can be found in Astronomy & Astrophysics Supple- - ment Series 44 (1981), page 363. - -2 See_Also - pgmtofits, pgm, pnmflip - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 fstopgm - fstopgm - convert a Usenix FaceSaver(tm) file into a port- - able graymap - -2 Synopsis - fstopgm [fsfile] - -2 Description - Reads a Usenix FaceSaver(tm) file as input. Produces a - portable graymap as output. - - FaceSaver(tm) files sometimes have rectangular pixels. - While fstopgm won't re-scale them into square pixels for - you, it will give you the precise pnmscale command that will - do the job. Because of this, reading a FaceSaver(tm) image - is a two-step process. First you do: - fstopgm > /dev/null - This will tell you whether you need to use pnmscale. Then - use one of the following pipelines: - fstopgm | pgmnorm - fstopgm | pnmscale -whatever | pgmnorm - To go to PBM, you want something more like one of these: - fstopgm | pnmenlarge 3 | pgmnorm | pgmtopbm - fstopgm | pnmenlarge 3 | pnmscale <whatever> | pgmnorm | pgmtopbm - You want to enlarge when going to a bitmap because otherwise - you lose information; but enlarging by more than 3 does not - look good. - - FaceSaver is a registered trademark of Metron Computerware - Ltd. of Oakland, CA. - -2 See_Also - pgmtofs, pgm, pgmnorm, pnmenlarge, pnmscale, - pgmtopbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 hipstopgm - hipstopgm - convert a HIPS file into a portable graymap - -2 Synopsis - hipstopgm [hipsfile] - -2 Description - Reads a HIPS file as input. Produces a portable graymap as - output. - - If the HIPS file contains more than one frame in sequence, - hipstopgm will concatenate all the frames vertically. - - HIPS is a format developed at the Human Information Process- - ing Laboratory, NYU. - -2 See_Also - pgm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 lispmtopgm - lispmtopgm - convert a Lisp Machine bitmap file into pgm - format - -2 Synopsis - lispmtopgm [lispmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a Lisp Machine bitmap as input. Produces a portable - graymap as output. - - This is the file format written by the tv:write-bit-array- - file function on TI Explorer and Symbolics lisp machines. - - Multi-plane bitmaps on lisp machines are color; but the - lispm image file format does not include a color map, so we - must treat it as a graymap instead. This is unfortunate. - -2 See_Also - pgmtolispm, pgm - -2 Bugs - The Lispm bitmap file format is a bit quirky; Usually the - image in the file has its width rounded up to the next - higher multiple of 32, but not always. If the width is not - a multiple of 32, we don't deal with it properly, but - because of the Lispm microcode, such arrays are probably not - image data anyway. - - Also, the lispm code for saving bitmaps has a bug, in that - if you are writing a bitmap which is not mod32 across, the - file may be up to 7 bits too short! They round down instead - of up, and we don't handle this bug gracefully. - - No color. - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Jamie Zawinski and Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pbmtopgm - pbmtopgm - convert portable bitmap to portable graymap by - averaging areas - -2 Synopsis - pbmtopgm <width> <height> [pbmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable bitmap as input. Outputs a portable graymap - created by averaging the number of pixels within a sample - area of width by height around each point. Pbmtopgm is simi- - lar to a special case of ppmconvol. A ppmsmooth step may be - needed after pbmtopgm. - - Pbmtopgm has the effect of anti-aliasing bitmaps which con- - tain distinct line features. - -2 See_Also - pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1990 by Angus Duggan Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef - Poskanzer. - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this - software and its documentation for any purpose and without - fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright - notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright - notice and this permission notice appear in supporting docu- - mentation. This software is provided "as is" without - express or implied warranty. - -2 Notes - Pbmtopgm works best with odd sample width and heights. - -1 pgmbentley - pgmbentley - Bentleyize a portable graymap - -2 Synopsis - pgmbentley [pgmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable graymap as input. Performs The Bentley - Effect, and writes a portable graymap as output. - - The Bentley Effect is described in "Beyond Photography" by - Holzmann, chapter 4, photo 4. It's a vertical smearing - based on brightness. - -2 See_Also - pgmoil, ppmrelief, pgm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1990 by Wilson Bent (whb@hoh-2.att.com) - -1 pgmenhance - pgmenhance - edge-enhance a portable graymap - -2 Synopsis - pgmenhance [-N] [pgmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable graymap as input. Enhances the edges, and - writes a portable graymap as output. - - The edge enhancing technique is taken from Philip R. - Thompson's "xim" program, which in turn took it from section - 6 of "Digital Halftones by Dot Diffusion", D. E. Knuth, ACM - Transaction on Graphics Vol. 6, No. 4, October 1987, which - in turn got it from two 1976 papers by J. F. Jarvis et. al. - -2 Options - The optional -N flag should be a digit from 1 to 9. 1 is - the lowest level of enhancement, 9 is the highest, The - default is 9. - -2 See_Also - pgmedge, pgm, pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pgmhist - pgmhist - print a histogram of the values in a portable - graymap - -2 Synopsis - pgmhist [pgmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable graymap as input. Prints a histogram of - the gray values. - -2 See_Also - pgmnorm, pgm, ppmhist - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pgmnoise - pgmnoise - create a graymap made up of white noise - -2 Synopsis - pgmnoise width height - -2 Description - Creates a portable graymap that is made up of random pixels - with gray values in the range of 0 to PGM_MAXMAXVAL (depends - on the compilation, either 255 or 65535). The graymap has a - size of width * height pixels. - -2 See_Also - pgm(5) - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1993 by Frank Neumann - -1 pgmnorm - pgmnorm - normalize the contrast in a portable graymap - -2 Synopsis - pgmnorm [-bpercent N | -bvalue N] [-wpercent N | -wvalue N] - [pgmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable graymap as input. Normalizes the contrast - by forcing the lightest pixels to white, the darkest pixels - to black, and linearly rescaling the ones in between; and - produces a portable graymap as output. - -2 Options - By default, the darkest 2 percent of all pixels are mapped - to black, and the lightest 1 percent are mapped to white. - You can override these percentages by using the -bpercent - and -wpercent flags, or you can specify the exact pixel - values to be mapped by using the -bvalue and -wvalue flags. - Appropriate numbers for the flags can be gotten from the - pgmhist tool. If you just want to enhance the contrast, - then choose values at elbows in the histogram; e.g. if value - 29 represents 3% of the image but value 30 represents 20%, - choose 30 for bvalue. If you want to lighten the image, - then set bvalue to 0 and just fiddle with wvalue; similarly, - to darken the image, set wvalue to maxval and play with - bvalue. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 See_Also - pgmhist, pgm - -2 Author - Partially based on the fbnorm filter in Michael Mauldin's - "Fuzzy Pixmap" package. - - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pgmoil - pgmoil - turn a portable graymap into an oil painting - -2 Synopsis - pgmoil [-n N] [pgmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable graymap as input. Does an "oil transfer", - and writes a portable graymap as output. - - The oil transfer is described in "Beyond Photography" by - Holzmann, chapter 4, photo 7. It's a sort of localized - smearing. - -2 Options - The optional -n flag controls the size of the area smeared. - The default value is 3. - -2 Bugs - Takes a long time to run. - -2 See_Also - pgmbentley, ppmrelief, pgm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1990 by Wilson Bent (whb@hoh-2.att.com) - -1 pgmramp - pgmramp - generate a grayscale ramp - -2 Synopsis - pgmramp -lr|-tb | -rectangle|-ellipse width height - -2 Description - Generates a graymap of the specified size containing a - black-to-white ramp. These ramps are useful for multiplying - with other images, using the pnmarith tool. - -2 Options - -lr A left to right ramp. - - -tb A top to bottom ramp. - - -rectangle - A rectangular ramp. - - -ellipse - An elliptical ramp. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 See_Also - pnmarith, pgm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pgmtofits - pgmtofits - convert a portable graymap into FITS format - -2 Synopsis - pgmtofits [pgmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable graymap as input. Produces a FITS file as - output. - - FITS stands for Flexible Image Transport System. A full - description can be found in Astronomy & Astrophysics Supple- - ment Series 44 (1981), page 363. - -2 See_Also - fitstopgm, pgm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Wilson H. Bent (whb@hoh-2.att.com). - -1 pgmtofs - pgmtofs - convert portable graymap to Usenix FaceSaver(tm) - format - -2 Synopsis - pgmtofs [pgmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable graymap as input. Produces Usenix - FaceSaver(tm) format as output. - - FaceSaver is a registered trademark of Metron Computerware - Ltd. of Oakland, CA. - -2 See_Also - fstopgm, pgm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pgmtolispm - pgmtolispm - convert a portable graymap into Lisp Machine - format - -2 Synopsis - pgmtolispm [pgmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable graymap as input. Produces a Lisp Machine - bitmap as output. - - This is the file format read by the tv:read-bit-array-file - function on TI Explorer and Symbolics lisp machines. - - Given a pgm (instead of a pbm) a multi-plane image will be - output. This is probably not useful unless you have a color - lisp machine. - - Multi-plane bitmaps on lisp machines are color; but the - lispm image file format does not include a color map, so we - must treat it as a graymap instead. This is unfortunate. - -2 See_Also - lispmtopgm, pgm - -2 Bugs - Output width is always rounded up to the nearest multiple of - 32; this might not always be what you want, but it probably - is (arrays which are not modulo 32 cannot be passed to the - Lispm BITBLT function, and thus cannot easily be displayed - on the screen). - - No color. - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Jamie Zawinski and Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pgmtopbm - pgmtopbm - convert a portable graymap into a portable bitmap - -2 Synopsis - pgmtopbm [-floyd|-fs|-threshold |-dither8|-d8|-cluster3 |- - c3|-cluster4|-c4 |-cluster8|-c8] [-value val] [pgmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable graymap as input. Produces a portable bit- - map as output. - - Note that there is no pbmtopgm converter, because any pgm - program can read pbm files automagically. - -2 Options - The default quantization method is boustrophedonic Floyd- - Steinberg error diffusion (-floyd or -fs). Also available - are simple thresholding (-threshold); Bayer's ordered dither - (-dither8) with a 16x16 matrix; and three different sizes of - 45-degree clustered-dot dither (-cluster3, -cluster4, - - cluster8). - - Floyd-Steinberg will almost always give the best looking - results; however, looking good is not always what you want. - For instance, thresholding can be used in a pipeline with - the pnmconvol tool, for tasks like edge and peak detection. - And clustered-dot dithering gives a newspaper-ish look, a - useful special effect. - - The -value flag alters the thresholding value for Floyd- - Steinberg and simple thresholding. It should be a real - number between 0 and 1. Above 0.5 means darker images; - below 0.5 means lighter. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 References - The only reference you need for this stuff is "Digital Half- - toning" by Robert Ulichney, MIT Press, ISBN 0-262-21009-6. - -2 See_Also - pbmreduce, pgm, pbm, pnmconvol - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 psidtopgm - psidtopgm - convert PostScript "image" data into a portable - graymap - -2 Synopsis - psidtopgm width height bits/sample [imagedata] - -2 Description - Reads the "image" data from a PostScript file as input. - Produces a portable graymap as output. - - This is a very simple and limited program, and is here only - because so many people have asked for it. To use it you - have to manually extract the readhexstring data portion from - your PostScript file, and then give the width, height, and - bits/sample on the command line. Before you attempt this, - you should at least read the description of the "image" - operator in the PostScript Language Reference Manual. - - It would probably not be too hard to write a script that - uses this filter to read a specific variety of PostScript - image, but the variation is too great to make a general- - purpose reader. Unless, of course, you want to write a - full-fledged PostScript interpreter... - -2 See_Also - pnmtops, pgm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 spottopgm - spottopgm - convert SPOT satellite images to Portable Grey- - map format - -2 Synopis - spottopgm [-1|2|3] [Firstcol Firstline Lastcol Lastline] - inputfile - -2 Options - -1|2|3 Extract the given colour from the SPOT image. The - colours are infra-red, visible light and ultra- - violet, although I don't know which corresponds to - which number. If the image is in colour, this will - be announced on standard error. The default colour - is 1. - - Firstcol Firstline Lastcol Lastline - Extract the specified rectangle from the SPOT image. - Most SPOT images are 3000 lines long and 3000 or - more columns wide. Unfortunately the SPOT format - only gives the width and not the length. The width - is printed on standard error. The default rectangle - is the width of the input image by 3000 lines. - -2 Description - Spottopgm converts the named inputfile into Portable Greymap - format, defaulting to the first color and the whole SPOT - image unless specified by the options. - -2 INSTALLATION - You must edit the source program and either define - BIGNDIAN or LITTLENDIAN, and fix the typedefs for - uint32, uint16 and uint8 appropriately. - -2 Bugs - Currently spottopgm doesn't determine the length of the - input file; this would involve two passes over the input - file. It defaults to 3000 lines instead. - - Spottopgm could extract a three-color image (ppm), but I - didn't feel like making the program more complicated than it - is now. Besides, there is no one-to-one correspondence - between red, green, blue and infra-red, visible and ultra- - violet. - - I've only had a limited number of SPOT images to play with, - and therefore wouldn't guarantee that this will work on any - other images. - -2 Author - Warren Toomey wkt@csadfa.cs.adfa.oz.au - -1 pgmcrater - pgmcrater - create cratered terrain by fractal forgery - -2 Synopsis - pgmcrater [-number n] [-height|-ysize s] [-width|-xsize s] - [-gamma g] - -2 Description - pgmcrater creates a portable graymap which mimics cratered - terrain. The graymap is created by simulating the impact of - a given number of craters with random position and size, - then rendering the resulting terrain elevations based on a - light source shining from one side of the screen. The size - distribution of the craters is based on a power law which - results in many more small craters than large ones. The - number of craters of a given size varies as the reciprocal - of the area as described on pages 31 and 32 of Peitgen and - Saupe[1]; cratered bodies in the Solar System are observed - to obey this relationship. The formula used to obtain - crater radii governed by this law from a uniformly distri- - buted pseudorandom sequence was developed by Rudy Rucker. - - High resolution images with large numbers of craters often - benefit from being piped through pnmsmooth. The averaging - performed by this process eliminates some of the jagged pix- - els and lends a mellow ``telescopic image'' feel to the - overall picture. - -2 Options - -number n Causes n craters to be generated. If no -number - specification is given, 50000 craters will be gen- - erated. Don't expect to see them all! For every - large crater there are many, many more tiny ones - which tend simply to erode the landscape. In gen- - eral, the more craters you specify the more real- - istic the result; ideally you want the entire ter- - rain to have been extensively turned over again - and again by cratering. High resolution images - containing five to ten million craters are stun- - ning but take quite a while to create. - - -height height - Sets the height of the generated image to height - pixels. The default height is 256 pixels. - - -width width - Sets the width of the generated image to width - pixels. The default width is 256 pixels. - - -xsize width - Sets the width of the generated image to width - pixels. The default width is 256 pixels. - - - -ysize height - Sets the height of the generated image to height - pixels. The default height is 256 pixels. - - -gamma factor - The specified factor is used to gamma correct the - graymap in the same manner as performed by - pnmgamma. The default value is 1.0, which results - in a medium contrast image. Values larger than 1 - lighten the image and reduce contrast, while - values less than 1 darken the image, increasing - contrast. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 Bugs - The -gamma option isn't really necessary since you can - achieve the same effect by piping the output from pgmcrater - through pnmgamma. However, pgmcrater performs an internal - gamma map anyway in the process of rendering the elevation - array into a graymap, so there's no additional overhead in - allowing a user-specified gamma. - - Real craters have two distinct morphologies. pgmcrater - simulates only small craters, which are hemispherical in - shape (regardless of the incidence angle of the impacting - body, as long as the velocity is sufficiently high). Large - craters, such as Copernicus and Tycho on the Moon, have a - ``walled plain'' shape with a cross-section more like: - /\ /\ - _____/ \____________/\____________/ \_____ - Larger craters should really use this profile, including the - central peak, and totally obliterate the pre-existing ter- - rain. - -2 See_Also - pgm, pnmgamma, pnmsmooth - - [1] Peitgen, H.-O., and Saupe, D. eds., The Science Of - Fractal Images, New York: Springer Verlag, 1988. - -2 Author - John Walker - Autodesk SA - Avenue des Champs-Montants 14b - CH-2074 MARIN - Suisse/Schweiz/Svizzera/Svizra/Switzerland - Usenet: kelvin@Autodesk.com - Fax: 038/33 88 15 - Voice: 038/33 76 33 - - software and its documentation for any purpose and without - fee is hereby granted, without any conditions or restric- - tions. This software is provided ``as is'' without express - or implied warranty. - - PLUGWARE! If you like this kind of stuff, you may also enjoy - ``James Gleick's Chaos--The Software'' for MS-DOS, available - for $59.95 from your local software store or directly from - Autodesk, Inc., Attn: Science Series, 2320 Marinship Way, - Sausalito, CA 94965, USA. Telephone: (800) 688-2344 toll- - free or, outside the U.S. (415) 332-2344 Ext 4886. Fax: - (415) 289-4718. ``Chaos--The Software'' includes a more - comprehensive fractal forgery generator which creates - three-dimensional landscapes as well as clouds and planets, - plus five more modules which explore other aspects of Chaos. - The user guide of more than 200 pages includes an introduc- - tion by James Gleick and detailed explanations by Rudy - Rucker of the mathematics and algorithms used by each pro- - gram. - - -1 pgmedge - pgmedge - edge-detect a portable graymap - -2 Synopsis - pgmedge [pgmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable graymap as input. Outlines the edges, and - writes a portable graymap as output. Piping the result - through pgmtopbm -threshold and playing with the threshold - value will give a bitmap of the edges. - - The edge detection technique used is to take the Pythagorean - sum of two Sobel gradient operators at 90 degrees to each - other. For more details see "Digital Image Processing" by - Gonzalez and Wintz, chapter 7. - -2 See_Also - pgmenhance, pgmtopbm, pgm, pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pgmtexture - pgmtexture - calculate textural features on a portable gray- - map - -2 Synopsis - pgmtexture [-d d] [pgmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable graymap as input. Calculates textural - features based on spatial dependence matrices at 0, 45, 90, - and 135 degrees for a distance d (default = 1). Textural - features include: - - (1) Angular Second Moment, - (2) Contrast, - (3) Correlation, - (4) Variance, - (5) Inverse Difference Moment, - (6) Sum Average, - (7) Sum Variance, - (8) Sum Entropy, - (9) Entropy, - (10) Difference Variance, - (11) Difference Entropy, - (12, 13) Information Measures of Correlation, and - (14) Maximal Correlation Coefficient. - - Algorithm taken from: - Haralick, R.M., K. Shanmugam, and I. Dinstein. 1973. Tex- - tural features for image classification. IEEE Transactions - on Systems, Man, and Cybertinetics, SMC-3(6):610-621. - -2 Bugs - The program can run incredibly slow for large images (larger - than 64 x 64) and command line options are limited. The - method for finding (14) the maximal correlation coefficient, - which requires finding the second largest eigenvalue of a - matrix Q, does not always converge. - -2 References - IEEE Transactions on Systems, Man, and Cybertinetics, SMC- - 3(6):610-621. - -2 See_Also - pgm, pnmcut - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Texas Agricultural Experiment Station, - employer for hire of James Darrell McCauley. - -1 rawtopgm - rawtopgm - convert raw grayscale bytes into a portable gray- - map - -2 Synopsis - rawtopgm [-headerskip N] [-rowskip N] [-tb|-topbottom] - [width height] [imagedata] - -2 Description - Reads raw grayscale bytes as input. Produces a portable - graymap as output. The input file is just grayscale bytes. - If you don't specify the width and height on the command - line, the program will check the size of the image and try - to make a quadratic image of it. It is an error to supply a - non quadratic image without specifying width and height. - The maxval is assumed to be 255. - -2 Options - -headerskip - If the file has a header, you can use this flag to skip - over it. - - -rowskip - If there is padding at the ends of the rows, you can - skip it with this flag. Note that rowskip can be a - real number. Amazingly, I once had an image with 0.376 - bytes of padding per row. This turned out to be due to - a file-transfer problem, but I was still able to read - the image. - - -tb -topbottom - Flips the image upside down. The first pixel in a pgm - file is in the lower left corner of the image. For - conversion from images with the first pixel in the - upper left corner (e.g. the Molecular Dynamics and - Leica confocal formats) this flips the image right. - This is equivalent to rawtopgm [file] | pnmflip -tb . - -2 Bugs - If you don't specify the image width and height, the program - will try to read the entire image to a memory buffer. If you - get a message that states that you are out of memory, try to - specify the width and height on the command line. Also, the - -tb option consumes much memory. - -2 See_Also - pgm, rawtoppm, pnmflip - -2 Authors - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - Modified June 1993 by Oliver Trepte, oliver@fysik4.kth.se - -1 pnmarith - pnmarith - perform arithmetic on two portable anymaps - -2 Synopsis - pnmarith -add|-subtract|-multiply| pnmfile1 pnmfile2 - -2 Description - Reads two portable anymaps as input. Performs the specified - arithmetic operation, and produces a portable anymap as out- - put. The two input anymaps must be the same width and - height. - - The arithmetic is performed between corresponding pixels in - the two anymaps, as if maxval was 1.0, black was 0.0, and a - linear scale in between. Results that fall outside of - [0..1) are truncated. - - The operator -difference calculates the absolute value of - pnmarith -subtract pnmfile1 pnmfile2, i.e. no truncation is - done. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 See_Also - pbmmask, pnmpaste, pnminvert, pnm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. Lightly modified - by Marcel Wijkstra <wijkstra@fwi.uva.nl> - -1 pnmcat - pnmcat - concatenate portable anymaps - -2 Synopsis - pnmcat [-white|-black] -leftright|-lr [-jtop|-jbottom] - pnmfile pnmfile ... - pnmcat [-white|-black] -topbottom|-tb [-jleft|-jright] - pnmfile pnmfile ... - -2 Description - Reads portable anymaps as input. Concatenates them either - left to right or top to bottom, and produces a portable - anymap as output. - -2 Options - If the anymaps are not all the same height (left-right) or - width (top-bottom), the smaller ones have to be justified - with the largest. By default, they get centered, but you - can specify one side or the other with one of the -j* flags. - So, -topbottom -jleft would stack the anymaps on top of each - other, flush with the left edge. - - The -white and -black flags specify what color to use to - fill in the extra space when doing this justification. If - neither is specified, the program makes a guess. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 See_Also - pnm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pnmcomp - pnmcomp - composite two portable anymap files together - -2 Synopsis - pnmcomp [-invert] [-xoffN] [-yoffN] [-alphapgmfile] overlay - [pnm-input] [pnm-output] - -2 Description - Reads in a portable any map image and put a overlay upon it, - with optional alpha mask. The -alpha pgmfile allows you to - also add an alpha mask file to the compositing process, the - range of max and min can be swapped by using the -invert - option. The -xoff and -yoff arguments can be negative, - allowing you to shift the overlay off the top corner of the - screen. - -2 See_Also - pnm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1992 by David Koblas (koblas@mips.com). - -1 pnmconvol - pnmconvol - general MxN convolution on a portable anymap - -2 Synopsis - pnmconvol convolutionfile [pnmfile] - -2 Description - Reads two portable anymaps as input. Convolves the second - using the first, and writes a portable anymap as output. - - Convolution means replacing each pixel with a weighted aver- - age of the nearby pixels. The weights and the area to aver- - age are determined by the convolution matrix. The unsigned - numbers in the convolution file are offset by -maxval/2 to - make signed numbers, and then normalized, so the actual - values in the convolution file are only relative. - - Here is a sample convolution file; it does a simple average - of the nine immediate neighbors, resulting in a smoothed - image: - P2 - 3 3 - 18 - 10 10 10 - 10 10 10 - 10 10 10 - - To see how this works, do the above-mentioned offset: 10 - - 18/2 gives 1. The possible range of values is from 0 to 18, - and after the offset that's -9 to 9. The normalization step - makes the range -1 to 1, and the values get scaled - correspondingly so they become 1/9 - exactly what you want. - The equivalent matrix for 5x5 smoothing would have maxval 50 - and be filled with 26. - - The convolution file will usually be a graymap, so that the - same convolution gets applied to each color component. How- - ever, if you want to use a pixmap and do a different convo- - lution to different colors, you can certainly do that. - -2 See_Also - pnmsmooth, pnm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pnmcrop - pnmcrop - crop a portable anymap - -2 Synopsis - pnmcrop [-white|-black] [pnmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable anymap as input. Removes edges that are - the background color, and produces a portable anymap as out- - put. - -2 Options - By default, it makes a guess as to what the background color - is. You can override the default with the -white and -black - flags. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 See_Also - pnmcut, pnm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pnmcut - pnmcut - cut a rectangle out of a portable anymap - -2 Synopsis - pnmcut x y width height [pnmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable anymap as input. Extracts the specified - rectangle, and produces a portable anymap as output. The x - and y can be negative, in which case they are interpreted - relative to the right and bottom of the anymap, respec- - tively. - -2 See_Also - pnm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pnmdepth - pnmdepth - change the maxval in a portable anymap - -2 Synopsis - pnmdepth newmaxval [pnmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable anymap as input. Scales all the pixel - values, and writes out the image with the new maxval. Scal- - ing the colors down to a smaller maxval will result in some - loss of information. - - Be careful of off-by-one errors when choosing the new max- - val. For instance, if you want the color values to be five - bits wide, use a maxval of 31, not 32. - -2 See_Also - pnm, ppmquant, ppmdither - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pnmenlarge - pnmenlarge - read a portable anymap and enlarge it N times - -2 Synopsis - pnmenlarge N [pnmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable anymap as input. Replicates its pixels N - times, and produces a portable anymap as output. - - pnmenlarge can only enlarge by integer factors. The slower - but more general pnmscale can enlarge or reduce by arbitrary - factors, and pbmreduce can reduce by integer factors, but - only for bitmaps. - - If you enlarge by a factor of 3 or more, you should probably - add a pnmsmooth step; otherwise, you can see the original - pixels in the resulting image. - -2 See_Also - pbmreduce, pnmscale, pnmsmooth, pnm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pnmfile - pnmfile - describe a portable anymap - -2 Synopsis - pnmfile [pnmfile] ... - -2 Description - Reads one or more portable anymaps as input. Writes out - short descriptions of the image type, size, etc. This is - mostly for use in shell scripts, so the format is not par- - ticularly pretty. - -2 See_Also - pnm, file - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pnmflip - pnmflip - perform one or more flip operations on a portable - anymap - -2 Synopsis - pnmflip [-leftright|-lr] [-topbottom|-tb] [-transpose|-xy] - [-rotate90|-r90|-ccw ] [-rotate270|-r270|-cw ] [- - rotate180|-r180] [pnmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable anymap as input. Performs one or more flip - operations, in the order specified, and writes out a port- - able anymap. - -2 Options - The flip operations available are: left for right (- - leftright or -lr); top for bottom (-topbottom or -tb); and - transposition (-transpose or -xy). In addition, some canned - concatenations are available: -rotate90 or -ccw is - equivalent to -transpose -topbottom; -rotate270 or -cw is - equivalent to -transpose -leftright; and -rotate180 is - equivalent to -leftright -topbottom. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 See_Also - pnmrotate, pnm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pnminvert - pnminvert - invert a portable anymap - -2 Synopsis - pnminvert [pnmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable anymap as input. Inverts it black for - white and produces a portable anymap as output. - -2 See_Also - pnm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pnmnoraw - pnmnoraw - force a portable anymap into plain format - -2 Synopsis - pnmnoraw [pnmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable anymap as input. Writes it out in plain - (non-raw) format. This is fairly useless if you haven't - defined the PBMPLUSAWBITS compile-time option. - -2 See_Also - pnm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pnmpad - pnmpad - add borders to portable anymap - -2 Synopsis - pnmpad [-white|-black] [-l#] [-r#] [-t#] [-b#] [pnmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable anymap as input. Outputs a portable anymap - with extra borders of the sizes specified. The colour of the - borders can be set to black or white (default black). - - -2 See_Also - pbmmake, pnmpaste, pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1990 by Angus Duggan Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef - Poskanzer. - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this - software and its documentation for any purpose and without - fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright - notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright - notice and this permission notice appear in supporting docu- - mentation. This software is provided "as is" without - express or implied warranty. - -1 pnmpaste - pnmpaste - paste a rectangle into a portable anymap - -2 Synopsis - pnmpaste [-replace|-or|-and |-xor] frompnmfile x y - [intopnmfile] - -2 Description - Reads two portable anymaps as input. Inserts the first - anymap into the second at the specified location, and pro- - duces a portable anymap the same size as the second as out- - put. If the second anymap is not specified, it is read from - stdin. The x and y can be negative, in which case they are - interpreted relative to the right and bottom of the anymap, - respectively. - - This tool is most useful in combination with pnmcut. For - instance, if you want to edit a small segment of a large - image, and your image editor cannot edit the large image, - you can cut out the segment you are interested in, edit it, - and then paste it back in. - - Another useful companion tool is pbmmask. - - The optional flag specifies the operation to use when doing - the paste. The default is -replace. The other, logical - operations are only allowed if both input images are bit- - maps. These operations act as if white is TRUE and black is - FALSE. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 See_Also - pnmcut, pnminvert, pnmarith, pnm, pbmmask - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pnmscale - pnmscale - scale a portable anymap - -2 Synopsis - pnmscale s [pnmfile] - pnmscale -xsize|-width|-ysize| -height s [pnmfile] - pnmscale -xscale|-yscale s [pnmfile] - pnmscale -xscale|-xsize|-width s -yscale|-ysize|-height s - [pnmfile] - pnmscale -xysize x y [pnmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable anymap as input. Scales it by the speci- - fied factor or factors and produces a portable anymap as - output. If the input file is in color, the output will be - too, otherwise it will be grayscale. You can both enlarge - (scale factor > 1) and reduce (scale factor < 1). - - You can specify one dimension as a pixel size, and the other - dimension will be scaled correspondingly. - - You can specify one dimension as a scale, and the other - dimension will not be scaled. - - You can specify different sizes or scales for each axis. - - Or, you can use the special -xysize flag, which fits the - image into the specified size without changing the aspect - ratio. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - - If you enlarge by a factor of 3 or more, you should probably - add a pnmsmooth step; otherwise, you can see the original - pixels in the resulting image. - -2 See_Also - pbmreduce, pnmenlarge, pnmsmooth, pnm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pnmtile - pnmtile - replicate a portable anymap into a specified size - -2 Synopsis - pnmtile width height [pnmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable anymap as input. Replicates it until it is - the specified size, and produces a portable anymap as out- - put. - -2 See_Also - pnm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pnmtoddif - pnmtoddif - Convert a portable anymap to DDIF format - -2 Synopis - pnmtoddif pnmtoddif [-resolution x y] [pnmfile [ddiffile]] - -2 Description - pnmtoddif takes a portable anymap from standard input and - converts it into a DDIF image file on standard output or the - specified DDIF file. - - pbm format (bitmap) data is written as 1 bit DDIF, pgm for- - mat data (greyscale) as 8 bit greyscale DDIF, and ppm format - data is written as 8,8,8 bit color DDIF. All DDIF image - files are written as uncompressed. The data plane organiza- - tion is interleaved by pixel. - - In addition to the number of pixels in the width and height - dimension, DDIF images also carry information about the size - that the image should have, that is, the physical space that - a pixel occupies. PBMPLUS images do not carry this informa- - tion, hence it has to be externally supplied. The default - of 78 dpi has the beneficial property of not causing a - resize on most Digital Equipment Corporation color monitors. - -2 Options - resolution - The horizontal and vertical resolution of the output - image in dots per inch. Defaults to 78 dpi. - - pnmfile The filename for the image file in pnm for- - mat. If this argument is omitted, input is - read from stdin. - - ddiffile The filename for the image file to be created - in DDIF format. If this argument is omitted, - the ddiffile is written to standard output. - It can only specified if a pnmfile is also - specified. - -2 Author - Burkhard Neidecker-Lutz - Digital Equipment Corporation, CEC Karlsruhe - neideck@nestvx.enet.dec.com - -1 pnmtops - pnmtops - convert portable anymap to PostScript - -2 Synopsis - pnmtops [-scale s] [-turn|-noturn] [-rle|-runlength] [-dpi - n] [-width n] [-height n] [pnmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable anymap as input. Produces Encapsulated - PostScript as output. - - If the input file is in color (PPM), a color PostScript file - gets written. Some PostScript interpreters can't handle - color PostScript. If you have one of these you will need to - run your image through ppmtopgm first. - - Note that there is no pstopnm tool - this transformation is - one-way, because a pstopnm tool would be a full-fledged - PostScript interpreter, which is beyond the scope of this - package. However, see the psidtopgm tool, which can read - grayscale non-runlength PostScript image data. Also, if - you're willing to install the fairly large GhostScript pack- - age, it comes with a pstoppm script. - -2 Options - The -scale flag controls the scale of the result. The - default scale is 1, which on a 300 dpi printer such as the - Apple LaserWriter makes the output look about the same size - as the input would if it was displayed on a typical 72 dpi - screen. To get one PNM pixel per 300 dpi printer pixel, use - "-scale 0.25". - - The -turn and -noturn flags control whether the image gets - turned 90 degrees. Normally, if an image is wider than it - is tall, it gets turned automatically to better fit the - page. If the -turn flag is specified, it will be turned no - matter what its shape; and if the -noturn flag is specified, - it will not be turned no matter what its shape. - - The -rle or -runlength flag specifies run-length compres- - sion. This may save time if the host-to-printer link is - slow; but normally the printer's processing time dominates, - so -rle makes things slower. - - The -dpi flag lets you specify the dots per inch of your - output device. The default is 300 dpi. In theory - PostScript is device-independent and you don't have to worry - about this, but in practice its raster rendering can have - unsightly bands if the device pixels and the image pixels - aren't in sync. - - The -width and -height flags let you specify the size of the - page. The default is 8.5 inches by 11 inches. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 See_Also - pnm, psidtopgm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pnmtorast - pnmtorast - convert a portable pixmap into a Sun rasterfile - -2 Synopsis - pnmtorast [-standard|-rle] [pnmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Produces a Sun rasterfile - as output. - - Color values in Sun rasterfiles are eight bits wide, so - pnmtorast will automatically scale colors to have a maxval - of 255. An extra pnmdepth step is not necessary. - -2 Options - The -standard flag forces the result to be in RT_STANDARD - form; the -rle flag, RT_BYTE_ENCODED, which is smaller but, - well, less standard. The default is -rle. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 See_Also - rasttopnm, pnm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pnmtoxwd - pnmtoxwd - convert a portable anymap into an X11 window dump - -2 Synopsis - pnmtoxwd [-pseudodepth n] [-directcolor] [pnmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable anymap as input. Produces an X11 window - dump as output. This window dump can be displayed using the - xwud tool. - - Normally, pnmtoxwd produces a StaticGray dump file for pbm - and pgm files. For ppm, it writes a PseudoColor dump file - if there are up to 256 colors in the input, and a - DirectColor dump file otherwise. The -directcolor flag can - be used to force a DirectColor dump. And the -pseudodepth - flag can be used to change the depth of PseudoColor dumps - from the default of 8 bits / 256 colors. - -2 See_Also - xwdtopnm, pnm, xwud - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 rasttopnm - rasttopnm - convert a Sun rasterfile into a portable anymap - -2 Synopsis - rasttopnm [rastfile] - -2 Description - Reads a Sun rasterfile as input. Produces a portable anymap - as output. The type of the output file depends on the input - file - if it's black & white, a pbm file is written, else if - it's grayscale a pgm file, else a ppm file. The program - tells you which type it is writing. - -2 See_Also - pnmtorast, pnm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 xwdtopnm - xwdtopnm - convert a X11 or X10 window dump file into a - portable anymap - -2 Synopsis - xwdtopnm [xwdfile] - -2 Description - Reads a X11 or X10 window dump file as input. Produces a - portable anymap as output. The type of the output file - depends on the input file - if it's black & white, a pbm - file is written, else if it's grayscale a pgm file, else a - ppm file. The program tells you which type it is writing. - - Using this program, you can convert anything on an X - workstation's screen into an anymap. Just display whatever - you're interested in, do an xwd, run it through xwdtopnm, - and then use pnmcut to select the part you want. - -2 Bugs - I haven't tested this tool with very many configurations, so - there are probably bugs. Please let me know if you find - any. - -2 See_Also - pnmtoxwd, pnm, xwd - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 zeisstopnm - zeisstopnm - convert a Zeiss confocal file into a portable - anymap - -2 Synopsis - zeisstopnm [-pgm | -ppm] [zeissfile] - -2 Description - Reads a Zeiss confocal file as input. Produces a portable - anymap as output. The type of the output file depends on - the input file - if it's grayscale a pgm file, else a ppm - file will be produced. The program tells you which type it - is writing. - -2 Options - -pgm Force the output to be a pgm file. - - -ppm Force the output to be a ppm file. - -2 See_Also - pnm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1993 by Oliver Trepte - -1 pnmgamma - pnmgamma - perform gamma correction on a portable anymap - -2 Synopsis - pnmgamma value [pnmfile] - pnmgamma redvalue greenvalue bluevalue [pnmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable anymap as input. Performs gamma correc- - tion, and produces a portable anymap as output. - - The arguments specify what gamma value(s) to use. A value - of 1.0 leaves the image alone, less than one darkens it, and - greater than one lightens it. - -2 See_Also - pnm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Bill Davidson and Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pnmhistmap - pnmhistmap - draw a histogram for a PGM or PPM file - -2 Synopsis - pnmhistmap [-black] [-white] [-max N] [-verbose] [pnmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable anymap as input, although bitmap (PBM) - input produces an error message and no image. Produces an - image showing a histogram of the color (or gray) values in - the input. A graymap (PGM) input produces a bitmap output. - A pixmap (PPM) input produces pixmap output with three over- - laid histograms: a red one for the red input, a green one - for the green input, and a blue one for the blue input. The - output is fixed in size: 256 pixels wide by 200 pixels high. - -2 Options - -black - Ignores the count of black pixels when scaling the his- - togram. - - -white - Ignores the count of white pixels when scaling the his- - togram. - - The -black and -white options, which can be used seperately - or together, are useful for images with a large percentage - of pixels whose value is zero or 255, which can cause the - remaining histogram data to become unreadbaly small. Note - that, for pixmap inputs, these options apply to all colors; - if, for example, the input has a large number of bright-red - areas, you will probably want to use the -white option. - - -max N - Force the scaling of the histogram to use N as the - largest-count value. This is useful for inputs with a - large percentage of single-color pixels which are not - black or white. - - -verbose - Report the progress of making the histogram, including - the largest-count value used to scale the output. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 Bugs - Assumes maxval is always 255. Images with a smaller maxval - will only use the lower-value side of the histogram. This - can be overcome either by piping the input through "pnmdepth - 255" or by cutting and scaling the lower-value side of the - histogram. Neither is a particularly elegant solution. - Should allow the output size to be specified. - -2 See_Also - pgmhist(1), ppmhist(1), pgm(5), ppm(5) - -2 Author - Wilson H. Bent. Jr. (whb@usc.edu). - -1 pnmnlfilt - pnmnlfilt - non-linear filters: smooth, alpha trim mean, - optimal estimation smoothing, edge enhancement. - -2 Synopsis - pnmnlfilt alpha radius [pnmfile] - -2 Description - This is something of a swiss army knife filter. It has 3 - distinct operating modes. In all of the modes each pixel in - the image is examined and processed according to it and its - surrounding pixels values. Rather than using the 9 pixels in - a 3x3 block, 7 hexagonal area samples are taken, the size of - the hexagons being controlled by the radius parameter. A - radius value of 0.3333 means that the 7 hexagons exactly fit - into the center pixel (ie. there will be no filtering - effect). A radius value of 1.0 means that the 7 hexagons - exactly fit a 3x3 pixel array. - - Alpha trimmed mean filter. (0.0 <= alpha - The value of the center pixel will be replaced by the mean - of the 7 hexagon values, but the 7 values are sorted by size - and the top and bottom alpha portion of the 7 are excluded - from the mean. This implies that an alpha value of 0.0 - gives the same sort of output as a normal convolution (ie. - averaging or smoothing filter), where radius will determine - the "strength" of the filter. A good value to start from for - subtle filtering is alpha = 0.0, radius = 0.55 For a more - blatant effect, try alpha 0.0 and radius 1.0 - - An alpha value of 0.5 will cause the median value of the 7 - hexagons to be used to replace the center pixel value. This - sort of filter is good for eliminating "pop" or single pixel - noise from an image without spreading the noise out or - smudging features on the image. Judicious use of the radius - parameter will fine tune the filtering. Intermediate values - of alpha give effects somewhere between smoothing and "pop" - noise reduction. For subtle filtering try starting with - values of alpha = 0.4, radius = 0.6 For a more blatant - effect try alpha = 0.5, radius = 1.0 - - Optimal estimation smoothing. (1.0 <= alpha - This type of filter applies a smoothing filter adaptively - over the image. For each pixel the variance of the sur- - rounding hexagon values is calculated, and the amount of - smoothing is made inversely proportional to it. The idea is - that if the variance is small then it is due to noise in the - image, while if the variance is large, it is because of - "wanted" image features. As usual the radius parameter con- - trols the effective radius, but it probably advisable to - leave the radius between 0.8 and 1.0 for the variance calcu- - lation to be meaningful. The alpha parameter sets the noise - threshold, over which less smoothing will be done. This - means that small values of alpha will give the most subtle - filtering effect, while large values will tend to smooth all - parts of the image. You could start with values like alpha = - 1.2, radius = 1.0 and try increasing or decreasing the alpha - parameter to get the desired effect. This type of filter is - best for filtering out dithering noise in both bitmap and - color images. - - Edge enhancement. (-0.1 >= alpha >= - This is the opposite type of filter to the smoothing filter. - It enhances edges. The alpha parameter controls the amount - of edge enhancement, from subtle (-0.1) to blatant (-0.9). - The radius parameter controls the effective radius as usual, - but useful values are between 0.5 and 0.9. Try starting with - values of alpha = 0.3, radius = 0.8 - - Combination use. - The various modes of pnmnlfilt can be used one after the - other to get the desired result. For instance to turn a - monochrome dithered image into a grayscale image you could - try one or two passes of the smoothing filter, followed by a - pass of the optimal estimation filter, then some subtle edge - enhancement. Note that using edge enhancement is only likely - to be useful after one of the non-linear filters (alpha - trimmed mean or optimal estimation filter), as edge enhance- - ment is the direct opposite of smoothing. - - For reducing color quantization noise in images (ie. turning - .gif files back into 24 bit files) you could try a pass of - the optimal estimation filter (alpha 1.2, radius 1.0), a - pass of the median filter (alpha 0.5, radius 0.55), and pos- - sibly a pass of the edge enhancement filter. Several passes - of the optimal estimation filter with declining alpha values - are more effective than a single pass with a large alpha - value. As usual, there is a tradeoff between filtering - effectiveness and loosing detail. Experimentation is - encouraged. - -2 References - The alpha-trimmed mean filter is based on the description in - IEEE CG&A May 1990 Page 23 by Mark E. Lee and Richard A. - Redner, and has been enhanced to allow continuous alpha - adjustment. - - The optimal estimation filter is taken from an article "Con- - verting Dithered Images Back to Gray Scale" by Allen - Stenger, Dr Dobb's Journal, November 1992, and this article - references "Digital Image Enhancement and Noise Filtering by - Use of Local Statistics", Jong-Sen Lee, IEEE Transactions on - Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, March 1980. - The edge enhancement details are from pgmenhance, which - is taken from Philip R. Thompson's "xim" program, which in - turn took it from section 6 of "Digital Halftones by Dot - Diffusion", D. E. Knuth, ACM Transaction on Graphics Vol. 6, - No. 4, October 1987, which in turn got it from two 1976 - papers by J. F. Jarvis et. al. - -2 See_Also - pgmenhance, pnmconvol, pnm - -2 Bugs - Integers and tables may overflow if PPM_MAXMAXVAL is greater - than 255. - -2 Author - Graeme W. Gill graeme@labtam.oz.au - -1 pnmrotate - pnmrotate - rotate a portable anymap by some angle - -2 Synopsis - pnmrotate [-noantialias] angle [pnmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable anymap as input. Rotates it by the speci- - fied angle and produces a portable anymap as output. If the - input file is in color, the output will be too, otherwise it - will be grayscale. The angle is in degrees (floating - point), measured counter-clockwise. It can be negative, but - it should be between -90 and 90. Also, for rotations - greater than 45 degrees you may get better results if you - first use pnmflip to do a 90 degree rotation and then pnmro- - tate less than 45 degrees back the other direction - - The rotation algorithm is Alan Paeth's three-shear method. - Each shear is implemented by looping over the source pixels - and distributing fractions to each of the destination pix- - els. This has an "anti-aliasing" effect - it avoids jagged - edges and similar artifacts. However, it also means that - the original colors or gray levels in the image are modi- - fied. If you need to keep precisely the same set of colors, - you can use the -noantialias flag. This does the shearing - by moving pixels without changing their values. If you want - anti-aliasing and don't care about the precise colors, but - still need a limited *number* of colors, you can run the - result through ppmquant. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 References - "A Fast Algorithm for General Raster Rotation" by Alan - Paeth, Graphics Interface '86, pp. 77-81. - -2 See_Also - pnmshear, pnmflip, pnm, ppmquant - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pnmshear - pnmshear - shear a portable anymap by some angle - -2 Synopsis - pnmshear [-noantialias] angle [pnmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable anymap as input. Shears it by the speci- - fied angle and produces a portable anymap as output. If the - input file is in color, the output will be too, otherwise it - will be grayscale. The angle is in degrees (floating - point), and measures this: - +-------+ +-------+ - | | |\ \ - | OLD | | \ NEW \ - | | |an\ \ - +-------+ |gle+-------+ - If the angle is negative, it shears the other way: - +-------+ |-an+-------+ - | | |gl/ / - | OLD | |e/ NEW / - | | |/ / - +-------+ +-------+ - The angle should not get too close to 90 or -90, or the - resulting anymap will be unreasonably wide. - - The shearing is implemented by looping over the source pix- - els and distributing fractions to each of the destination - pixels. This has an "anti-aliasing" effect - it avoids - jagged edges and similar artifacts. However, it also means - that the original colors or gray levels in the image are - modified. If you need to keep precisely the same set of - colors, you can use the -noantialias flag. This does the - shearing by moving pixels without changing their values. If - you want anti-aliasing and don't care about the precise - colors, but still need a limited *number* of colors, you can - run the result through ppmquant. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 See_Also - pnmrotate, pnmflip, pnm, ppmquant - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 tifftopnm - tifftopnm - convert a TIFF file into a portable anymap - -2 Synopsis - tifftopnm [-headerdump] tifffile - -2 Description - Reads a TIFF file as input. Produces a portable anymap as - output. The type of the output file depends on the input - file - if it's black & white, a pbm file is written, else if - it's grayscale a pgm file, else a ppm file. The program - tells you which type it is writing. - -2 Options - -headerdump - Dump TIFF file information to stderr. This information - may be useful in debugging TIFF file conversion prob- - lems. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 See_Also - pnmtotiff, pnm - -2 Bugs - This program is not self-contained. To use it you must - fetch the TIFF Software package listed in the OTHER.SYSTEMS - file and configure PBMPLUS to use libtiff. See PBMPLUS's - Makefile for details on this configuration. - -2 Author - Derived by Jef Poskanzer from tif2ras.c, which is Copyright - (c) 1990 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. Author: Patrick J. - Naughton (naughton@wind.sun.com). - -1 pnmtotiff - pnmtotiff - convert a a portable anymap into a TIFF file - -2 Synopsis - pnmtotiff [-none|-packbits| -lzw|-g3|-g4] [-2d] [-fill] [- - predictor n] [-msb2lsb|-lsb2msb] [-rowsperstrip n] [pnmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable anymap as input. Produces a TIFF file as - output. - -2 Options - By default, pnmtotiff creates a TIFF file with LZW compres- - sion. This is your best bet most of the time. However, - some TIFF readers can't deal with it. If you want to try - another compression scheme or tweak some of the other even - more obscure output options, there are a number of flags to - play with. - - The -none, -packbits, -lzw, -g3, and -g4 options are used to - override the default and set the compression scheme used in - creating the output file. The CCITT Group 3 and Group 4 - compression algorithms can only be used with bilevel data. - The -2d and -fill options are meaningful only with Group 3 - compression: -2d requests 2-dimensional encoding, while - - fill requests that each encoded scanline be zero-filled to a - byte boundry. The -predictor option is only meaningful with - LZW compression: a predictor value of 2 causes each scanline - of the output image to undergo horizontal differencing - before it is encoded; a value of 1 forces each scanline to - be encoded without differencing. By default, pnmtotiff - creates a TIFF file with msb-to-lsb fill order. The - - msb2lsb and -lsb2msb options are used to override the - default and set the fill order used in creating the file. - The -rowsperstrip option can be used to set the number of - rows (scanlines) in each strip of data in the output file. - By default, the output file has the number of rows per strip - set to a value that will ensure each strip is no more than 8 - kilobytes long. - -2 Bugs - This program is not self-contained. To use it you must - fetch the TIFF Software package listed in the OTHER.SYSTEMS - file and configure PBMPLUS to use libtiff. See PBMPLUS's - Makefile for details on this configuration. - -2 See_Also - tifftopnm, pnm - -2 Author - Derived by Jef Poskanzer from ras2tiff.c, which is Copyright - (c) 1990 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. Author: Patrick J. - Naughton (naughton@wind.sun.com). - -1 libpnm - libpnm - functions to support portable anymap programs - -2 Synopsis - #include <pnm.h> - cc ... libpnm.a libppm.a libpgm.a libpbm.a - - -2 Description - TYPES AND CONSTANTS - typedef ... xel; - typedef ... xelval; - #define PNM_MAXMAXVAL ... - extern xelval pnm_pbmmaxval; - - Each xel contains three xelvals, each of which should con- - tain only the values between 0 and PNM_MAXMAXVAL. - pnm_pbmmaxval is the maxval used when a PNM program reads a - PBM file. Normally it is 1; however, for some programs, a - larger value gives better results. - - XEL MANIPULATIONS - xelval PNM_GET1( xel x ) - - This macro extracts a single value from an xel, when you - know it's from a PBM or PGM file. When it's from a PPM - file, use PPM_GETR(), PPM_GETG(), and PPM_GETB(). - - void PNM_ASSIGN1( xel x, xelval v ) - - This macro assigns a single value to an xel, when you know - it's from a PBM or PGM file. When it's from a PPM file, use - PPM_ASSIGN(). - - int PNM_EQUAL( xel x, xel y ) - - This macro checks two xels for equality. - - int PNM_FORMAT_TYPE( int format ) - - For distinguishing different file types. - - INITIALIZATION - void pnm_init( int* argcP, char* argv[] ) - - All PNM programs must call this routine. - - MEMORY MANAGEMENT - xel** pnm_allocarray( int cols, int rows ) - - Allocate an array of xels. - xel* pnm_allocrow( int cols ) - - Allocate a row of the given number of xels. - - void pnm_freearray( xel** xels, int rows ) - - Free the array allocated with pnmllocarray() containing - the given number of rows. - - void pnm_freerow( xel* xelrow ) - - Free a row of xels. - - READING FILES - void pnm_readpnminit( FILE* fp, int* colsP, int* rowsP, xelval* maxvalP, int* formatP ) - - Read the header from a PNM file, filling in the rows, cols, - maxval and format variables. - - void pnm_readpnmrow( FILE* fp, xel* xelrow, int cols, xelval maxval, int format ) - - Read a row of xels into the xelrow array. Format, cols, and - maxval were filled in by pnm_readpnminit(). - - xel** pnm_readpnm( FILE* fp, int* colsP, int* rowsP, xelval* maxvalP, int* formatP ) - - Read an entire anymap file into memory, returning the allo- - cated array and filling in the rows, cols, maxval, and for- - mat variables. This function combines pnm_readpnminit(), - pnm_allocarray() and pnm_readpnmrow(). Unlike the - equivalent functions in PBM, PGM, and PPM, it returns the - format so you can tell what type the file is. - - WRITING FILES - void pnm_writepnminit( FILE* fp, int cols, int rows, xelval maxval, int format, int forceplain ) - - Write the header for a portable anymap file. Unlike the - equivalent functions in PBM, PGM, and PPM, you have to - specify the output type. The forceplain flag forces a - plain-format file to be written, as opposed to a raw-format - one. - - void pnm_writepnmrow( FILE* fp, xel* xelrow, int cols, xelval maxval, int format, int forceplain ) - - Write a row from a portable anymap. - - void pnm_writepnm( FILE* fp, xel** xels, int cols, int rows, xelval maxval, int format, int forceplain ) - - Write the header and all data for a portable anymap. This - function combines pnm_writepnminit() and pnm_writepnmrow(). - - FORMAT PROMOTION - void pnm_promoteformatrow( xel* xelrow, int cols, xelval maxval, int format, xelval newmaxval, int newformat ) - - Promote a row of xels from one maxval and format to a new - set. Used when combining multiple anymaps of different - types - just take the max of the maxvals and the max of the - formats, and promote them all to that. - - void pnm_promoteformat( xel** xels, int cols, int rows, xelval maxval, int format, xelval newmaxval, int newformat ) - - Promote an entire anymap. - - XEL MANIPULATION - xel pnm_whitexel( xelval maxval, int format ) - xel pnm_blackxel( xelval maxval, int format ) - - Return a white or black xel for the given maxval and format. - - void pnm_invertxel( xel* x, xelval maxval, int format ) - - Invert an xel. - - xel pnm_backgroundxelrow( xel* xelrow, int cols, xelval maxval, int format ) - - Figure out an appropriate background xel based on this row. - - xel pnm_backgroundxel( xel** xels, int cols, int rows, xelval maxval, int format ) - - Figure out a background xel based on an entire anymap. This - can do a slightly better job than pnm_backgroundxelrow(). - -2 See_Also - pbm, pgm, ppm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 by Tony Hansen and Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pnm - pnm - portable anymap file format - -2 Description - The pnm programs operate on portable bitmaps, graymaps, and - pixmaps, produced by the pbm, pgm, and ppm segments. There - is no file format associated with pnm itself. - -2 See_Also - anytopnm, rasttopnm, tifftopnm, xwdtopnm, pnmtops, pnmtorast, - pnmtotiff, pnmtoxwd, pnmar- ith, pnmcat, pnmconvol, pnmcrop, pnmcut, - pnmdepth, pnmenlarge, pnmfile, pnmflip, pnmgamma, pnmindex, - pnminvert, pnmmargin, pnmnoraw, pnmpaste, pnmrotate, pnmscale, - pnmshear, pnmsmooth, pnmtile, ppm, pgm, pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -1 bmptoppm - bmptoppm - convert a BMP file into a portable pixmap - -2 Synopsis - bmptoppm [bmpfile] - -2 Description - Reads a Microsoft Windows or OS/2 BMP file as input. Pro- - duces a portable pixmap as output. - -2 See_Also - ppmtobmp, ppm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1992 by David W. Sanderson. - -1 gouldtoppm - gouldtoppm - convert Gould scanner file into a portable pix- - map - -2 Synopsis - gouldtoppm [gouldfile] - -2 Description - Reads a file produced by the Gould scanner as input. Pro- - duces a portable pixmap as output. - -2 See_Also - ppm - -2 Author - Copyright(C) 1990 by Stephen Paul Lesniewski - -1 ilbmtoppm - ilbmtoppm - convert an ILBM file into a portable pixmap - -2 Synopsis - ilbmtoppm [-verbose] [ILBMfile] - -2 Description - Reads an IFF ILBM file as input. Produces a portable pixmap - as output. Supported ILBM types are: - - Normal ILBMs with 1-16 planes. - - Amiga Extra-Halfbrite (EHB) - - Amiga Hold-and-modify (HAM) with 3-16 planes. - - 24 bit. - - Color map (BMHD + CMAP chunk only, nPlanes = 0). - - Unofficial direct color. - 1-16 planes for each color component. - - Chunks used: - BMHD, CMAP, CAMG (only HAM & EHB flags used), BODY - unofficial DCOL chunk to identify direct color ILBM - - Chunks ignored: - GRAB, DEST, SPRT, CRNG, CCRT, CLUT, DPPV, DRNG, EPSF - - Other chunks (ignored but displayed in verbose mode): - NAME, AUTH, (c), ANNO, DPI - - Unknown chunks are skipped. - -2 Options - -verbose - Give some informaton about the ILBM file. - -2 Bugs - Probably. - -2 References - Amiga ROM Kernel Reference Manual - Devices (3rd Ed.) - Addison Wesley, ISBN 0-201-56775-X - -2 See_Also - ppm(5), ppmtoilbm(1) - -2 Authors - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - Modified June 1993 by Ingo Wilken - (Ingo.Wilken@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de) - -1 imgtoppm - imgtoppm - convert an Img-whatnot file into a portable pix- - map - -2 Synopsis - imgtoppm [imgfile] - -2 Description - Reads an Img-whatnot file as input. Produces a portable - pixmap as output. The Img-whatnot toolkit is available for - FTP on venera.isi.edu, along with numerous images in this - format. - -2 See_Also - ppm - -2 Author - Based on a simple conversion program posted to comp.graphics - by Ed Falk. - - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 mtvtoppm - mtvtoppm - convert output from the MTV or PRT ray tracers - into a portable pixmap - -2 Synopsis - mtvtoppm [mtvfile] - -2 Description - Reads an input file from Mark VanDeWettering's MTV ray - tracer. Produces a portable pixmap as output. - - The PRT raytracer also produces this format. - -2 See_Also - ppm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pcxtoppm - pcxtoppm - convert a PCX file into a portable pixmap - -2 Synopsis - pcxtoppm [pcxfile] - -2 Description - Reads a PCX file as input. Produces a portable pixmap as - output. - -2 See_Also - ppmtopcx, ppm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1990 by Michael Davidson. - -1 pgmtoppm - pgmtoppm - colorize a portable graymap into a portable pix- - map - -2 Synopsis - pgmtoppm colorspec [pgmfile] - pgmtoppm colorspec1-colorspec2 [pgmfile] - pgmtoppm -map mapfile [pgmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable graymap as input. Colorizes it by multi- - plying the the gray values by specified color or colors, and - produces a portable pixmap as output. - - If only one color is specified, black in the pgm file stays - black and white in the pgm file turns into the specified - color in the ppm file. If two colors (separated by a dash) - are specified, then black gets mapped to the first color and - white gets mapped to the second. - - The color can be specified in five ways: - - o A name, assuming that a pointer to an X11-style color - names file was compiled in. - - o An X11-style hexadecimal specifier: rgb:r/g/b, where r - g and b are each 1- to 4-digit hexadecimal numbers. - - o An X11-style decimal specifier: rgbi:r/g/b, where r g - and b are floating point numbers between 0 and 1. - - o For backwards compatibility, an old-X11-style hexade- - cimal number: #rgb, #rrggbb, #rrrgggbbb, or - #rrrrggggbbbb. - - o For backwards compatibility, a triplet of numbers - separated by commas: r,g,b, where r g and b are float- - ing point numbers between 0 and 1. (This style was - added before MIT came up with the similar rgbi style.) - - Also, the -map flag lets you specify an entire colormap to - be used. The mapfile is just a ppm file; it can be any - shape, all that matters is the colors in it and their order. - In this case, black gets mapped into the first color in the - map file, and white gets mapped to the last. - -2 See_Also - rgb3toppm, ppmtopgm, ppmtorgb3, ppm, pgm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pi1toppm - pi1toppm - convert an Atari Degas .pi1 into a portable pix- - map - -2 Synopsis - pi1toppm [pi1file] - -2 Description - Reads an Atari Degas .pi1 file as input. Produces a port- - able pixmap as output. - -2 See_Also - ppmtopi1, ppm, pi3topbm, pbmtopi3 - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Steve Belczyk (seb3@gte.com) and Jef - Poskanzer. - -1 picttoppm - picttoppm - convert a Macintosh PICT file into a portable - pixmap - -2 Synopsis - picttoppm [-verbose] [-fullres] [-noheader] [pictfile] - -2 Description - Reads a PICT file (version 1 or 2) and outputs a portable - pixmap. Useful as the first step in converting a scanned - image to something that can be displayed on Unix. - -2 Options - -fullres - Force any images in the PICT file to be output with at - least their full resolution. A PICT file may indicate - that a contained image is to be scaled down before out- - put. This option forces images to retain their sizes - and prevent information loss. - - -noheader - Do not skip the 512 byte header that is present on all - PICT files. This is useful when you have PICT data - that was not stored in the data fork of a PICT file. - - -verbose - Turns on verbose mode which prints a a whole bunch of - information that only picttoppm hackers really care - about. - -2 Bugs - The PICT file format is a general drawing format. picttoppm - only supports a small subset of its operations but is still - very useful for files produced by scanning software. In - particular, text added to a scanned image will be silently - ignored. - -2 See_Also - Inside Macintosh volume 5, ppmtopict, ppm - -2 Author - Copyright 1989 George Phillips - -1 pjtoppm - pjtoppm - convert an HP PaintJet file to a portable pixmap - -2 Synopsis - pjtoppm [paintjet] - -2 Description - Reads an HP PaintJet file as input and converts it into a - portable pixmap. This was a quick hack to save some trees, - and it only handles a small subset of the paintjet commands. - In particular, it will only handle enough commands to con- - vert most raster image files. - -REFERENCES - HP PaintJet XL Color Graphics Printer User's Guide - -2 See_Also - ppmtopj - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Christos Zoulas. - -1 ppm3d - ppm3d - convert two portable pixmap into a red/blue 3d - glasses pixmap - -2 Synopsis - ppm3d leftppmfile rightppmfile [horizontal offset] - -2 Description - Reads two portable pixmaps as input. Produces a portable - pixmap as output, with the images overlapping by - horizontal offset - - pixels in blue/red format. - - horizontal offset defaults to 30 pixels. Pixmaps MUST be - the same size. - -2 See_Also - ppm(5) - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1993 by David K. Drum. - -1 ppmbrighten - ppmbrighten - change an images Saturation and Value from an - HSV map - -2 Synopsis - ppmbrighten [-n] [-s <+- saturation>] [-v <+- value>] - <ppmfile> - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Converts the image from - RGB space to HSV space and changes the Value by <+- value> - as a percentage. Likewise with the Saturation. Doubling - the Value would involve - - ppmbrighten -v 100 - - to add 100 percent to the Value. - - The 'n' option normalizes the Value to exist between 0 and 1 - (normalized). - -2 See_Also - pgmnorm, ppm - -2 Notes - This program does not change the number of colors. - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1990 by Brian Moffet Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef - Poskanzer. - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this - software and its documentation for any purpose and without - fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright - notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright - notice and this permission notice appear in supporting docu- - mentation. This software is provided "as is" without - express or implied warranty. - -1 ppmchange - ppmchange - change all pixels of one color to another in a - portable pixmap - -2 Synopsis - ppmchange colorspec1 colorspec2 [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Changes all pixels of - colorspec1 to colorspec2, leaving all others unchanged. - - The color can be specified in five ways: - - o A name, assuming that a pointer to an X11-style color - names file was compiled in. - - o An X11-style hexadecimal specifier: rgb:r/g/b, where r - g and b are each 1- to 4-digit hexadecimal numbers. - - o An X11-style decimal specifier: rgbi:r/g/b, where r g - and b are floating point numbers between 0 and 1. - - o For backwards compatibility, an old-X11-style hexade- - cimal number: #rgb, #rrggbb, #rrrgggbbb, or - #rrrrggggbbbb. - - o For backwards compatibility, a triplet of numbers - separated by commas: r,g,b, where r g and b are float- - ing point numbers between 0 and 1. (This style was - added before MIT came up with the similar rgbi style.) - -2 See_Also - pgmtoppm(1), ppm(5) - -2 Author - Wilson H. Bent. Jr. (whb@usc.edu) - -1 ppmdim - ppmdim - dim a portable pixmap down to total blackness - -2 Synopsis - ppmdim dimfactor [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Diminishes its brightness by - the specified dimfactor down to total blackness. The dimfactor - may be in the range from 0.0 (total blackness, deep night, nada, - null, nothing) to 1.0 (original picture's brightness). - - As pnmgamma does not do the brightness correction in the way I - wanted it, this small program was written. - - ppmdim is similar to ppmbrighten , but not exactly the same. - -2 See_Also - ppm(5), ppmflash(1), pnmgamma(1), ppmbrighten(1) - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1993 by Frank Neumann - -1 ppmdist - ppmdist - simplistic grayscale assignment for machine generated, - color images - -2 Synopsis - ppmdist [-intensity|-frequency] [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input, performs a simplistic - grayscale assignment intended for use with grayscale or bit- - map printers. - - Often conversion from ppm to pgm will yield an image with - contrast too low for good printer output. The program max- - imizes contrast between the gray levels output. - - A ppm input of n colors is read, and a pgm of n gray levels - is written. The gray levels take on the values 0..n-1, - while maxval takes on n-1. - - The mapping from color to stepped grayscale can be performed - in order of input pixel intensity, or input pixel frequency - (number of repetitions). - -2 Options - Helpful only for images with a very small number of colors. - Perhaps should have been an option to ppmtopgm. - -2 See_Also - ppmtopgm, ppmhist, ppm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1993 by Dan Stromberg. - -1 ppmdither - ppmdither - ordered dither for color images - -2 Synopsis - ppmdither [-dim dimension] [-red shades] [-green shades] [- - blue shades] [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input, and applies dithering to - it to reduce the number of colors used down to the specified - number of shades for each primary. The default number of - shades is red=5, green=9, blue=5, for a total of 225 colors. - To convert the image to a binary rgb format suitable for - color printers, use -red 2 -green 2 -blue 2. The maximum - number of colors that can be used is 256 and can be computed - as the product of the number of red, green and blue shades. - -2 Options - -dim dimension - The size of the dithering matrix. Must be a - power of 2. - - -red shades The number of red shades to be used; minimum - of 2. - - -green shades The number of green shades to be used; minimum - of 2. - - -blue shades The number of blue shades to be used; minimum - of 2. - -2 See_Also - pnmdepth, ppmquant, ppm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Christos Zoulas. - -1 ppmflash - ppmflash - brighten a picture up to complete white-out - -2 Synopsis - ppmflash flashfactor [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Increases its brightness by - the specified flashfactor up to a total white-out image. The - flashfactor may be in the range from 0.0 (original picture's - brightness) to 1.0 (full white-out, The Second After). - - As pnmgamma does not do the brightness correction in the way I - wanted it, this small program was written. - - This program is similar to ppmbrighten, but not exactly the same. - -2 See_Also - ppm(5), ppmdim(1), pnmgamma(1), ppmbrighten(1) - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1993 by Frank Neumann - -1 ppmhist - ppmhist - print a histogram of a portable pixmap - -2 Synopsis - ppmhist [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Generates a histogram of - the colors in the pixmap. - -2 See_Also - ppm, pgmhist - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 ppmmake - ppmmake - create a pixmap of a specified size and color - -2 Synopsis - ppmmake color width height - -2 Description - Produces a portable pixmap of the specified color, width, - and height. - - The color can be specified in five ways: - - o A name, assuming that a pointer to an X11-style color - names file was compiled in. - - o An X11-style hexadecimal specifier: rgb:r/g/b, where r - g and b are each 1- to 4-digit hexadecimal numbers. - - o An X11-style decimal specifier: rgbi:r/g/b, where r g - and b are floating point numbers between 0 and 1. - - o For backwards compatibility, an old-X11-style hexade- - cimal number: #rgb, #rrggbb, #rrrgggbbb, or - #rrrrggggbbbb. - - o For backwards compatibility, a triplet of numbers - separated by commas: r,g,b, where r g and b are float- - ing point numbers between 0 and 1. (This style was - added before MIT came up with the similar rgbi style.) - -2 See_Also - ppm, pbmmake - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 ppmmix - ppmmix - blend together two portable pixmaps - -2 Synopsis - ppmmix fadefactor ppmfile1 ppmfile2 - -2 Description - Reads two portable pixmaps as input. Mixes them together using - the specified fade factor. The fade factor may be in the range - from 0.0 (only ppmfile1's image data) to 1.0 (only ppmfile2's - image data). Anything in between gains a smooth blend between - the two images. - - The two pixmaps must have the same size. - -2 See_Also - ppm(5) - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1993 by Frank Neumann - -1 ppmquant - ppmquant - quantize the colors in a portable pixmap down to a - specified number - -2 Synopsis - ppmquant [-floyd|-fs] ncolors [ppmfile] - ppmquant [-floyd|-fs] -map mapfile [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Chooses ncolors colors to - best represent the image, maps the existing colors to the - new ones, and writes a portable pixmap as output. - - The quantization method is Heckbert's "median cut". - - Alternately, you can skip the color-choosing step by speci- - fying your own set of colors with the -map flag. The map- - file is just a ppm file; it can be any shape, all that - matters is the colors in it. For instance, to quantize down - to the 8-color IBM TTL color set, you might use: - P3 - 8 1 - 255 - 0 0 0 - 255 0 0 - 0 255 0 - 0 0 255 - 255 255 0 - 255 0 255 - 0 255 255 - 255 255 255 - If you want to quantize one pixmap to use the colors in - another one, just use the second one as the mapfile. You - don't have to reduce it down to only one pixel of each - color, just use it as is. - - The -floyd/-fs flag enables a Floyd-Steinberg error diffu- - sion step. Floyd-Steinberg gives vastly better results on - images where the unmodified quantization has banding or - other artifacts, especially when going to a small number of - colors such as the above IBM set. However, it does take - substantially more CPU time, so the default is off. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 References - "Color Image Quantization for Frame Buffer Display" by Paul - Heckbert, SIGGRAPH '82 Proceedings, page 297. - -2 See_Also - ppmquantall, pnmdepth, ppmdither, ppm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 ppmrelief - ppmrelief - run a Laplacian relief filter on a portable pixmap - -2 Synopsis - ppmrelief [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Does a Laplacian relief - filter, and writes a portable pixmap as output. - - The Laplacian relief filter is described in "Beyond Photog- - raphy" by Holzmann, equation 3.19. It's a sort of edge- - detection. - -2 See_Also - pgmbentley, pgmoil, ppm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1990 by Wilson Bent (whb@hoh-2.att.com) - -1 ppmshift - ppmshift - shift lines of a portable pixmap left or right by a - random amount - -2 Synopsis - ppmshift shift [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Shifts every row of image data - to the left or right by a certain amount. The 'shift' parameter - determines by how many pixels a row is to be shifted at most. - - Another one of those effects I intended to use for MPEG tests. - Unfortunately, this program will not help me here - it creates - too random patterns to be used for animations. Still, it might - give interesting results on still images. - -2 Example - Check this out: Save your favourite model's picture from - something like alt.binaries.pictures.supermodels (ok, or from any - other picture source), convert it to ppm, and process it e.g. - like this, assuming the picture is 800x600 pixels: - - # take the upper half, and leave it like it is - pnmcut 0 0 800 300 cs.ppm >upper.ppm - - # take the lower half, flip it upside down, dim it and distort - it a little - pnmcut 0 300 800 300 cs.ppm | pnmflip -tb | ppmdim 0.7 | - ppmshift 10 >lower.ppm - - # and concatenate the two pieces - pnmcat -tb upper.ppm lower.ppm >newpic.ppm The resulting - picture looks like the image being reflected on a water surface - with slight ripples. - -2 See_Also - ppm(5), pnmcut(1), pnmflip(1), ppmdim(1), pnmcat(1) - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1993 by Frank Neumann - -1 ppmspread - ppmspread - displace a portable pixmap's pixels by a random - amount - -2 Synopsis - ppmspread amount [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Moves every pixel around a bit - relative to its original position. amount determines by how many - pixels a pixel is to be moved around at most. - - Pictures processed with this filter will seem to be somewhat - dissolved or unfocussed (although they appear more coarse than - images processed by something like pnmconvol ). - -2 See_Also - ppm(5), pnmconvol(1) - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1993 by Frank Neumann - -1 ppmtoacad - ppmtoacad - convert portable pixmap to AutoCAD database or slide - -2 Synopsis - ppmtoacad [-dxb] [-poly] [-background colour] [-white] [- - aspect ratio] [-8] [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Produces an AutoCAD(Reg.) - slide file or binary database import (.dxb) file as output. - If no ppmfile is specified, input is read from standard - input. - -2 Options - -dxb An AutoCAD binary database import (.dxb) file is writ- - ten. This file is read with the DXBIN command and, - once loaded, becomes part of the AutoCAD geometrical - database and can be viewed and edited like any other - object. Each sequence of identical pixels becomes a - separate object in the database; this can result in - very large AutoCAD drawing files. However, if you want - to trace over a bitmap, it lets you zoom and pan around - the bitmap as you wish. - - -poly - If the -dxb option is not specified, the output of - ppmtoacad is an AutoCAD slide file. Normally each row - of pixels is represented by an AutoCAD line entity. If - -poly is selected, the pixels are rendered as filled - polygons. If the slide is viewed on a display with - higher resolution than the source pixmap, this will - cause the pixels to expand instead of appearing as - discrete lines against the screen background colour. - Regrettably, this representation yields slide files - which occupy more disc space and take longer to - display. - - -background colour - Most AutoCAD display drivers can be configured to use - any available colour as the screen background. Some - users perfer a black screen background, others white, - while splinter groups advocate burnt ocher, tawny puce, - and shocking grey. Discarding pixels whose closest - AutoCAD colour representation is equal to the back- - ground colour can substantially reduce the size of the - AutoCAD database or slide file needed to represent a - bitmap. If no -background colour is specified, the - screen background colour is assumed to be black. Any - AutoCAD colour number may be specified as the screen - background; colour numbers are assumed to specify the - hues defined in the standard AutoCAD 256 colour - palette. - - -white - Since many AutoCAD users choose a white screen back- - ground, this option is provided as a short-cut. Speci- - fying -white is identical in effect to -background 7. - - -aspect ratio - If the source pixmap had non-square pixels, the ratio - of the pixel width to pixel height should be specified - as ratio. The resulting slide or .dxb file will be - corrected so that pixels on the AutoCAD screen will be - square. For example, to correct an image made for a - 320x200 VGA/MCGA screen, specify -aspect 0.8333. - - -8 Restricts the colours in the output file to the 8 RGB - shades. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 Bugs - AutoCAD has a fixed palette of 256 colours, distributed - along the hue, lightness, and saturation axes. Pixmaps - which contain many nearly-identical colours, or colours not - closely approximated by AutoCAD's palette, may be poorly - rendered. - - ppmtoacad works best if the system displaying its output - supports the full 256 colour AutoCAD palette. Monochrome, 8 - colour, and 16 colour configurations will produce less than - optimal results. - - When creating a .dxb file or a slide file with the -poly - option, ppmtoacad finds both vertical and horizontal runs of - identical pixels and consolidates them into rectangular - regions to reduce the size of the output file. This is - effective for images with large areas of constant colour but - it's no substitute for true raster to vector conversion. In - particular, thin diagonal lines are not optimised at all by - this process. - - Output files can be huge. - -2 See_Also - AutoCAD Reference Manual: Slide File Format and Binary Draw- - ing Interchange (DXB) Files, ppm - -2 Author - John Walker - Autodesk SA - Avenue des Champs-Montants 14b - CH-2074 MARIN - Suisse/Schweiz/Svizzera/Svizra/Switzerland - Usenet: kelvin@Autodesk.com - Fax: 038/33 88 15 - Voice: 038/33 76 33 - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this - software and its documentation for any purpose and without - fee is hereby granted, without any conditions or restric- - tions. This software is provided ``as is'' without express - or implied warranty. - - AutoCAD and Autodesk are registered trademarks of Autodesk, - Inc. - -1 ppmtobmp - ppmtobmp - convert a portable pixmap into a BMP file - -2 Synopsis - ppmtobmp [-windows] [-os2] [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Produces a Microsoft Win- - dows or OS/2 BMP file as output. - -2 Options - -windows - Tells the program to produce a Microsoft Windows BMP - file. - - -os2 Tells the program to produce an OS/2 BMP file. (This - is the default.) - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 See_Also - bmptoppm, ppm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1992 by David W. Sanderson. - -1 ppmtogif - ppmtogif - convert a portable pixmap into a GIF file - -2 Synopsis - ppmtogif [-interlace] [-sort] [-map mapfile ] [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Produces a GIF file as - output. - -2 Options - -interlace - Tells the program to produce an interlaced GIF file. - - -sort - Produces a GIF file with a sorted color map. - - -map mapfile - - Uses the colors found in the mapfile to create the - colormap in the GIF file, instead of the colors from - ppmfile. The mapfile can be any ppm file; all that - matters is the colors in it. If the colors in ppmfile - do not match those in mapfile , they are matched to a - "best match". A (much) better result can be obtained by - using the following filter in advance: - - ppmquant -floyd -map mapfile - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 See_Also - giftopnm, ppmquant, ppm - -2 Author - Based on GIFENCOD by David Rowley - <mgardi@watdcsu.waterloo.edu>. Lempel-Ziv compression based - on "compress". - - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 ppmtoicr - ppmtoicr - convert a portable pixmap into NCSA ICR format - -2 Synopsis - ppmtoicr [-windowname name] [-expand expand] [-display - display] [-rle] [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap file as input. Produces an NCSA - Telnet Interactive Color Raster graphic file as output. If - ppmfile is not supplied, ppmtoicr will read from standard - input. - - Interactive Color Raster (ICR) is a protocol for displaying - raster graphics on workstation screens. The protocol is - implemented in NCSA Telnet for the Macintosh version 2.3. - The ICR protocol shares characteristics of the Tektronix - graphics terminal emulation protocol. For example, escape - sequences are used to control the display. - - ppmtoicr will output the appropriate sequences to create a - window of the dimensions of the input pixmap, create a - colormap of up to 256 colors on the display, then load the - picture data into the window. - - Note that there is no icrtoppm tool - this transformation is - one way. - -2 Options - -windownamename - Output will be displayed in name (Default is - to use ppmfile or "untitled" if standard input - is read.) - - -expandexpand Output will be expanded on display by factor - expand (For example, a value of 2 will cause - four pixels to be displayed for every input - pixel.) - - -displaydisplay - Output will be displayed on screen numbered - display - - -rle Use run-length encoded format for display. - (This will nearly always result in a quicker - display, but may skew the colormap.) - -2 Examples - To display a ppm file using the protocol: - ppmtoicr ppmfile - This will create a window named ppmfile on the display with - the correct dimensions for ppmfile, create and download a - colormap of up to 256 colors, and download the picture into - the window. The same effect may be achieved by the following - sequence: - ppmtoicr ppmfile > filename - cat filename - To display a GIF file using the protocol in a window titled - after the input file, zoom the displayed image by a factor - of 2, and run-length encode the data: - giftopnm giffile | ppmtoicr -w giffile -r -e 2 - -2 Bugs - The protocol uses frequent fflush calls to speed up display. - If the output is saved to a file for later display via cat, - drawing will be much slower. In either case, increasing the - Blocksize limit on the display will speed up transmission - substantially. - -2 See_Also - ppm - - NCSA Telnet for the Macintosh, University of Illinois at - Urbana-Champaign (1989) - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1990 by Kanthan Pillay - (svpillay@Princeton.EDU), Princeton University Computing and - Information Technology. - -1 ppmtoilbm - ppmtoilbm - convert a portable pixmap into an ILBM file - -2 Synopsis - ppmtoilbm [-maxplanes|-mp N] [-fixplanes|-fp N] [-ham6|- - ham8] [-dcbits|-dcplanesrg [-normal|-hamif|-hamforce - - dcif|-dcforce|-cmaponly] [-ecs|-aga] [-mapppmfile] [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Produces an ILBM file as - output. Supported ILBM types are: - - Normal ILBMs with 1-16 planes. - - Amiga Hold-and-modify (HAM) with 3-16 planes. - - 24 bit. - - Color map (BMHD + CMAP chunk only, nPlanes = 0). - - Unofficial direct color. - 1-16 planes for each color component. - - Chunks written: - BMHD, CMAP, CAMG (only for HAM), BODY (not for colormap - files) unofficial DCOL chunk for direct color ILBM - -2 Options - Options marked with (*) can be prefixed with a "no", e.g. - "-nohamif". All options can be abbreviated to their shortest - unique prefix. - - -maxplanes | -mp n - (default 5, minimum 1, maximum 16) Maximum planes to - write in a normal ILBM. If the pixmap does not fit - into <n> planes, ppmtoilbm writes a HAM file (if -hamif - is used), a 24bit file (if -24if is used) or a direct - color file (if -dcif is used) or aborts with an error. - - -fixplanes | -fp n - (min 1, max 16) If a normal ILBM is written, it will - have exactly <n> planes. - - -hambits | -hamplanes n - (default 6, min 3, max 16) Select number of planes for - HAM picture. The current Amiga hardware supports 6 and - 8 planes, so for now you should only use this values. - - -normal (default) - Turns off -hamif/-24if/-dcif, -hamforce/-24force/- - dcforce and -cmaponly. - - -hamif (*) - - -24if (*) - - -dcif (*) - Write a HAM/24bit/direct color file if the pixmap does - not fit into <maxplanes> planes. - - -hamforce (*) - - -24force (*) - - -dcforce (*) - Write a HAM/24bit/direct color file. - - -dcbits | -dcplanes r g b - (default 5, min 1, max 16). Select number of bits for - red, green & blue in a direct color ILBM. - - -ecs (default) - Shortcut for: -hamplanes 6 -maxplanes 5 - - -aga - - Shortcut for: -hamplanes 8 -maxplanes 8 - - -ham6 - - Shortcut for: -hamplanes 6 -hamforce - - -ham8 - Shortcut for: -hamplanes 8 -hamforce - - -map ppmfile - Write a normal ILBM using the colors in <ppmfile> as - the colormap. The colormap file also determines the - number of planes, a -maxplanes or -fixplanes option is - ignored. - - -cmaponly - Write a colormap file: only BMHD and CMAP chunks, no - BODY chunk, nPlanes = 0. - -2 Bugs - Needs a real colormap selection algorithm for HAM pictures, - instead of using a grayscale colormap. - -2 References - Amiga ROM Kernel Reference Manual - Devices (3rd Ed.) - Addison Wesley, ISBN 0-201-56775-X - -2 See_Also - ppm(5), ilbmtoppm(1) - -2 Authors - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - Modified August 1993 by Ingo Wilken - (Ingo.Wilken@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de) - -1 ppmtomitsu - ppmtomitsu - convert a portable pixmap to a Mitsubishi S340-10 file - -2 Synopsis - ppmtomitsu [-sharpness val] [-enlarge val] [-media string] - [-copy val] [-dpi300] [-tiny] [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input and converts it into a format - suitable to be printed by a Mitsubishi S340-10 printer, or any - other Mitsubishi color sublimation printer. - - The Mitsubishi S340-10 Color Sublimation printer supports 24bit - color. Images of the available sizes take so long to transfer that - there is a fast method, employing a lookuptable, that ppmtomitsu - will use if there is a maximum of 256 colors in the pixmap. - ppmtomitsu will try to position your image to the center of the - paper, and will rotate your image for you if xsize is larger than - ysize. If your image is larger than the media allows, ppmtomitsu - will quit with an error message. (We decided that the media were - too expensive to have careless users produce misprints.) Once data - transmission has started, the job can't be stopped in a sane way - without resetting the printer. The printer understands putting - together images in the printers memory; ppmtomitsu doesn't utilize - this as pnmcat etc provide the same functionality and let you view - the result on-screen, too. The S340-10 is the lowest common - denominator printer; for higher resolution printers there's the - dpi300 option. The other printers also support higher values for - enlarge eg., but I don't think that's essential enough to warrant a - change in the program. - - -sharpness 1-4 - 'sharpness' designation. Default is to use the current - sharpness. - - -enlarge 1-3 - Enlarge by a factor; Default is 1 (no enlarge) - - -media A, A4, AS, A4S - Designate the media you're using. Default is 1184 x 1350, - which will fit on any media. A is 1216 x 1350, A4 is 1184 x - 1452, AS is 1216 x 1650 and A4S is 1184 x 1754. A warning: - If you specify a different media than the printer currently - has, the printer will wait until you put in the correct media - or switch it off. - - -copy 1-9 - The number of copies to produce. Default is 1. - - -dpi300 - Double the number of allowed pixels for a S3600-30 Printer in - S340-10 compatibility mode. (The S3600-30 has 300 dpi). - - -tiny - Memory-safing, but always slow. The printer will get the data - line-by-line in 24bit. It's probably a good idea to use this - if your machine starts paging a lot without this option. - -2 References - Mitsubishi Sublimation Full Color Printer S340-10 Specifications of - Parallel Interface LSP-F0232F - -2 See_Also - ppmquant(1), pnmscale(1), ppm(5) - -2 Bugs - We didn't find any - yet. (Besides, they're called features anyway - :-) If you should find one, my email-adress is below. - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1992, 93 by S.Petra Zeidler, MPIfR Bonn, Germany. - (spz@specklec.mpifr-bonn.mpg.de) - -1 ppmtopcx - ppmtopcx - convert a portable pixmap into a PCX file - -2 Synopsis - ppmtopcx [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Produces a PCX file as - output. - -2 See_Also - pcxtoppm, ppm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1990 by Michael Davidson. - -1 ppmtopgm - ppmtopgm - convert a portable pixmap into a portable graymap - -2 Synopsis - ppmtopgm [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Produces a portable gray- - map as output. The quantization formula used is .299 r + - .587 g + .114 b. - - Note that although there is a pgmtoppm program, it is not - necessary for simple conversions from pgm to ppm, because - any ppm program can read pgm (and pbm ) files automagically. - pgmtoppm is for colorizing a pgm file. Also, see ppmtorgb3 - for a different way of converting color to gray. - -2 QUOTE - Cold-hearted orb that rules the night - Removes the colors from our sight - Red is gray, and yellow white - But we decide which is right - And which is a quantization error. - -2 See_Also - pgmtoppm, ppmtorgb3, rgb3toppm, ppm, pgm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 ppmtopi1 - ppmtopi1 - convert a portable pixmap into an Atari Degas - .pi1 file - -2 Synopsis - ppmtopi1 [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Produces an Atari Degas - .pi1 file as output. - -2 See_Also - pi1toppm, ppm, pbmtopi3, pi3topbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Steve Belczyk (seb3@gte.com) and Jef - Poskanzer. - -1 ppmtopict - ppmtopict - convert a portable pixmap into a Macintosh PICT - file - -2 Synopsis - ppmtopict [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Produces a Macintosh PICT - file as output. - - The generated file is only the data fork of a picture. You - will need a program such as mcvert to generate a Macbinary - or a BinHex file that contains the necessary information to - identify the file as a PICT file to MacOS. - - Even though PICT supports 2 and 4 bits per pixel, ppmtopict - always generates an 8 bits per pixel file. - -2 Bugs - The picture size field is only correct if the output is to a - file since writing into this field requires seeking back- - wards on a file. However the PICT documentation seems to - suggest that this field is not critical anyway since it is - only the lower 16 bits of the picture size. - -2 See_Also - picttoppm, ppm, mcvert - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1990 by Ken Yap <ken@cs.rocester.edu>. - -1 ppmtopj - ppmtopj - convert a portable pixmap to an HP PaintJet file - -2 Synopsis - ppmtopj [-gamma val] [-xpos val] [-ypos val] [-back - dark|lite] [-rle] [-center] [-render - none|snap|bw|dither|diffuse|monodither|monodiffuse|clusterdither|monoclusterdither] - [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input and converts it into a for- - mat suitable to be printed by an HP PaintJet printer. - - For best results, the input file should be in 8-color RGB - form; i.e. it should have only the 8 binary combinations of - full-on and full-off primaries. You could get this by send- - ing the input file through ppmquant -map with a map file - such as: - P3 - 8 1 - 255 - 0 0 0 255 0 0 0 255 0 0 0 255 - 255 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 255 255 255 255 - Or else you could use use ppmdither -red 2 -green 2 -blue - -2 Options - -rle Run length encode the image. (This can result - in larger images) - - -back Enhance the foreground by indicating if the - background is light or dark compated to the - foreground. - - -render alg Use an internal rendering algorithm (default - dither). - - -gamma int Gamma correct the image using the integet - parameter as a gamma (default 0). - - -center Center the image to an 8.5 by 11 page - - -xpos pos Move by pos pixels in the x direction. - - -ypos pos Move by pos pixels in the y direction. - -2 References - HP PaintJet XL Color Graphics Printer User's Guide - -2 See_Also - pnmdepth, ppmquant, ppmdither, ppm - -2 Bugs - Most of the options have not been tested because of the - price of the paper. - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Christos Zoulas. - -1 ppmtopuzz - ppmtopuzz - convert a portable pixmap into an X11 "puzzle" - file - -2 Synopsis - ppmtopuzz [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Produces an X11 "puzzle" - file as output. A "puzzle" file is for use with the puzzle - program included with the X11 distribution - puzzle's - - picture flag lets you specify an image file. - -2 See_Also - ppm, puzzle - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 ppmtorgb3 - ppmtorgb3 - separate a portable pixmap into three portable - graymaps - -2 Synopsis - ppmtorgb3 [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Writes three portable - graymaps as output, one each for red, green, and blue. - - The output filenames are constructed by taking the input - filename, stripping off any extension, and appending ".red", - ".grn", and ".blu". For example, separating lenna.ppm would - result in lenna.red, lenna.grn, and lenna.blu. If the input - comes from stdin, the names are noname.red, noname.grn, and - noname.blu. - -2 See_Also - rgb3toppm, ppmtopgm, pgmtoppm, ppm, pgm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 ppmtosixel - ppmtosixel - convert a portable pixmap into DEC sixel format - -2 Synopsis - ppmtosixel [-raw] [-margin] [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Produces sixel commands - (SIX) as output. The output is formatted for color print- - ing, e.g. for a DEC LJ250 color inkjet printer. - - If RGB values from the PPM file do not have maxval=100, the - RGB values are rescaled. A printer control header and a - color assignment table begin the SIX file. Image data is - written in a compressed format by default. A printer con- - trol footer ends the image file. - -2 Options - -raw If specified, each pixel will be explicitly described - in the image file. If -raw is not specified, output - will default to compressed format in which identical - adjacent pixels are replaced by "repeat pixel" com- - mands. A raw file is often an order of magnitude - larger than a compressed file and prints much slower. - - -margin - If -margin is not specified, the image will be start at - the left margin (of the window, paper, or whatever). - If -margin is specified, a 1.5 inch left margin will - offset the image. - -2 Printing - Generally, sixel files must reach the printer unfiltered. - Use the lpr -x option or cat filename > /dev/tty0?. - -2 Bugs - Upon rescaling, truncation of the least significant bits of - RGB values may result in poor color conversion. If the ori- - ginal PPM maxval was greater than 100, rescaling also - reduces the image depth. While the actual RGB values from - the ppm file are more or less retained, the color palette of - the LJ250 may not match the colors on your screen. This - seems to be a printer limitation. - -2 See_Also - ppm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Rick Vinci. - -1 ppmtotga - ppmtotga - convert portable pixmap into a TrueVision Targa - file - -2 Synopsis - ppmtotga [-mono|-cmap|-rgb] [-norle] [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Produces a TrueVision - Targa file as output. - -2 Options - -mono - Forces Targa file to be of type 8 bit monochrome. - Input must be a portable bitmap or a portable graymap. - - -cmap - Forces Targa file to be of type 24 bit colormapped. - Input must be a portable bitmap, a portable graymap or - a portable pixmap containing no more than 256 distinct - colors. - - -rgb Forces Targa file to be of type 24 bit unmapped color. - - -norle - Disables run-length encoding, in case you have a Targa - reader which can't read run-length encoded files. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. If no file type is specified the most highly con- - stained compatible type is used, where monochrome is more - constained than colormapped which is in turn more constained - than unmapped. - -2 Bugs - Does not support all possible Targa file types. Should - really be in PNM, not PPM. - -2 See_Also - tgatoppm, ppm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 by Mark Shand and Jef Poskanzer. - -1 ppmtouil - ppmtouil - convert a portable pixmap into a Motif UIL icon - file - -2 Synopsis - ppmtouil [-name uilname] [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Produces a Motif UIL icon - file as output. - - If the program was compiled with an rgb database specified, - and a RGB value from the ppm input matches a RGB value from - the database, then the corresponding color name mnemonic is - printed in the UIL's colormap. If no rgb database was com- - piled in, or if the RGB values don't match, then the color - will be printed with the #RGB, #RRGGBB, #RRRGGGBBB, or - #RRRRGGGGBBBB hexadecimal format. - -2 Options - -name - Allows you to specify the prefix string which is - printed in the resulting UIL output. If not specified, - will default to the filename (without extension) of the - ppmfile argument. If -name is not specified and no - ppmfile is specified (i.e. piped input), the prefix - string will default to the string "noname". - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 See_Also - ppm - -2 Author - Converted by Jef Poskanzer from ppmtoxpm.c, which is Copy- - right (C) 1990 by Mark W. Snitily - -1 ppmtoxpm - ppmtoxpm - convert a portable pixmap into an X11 pixmap - -2 Synopsis - ppmtoxpm [-name xpmname] [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Produces X11 pixmap (XPM) - as output. - - If the program was compiled with an rgb database specified, - and a RGB value from the ppm input matches a RGB value from - the database, then the corresponding color name mnemonic is - printed in the XPM's colormap. If no rgb database was com- - piled in, or if the RGB values don't match, then the color - will be printed with the #RGB, #RRGGBB, #RRRGGGBBB, or - #RRRRGGGGBBBB hexadecimal format. - -2 Options - -name - Allows you to specify the prefix string which is - printed in the resulting XPM output. If not specified, - will default to the filename (without extension) of the - ppmfile argument. If -name is not specified and no - ppmfile is specified (i.e. piped input), the prefix - string will default to the string "noname". - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 Example - To convert the file "dot" (found in - /usr/include/X11/bitmaps), from xbm to xpm one could specify - - xbmtopbm dot | ppmtoxpm -name dot - -2 Bugs - An option to match the closest (rather than exact) color - name mnemonic from the rgb text would be a desirable - enhancement. - - Truncation of the least significant bits of a RGB value may - result in nonexact matches when performing color name - mnemonic lookups. - -2 See_Also - xpmtoppm, ppm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1990 by Mark W. Snitily. - -1 ppmtoyuv - ppmtoyuv - convert a portable pixmap into an Abekas YUV file - -2 Synopsis - ppmtoyuv [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Produces an Abekas YUV - file as output. - -2 See_Also - yuvtoppm, ppm - -2 Author - Marc Boucher <marc@PostImage.COM>, based on Example Conver- - sion Program, A60/A64 Digital Video Interface Manual, page - 69. - - Copyright (C) 1991 by DHD PostImage Inc. - - Copyright (C) 1987 by Abekas Video Systems Inc. - -1 ppmtoyuvsplit - ppmtoyuvsplit - convert a portable pixmap into 3 subsampled - raw YUV files - -2 Synopsis - ppmtoyuvsplit basename [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Produces 3 raw files - basename.Y, basename.U and basename.V as output. These - files are the subsampled raw YUV representation of the input - pixmap, as required by the Stanford MPEG codec. The subsam- - pling is done by arithmetic mean of 4 pixels colors into - one. The YUV values are scaled according to CCIR.601, as - assumed by MPEG. - -2 See_Also - mpeg, ppm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1993 by Andre Beck. (Andreeck@IRS.Inf.TU- - Dresden.de) - - Based on ppmtoyuv.c - -1 qrttoppm - qrttoppm - convert output from the QRT ray tracer into a - portable pixmap - -2 Synopsis - qrttoppm [qrtfile] - -2 Description - Reads a QRT file as input. Produces a portable pixmap as - output. - -2 See_Also - ppm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 rawtoppm - rawtoppm - convert raw RGB bytes into a portable pixmap - -2 Synopsis - rawtoppm [-headerskip N] [-rowskip N] [-rgb|-rbg|-grb |- - gbr|-brg|-bgr ] [-interpixel|-interrow] width height [image- - data] - -2 Description - Reads raw RGB bytes as input. Produces a portable pixmap as - output. The input file is just RGB bytes. You have to - specify the width and height on the command line, since the - program obviously can't get them from the file. The maxval - is assumed to be 255. If the resulting image is upside - down, run it through pnmflip -tb . - -2 Options - -headerskip - If the file has a header, you can use this flag to skip - over it. - - -rowskip - If there is padding at the ends of the rows, you can - skip it with this flag. - - -rgb -rbg -grb -gbr -brg -bgr - These flags let you specify alternate color orders. - The default is -rgb. - - -interpixel -interrow - These flags let you specify how the colors are inter- - leaved. The default is -interpixel, meaning inter- - leaved by pixel. A byte of red, a byte of green, and a - byte of blue, or whatever color order you specified. - -interrow means interleaved by row - a row of red, a - row of green, a row of blue, assuming standard rgb - color order. An -interplane flag - all the red pix- - els, then all the green, then all the blue - would be - an obvious extension, but is not implemented. You - could get the same effect by splitting the file into - three parts (perhaps using dd), turning each part into - a PGM file with rawtopgm, and then combining them with - rgb3toppm. - -2 See_Also - ppm, rawtopgm, rgb3toppm, pnmflip - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 rgb3toppm - rgb3toppm - combine three portable graymaps into one port- - able pixmap - -2 Synopsis - rgb3toppm redpgmfile greenpgmfile bluepgmfile - -2 Description - Reads three portable graymaps as input. Combines them and - produces one portable pixmap as output. - -2 See_Also - ppmtorgb3, pgmtoppm, ppmtopgm, ppm, pgm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 sldtoppm - sldtoppm - convert an AutoCAD slide file into a portable - pixmap - -2 Synopsis - sldtoppm [-adjust] [-dir] [-height|-ysize s] [-info] [- - lib|-Lib name] [-scale s] [-verbose] [-width|-xsize - s] [slidefile] - -2 Description - Reads an AutoCAD(Reg.) slide file and outputs a portable - pixmap. If no slidefile is specified, input is read from - standard input. The ppmdraw library is used to convert the - vector and polygon information in the slide file to a pix- - map; see the file ppmdraw.h for details on this package. - -2 Options - -adjust - If the display on which the slide file was created had - non-square pixels, when the slide is processed with - sldtoppm and the -adjust option is not present, the - following warning will appear: - Warning - pixels on source screen were non-square. - Specifying -adjust will correct image width to com- - pensate. - Specifying the -adjust option causes sldtoppm to scale - the width of the image so that pixels in the resulting - portable pixmap are square (and hence circles appear as - true circles, not ellipses). The scaling is performed - in the vector domain, before scan converting the - objects. The results are, therefore, superior in - appearance to what you'd obtain were you to perform the - equivalent scaling with pnmscale after the bitmap had - been created. - - -dir The input is assumed to be an AutoCAD slide library - file. A directory listing each slide in the library is - printed on standard error. - - -height size - Scales the image in the vector domain so it is size - pixels in height. If no -width or -xsize option is - specified, the width will be adjusted to preserve the - pixel aspect ratio. - - -info - Dump the slide file header on standard error, display- - ing the original screen size and aspect ratio among - other information. - - -lib name - Extracts the slide with the given name from the slide - library given as input. The specified name is con- - verted to upper case. - - -Lib name - Extracts the slide with the given name from the slide - library given as input. The name is used exactly as - specified; it is not converted to upper case. - - -scale s - Scales the image by factor s, which may be any floating - point value greater than zero. Scaling is done after - aspect ratio adjustment, if any. Since scaling is per- - formed in the vector domain, before rasterisation, the - results look much better than running the output of - sldtoppm through pnmscale. - - -verbose - Dumps the slide file header and lists every vector and - polygon in the file on standard error. - - -width size - Scales the image in the vector domain so it is size - pixels wide. If no -height or -ysize option is speci- - fied, the height will be adjusted to preserve the pixel - aspect ratio. - - -xsize size - Scales the image in the vector domain so it is size - pixels wide. If no -height or -ysize option is speci- - fied, the height will be adjusted to preserve the pixel - aspect ratio. - - -ysize size - Scales the image in the vector domain so it is size - pixels in height. If no -width or -xsize option is - specified, the width will be adjusted to preserve the - pixel aspect ratio. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 Bugs - Only Level 2 slides are converted. Level 1 format has been - obsolete since the advent of AutoCAD Release 9 in 1987, and - was not portable across machine architectures. - - Slide library items with names containing 8 bit (such as - ISO) or 16 bit (Kanji, for example) characters may not be - found when chosen with the -lib option unless sldtoppm has - been built with character set conversion functions appropri- - ate to the locale. You can always retrieve slides from - libraries regardless of the character set by using the -Lib - option and specifying the precise name of library member. - Use the -dir option to list the slides in a library if - you're unsure of the exact name. - -2 See_Also - AutoCAD Reference Manual: Slide File Format, pnmscale, - ppm - -2 Author - John Walker - Autodesk SA - Avenue des Champs-Montants 14b - CH-2074 MARIN - Suisse/Schweiz/Svizzera/Svizra/Switzerland - Usenet: kelvin@Autodesk.com - Fax: 038/33 88 15 - Voice: 038/33 76 33 - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this - software and its documentation for any purpose and without - fee is hereby granted, without any conditions or restric- - tions. This software is provided ``as is'' without express - or implied warranty. - - AutoCAD and Autodesk are registered trademarks of Autodesk, - Inc. - -1 spctoppm - spctoppm - convert an Atari compressed Spectrum file into a - portable pixmap - -2 Synopsis - spctoppm [spcfile] - -2 Description - Reads an Atari compressed Spectrum file as input. Produces - a portable pixmap as output. - -2 See_Also - sputoppm, ppm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Steve Belczyk (seb3@gte.com) and Jef - Poskanzer. - -1 sputoppm - sputoppm - convert an Atari uncompressed Spectrum file into - a portable pixmap - -2 Synopsis - sputoppm [spufile] - -2 Description - Reads an Atari uncompressed Spectrum file as input. Pro- - duces a portable pixmap as output. - -2 See_Also - spctoppm, ppm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Steve Belczyk (seb3@gte.com) and Jef - Poskanzer. - -1 tgatoppm - tgatoppm - convert TrueVision Targa file into a portable - pixmap - -2 Synopsis - tgatoppm [-debug] [tgafile] - -2 Description - Reads a TrueVision Targa file as input. Produces a portable - pixmap as output. - -2 Options - -debug - Causes the header information to be dumped to stderr. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. Should really be in PNM, not PPM. - -2 See_Also - ppmtotga, ppm - -2 Author - Partially based on tga2rast, version 1.0, by Ian J. Mac- - Phedran. - - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 ximtoppm - ximtoppm - convert an Xim file into a portable pixmap - -2 Synopsis - ximtoppm [ximfile] - -2 Description - Reads an Xim file as input. Produces a portable pixmap as - output. The Xim toolkit is included in the contrib tree of - the X.V11R4 release. - -2 See_Also - ppm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 xpmtoppm - xpmtoppm - convert an X11 pixmap into a portable pixmap - -2 Synopsis - xpmtoppm [xpmfile] - -2 Description - Reads an X11 pixmap (XPM) as input. Produces a portable - pixmap as output. - -2 See_Also - ppmtoxpm, ppm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 yuvtoppm - yuvtoppm - convert Abekas YUV bytes into a portable pixmap - -2 Synopsis - yuvtoppm width height [imagedata] - -2 Description - Reads raw Abekas YUV bytes as input. Produces a portable - pixmap as output. The input file is just YUV bytes. You - have to specify the width and height on the command line, - since the program obviously can't get them from the file. - The maxval is assumed to be 255. - -2 See_Also - ppmtoyuv, ppm - -2 Author - Marc Boucher <marc@PostImage.COM>, based on Example Conver- - sion Program, A60/A64 Digital Video Interface Manual, page - 69. - - Copyright (C) 1991 by DHD PostImage Inc. - - Copyright (C) 1987 by Abekas Video Systems Inc. - -1 yuvsplittoppm - yuvplittoppm - convert a Y- an U- and a V-file into a port- - able pixmap. - -2 Synopsis - yuvsplittoppm basename width height [-ccir601] - -2 Description - Reads three files, containing the YUV components, as input. - These files are basename .Y, basename.U and basename.V . - Produces a portable pixmap on stdout. - - Since the YUV files are raw files, the dimensions width and - height must be specified on the command line. - -2 Options - -ccir601 - Assumes that the YUV triplets are scaled into the - smaller range of the CCIR 601 (MPEG) standard. Else, - the JFIF (JPEG) standard is assumed. - -2 See_Also - ppmtoyuvsplit, yuvtoppm, ppm - -2 Author - Marcel Wijkstra <wijkstra@fwi.uva.nl>, based on - ppmtoyuvsplit. - -1 ppmforge - ppmforge - fractal forgeries of clouds, planets, and starry - skies - -2 Synopsis - ppmforge [-clouds] [-night] [-dimension dimen] [-hour hour] - [-inclination|-tilt angle] [-mesh size] [-power - factor] [-glaciers level] [-ice level] [-saturation - sat] [-seed seed] [-stars fraction] [-xsize|-width - width] [-ysize|-height height] - -2 Description - ppmforge generates three kinds of ``random fractal for- - geries,'' the term coined by Richard F. Voss of the IBM Tho- - mas J. Watson Research Center for seemingly realistic pic- - tures of natural objects generated by simple algorithms em- - bodying randomness and fractal self-similarity. The tech- - niques used by ppmforge are essentially those given by - Voss[1], particularly the technique of spectral synthesis - explained in more detail by Dietmar Saupe[2]. - - The program generates two varieties of pictures: planets and - clouds, which are just different renderings of data generat- - ed in an identical manner, illustrating the unity of the - fractal structure of these very different objects. A third - type of picture, a starry sky, is synthesised directly from - pseudorandom numbers. - - The generation of planets or clouds begins with the prepara- - tion of an array of random data in the frequency domain. - The size of this array, the ``mesh size,'' can be set with - the -mesh option; the larger the mesh the more realistic the - pictures but the calculation time and memory requirement in- - creases as the square of the mesh size. The fractal dimen- - sion, which you can specify with the -dimension option, - determines the roughness of the terrain on the planet or the - scale of detail in the clouds. As the fractal dimension is - increased, more high frequency components are added into the - random mesh. - - Once the mesh is generated, an inverse two dimensional - Fourier transform is performed upon it. This converts the - original random frequency domain data into spatial ampli- - tudes. We scale the real components that result from the - Fourier transform into numbers from 0 to 1 associated with - each point on the mesh. You can further modify this number - by applying a ``power law scale'' to it with the -power op- - tion. Unity scale leaves the numbers unmodified; a power - scale of 0.5 takes the square root of the numbers in the - mesh, while a power scale of 3 replaces the numbers in the - mesh with their cubes. Power law scaling is best envisioned - by thinking of the data as representing the elevation of - terrain; powers less than 1 yield landscapes with vertical - scarps that look like glacially-carved valleys; powers - greater than one make fairy-castle spires (which require - large mesh sizes and high resolution for best results). - - After these calculations, we have a array of the specified - size containing numbers that range from 0 to 1. The pixmaps - are generated as follows: - - Clouds A colour map is created that ranges from pure blue - to white by increasing admixture (desaturation) of - blue with white. Numbers less than 0.5 are - coloured blue, numbers between 0.5 and 1.0 are - coloured with corresponding levels of white, with - 1.0 being pure white. - - Planet The mesh is projected onto a sphere. Values less - than 0.5 are treated as water and values between - 0.5 and 1.0 as land. The water areas are coloured - based upon the water depth, and land based on its - elevation. The random depth data are used to - create clouds over the oceans. An atmosphere ap- - proximately like the Earth's is simulated; its - light absorption is calculated to create a blue - cast around the limb of the planet. A function - that rises from 0 to 1 based on latitude is modu- - lated by the local elevation to generate polar ice - caps--high altitude terrain carries glaciers - farther from the pole. Based on the position of - the star with respect to the observer, the ap- - parent colour of each pixel of the planet is cal- - culated by ray-tracing from the star to the planet - to the observer and applying a lighting model that - sums ambient light and diffuse reflection (for - most planets ambient light is zero, as their pri- - mary star is the only source of illumination). - Additional random data are used to generate stars - around the planet. - - Night A sequence of pseudorandom numbers is used to gen- - erate stars with a user specified density. - - Cloud pictures always contain 256 or fewer colours and may - be displayed on most colour mapped devices without further - processing. Planet pictures often contain tens of thousands - of colours which must be compressed with ppmquant or - ppmdither before encoding in a colour mapped format. If the - display resolution is high enough, ppmdither generally pro- - duces better looking planets. ppmquant tends to create - discrete colour bands, particularly in the oceans, which are - unrealistic and distracting. The number of colours in star- - ry sky pictures generated with the -night option depends on - the value specified for -saturation. Small values limit the - colour temperature distribution of the stars and reduce the - number of colours in the image. If the -saturation is set - to 0, none of the stars will be coloured and the resulting - image will never contain more than 256 colours. Night sky - pictures with many different star colours often look best - when colour compressed by pnmdepth rather than ppmquant or - ppmdither. Try newmaxval settings of 63, 31, or 15 with - pnmdepth to reduce the number of colours in the picture to - 256 or fewer. - -2 Options - -clouds Generate clouds. A pixmap of fractal clouds is - generated. Selecting clouds sets the default for - fractal dimension to 2.15 and power scale factor - to 0.75. - - -dimension dimen - Sets the fractal dimension to the specified dimen, - which may be any floating point value between 0 - and 3. Higher fractal dimensions create more - ``chaotic'' images, which require higher resolu- - tion output and a larger FFT mesh size to look - good. If no dimension is specified, 2.4 is used - when generating planets and 2.15 for clouds. - - -glaciers level - The floating point level setting controls the ex- - tent to which terrain elevation causes ice to ap- - pear at lower latitudes. The default value of - 0.75 makes the polar caps extend toward the equa- - tor across high terrain and forms glaciers in the - highest mountains, as on Earth. Higher values - make ice sheets that cover more and more of the - land surface, simulating planets in the midst of - an ice age. Lower values tend to be boring, - resulting in unrealistic geometrically-precise ice - cap boundaries. - - -hour hour - When generating a planet, hour is used as the - ``hour angle at the central meridian.'' If you - specify -hour 12, for example, the planet will be - fully illuminated, corresponding to high noon at - the longitude at the centre of the screen. You - can specify any floating point value between 0 and - 24 for hour, but values which place most of the - planet in darkness (0 to 4 and 20 to 24) result in - crescents which, while pretty, don't give you many - illuminated pixels for the amount of computing - that's required. If no -hour option is specified, - a random hour angle is chosen, biased so that only - 25% of the images generated will be crescents. - - -ice level - Sets the extent of the polar ice caps to the given - floating point level. The default level of 0.4 - produces ice caps similar to those of the Earth. - Smaller values reduce the amount of ice, while - larger -ice settings create more prominent ice - caps. Sufficiently large values, such as 100 or - more, in conjunction with small settings for - - glaciers (try 0.1) create ``ice balls'' like Euro- - pa. - - -inclination|-tilt angle - The inclination angle of the planet with regard to - its primary star is set to angle, which can be any - floating point value from -90 to 90. The inclina- - tion angle can be thought of as specifying, in de- - grees, the ``season'' the planet is presently ex- - periencing or, more precisely, the latitude at - which the star transits the zenith at local noon. - If 0, the planet is at equinox; the star is - directly overhead at the equator. Positive values - represent summer in the northern hemisphere, nega- - tive values summer in the southern hemisphere. - The Earth's inclination angle, for example, is - about 23.5 at the June solstice, 0 at the - equinoxes in March and September, and -23.5 at the - December solstice. If no inclination angle is - specified, a random value between -21.6 and 21.6 - degrees is chosen. - - -mesh size - A mesh of size by size will be used for the fast - Fourier transform (FFT). Note that memory re- - quirements and computation speed increase as the - square of size; if you double the mesh size, the - program will use four times the memory and run - four times as long. The default mesh is 256x256, - which produces reasonably good looking pictures - while using half a megabyte for the 256x256 array - of single precision complex numbers required by - the FFT. On machines with limited memory capaci- - ty, you may have to reduce the mesh size to avoid - running out of RAM. Increasing the mesh size pro- - duces better looking pictures; the difference be- - comes particularly noticeable when generating high - resolution images with relatively high fractal di- - mensions (between 2.2 and 3). - - -night A starry sky is generated. The stars are created - by the same algorithm used for the stars that sur- - round planet pictures, but the output consists ex- - clusively of stars. - - -power factor - Sets the ``power factor'' used to scale elevations - synthesised from the FFT to factor, which can be - any floating point number greater than zero. If - no factor is specified a default of 1.2 is used if - a planet is being generated, or 0.75 if clouds are - selected by the -clouds option. The result of the - FFT image synthesis is an array of elevation - values between 0 and 1. A non-unity power factor - exponentiates each of these elevations to the - specified power. For example, a power factor of 2 - squares each value, while a power factor of 0.5 - replaces each with its square root. (Note that - exponentiating values between 0 and 1 yields - values that remain within that range.) Power fac- - tors less than 1 emphasise large-scale elevation - changes at the expense of small variations. Power - factors greater than 1 increase the roughness of - the terrain and, like high fractal dimensions, may - require a larger FFT mesh size and/or higher - screen resolution to look good. - - -saturation sat - Controls the degree of colour saturation of the - stars that surround planet pictures and fill star- - ry skies created with the -night option. The de- - fault value of 125 creates stars which resemble - the sky as seen by the human eye from Earth's sur- - face. Stars are dim; only the brightest activate - the cones in the human retina, causing colour to - be perceived. Higher values of sat approximate - the appearance of stars from Earth orbit, where - better dark adaptation, absence of skyglow, and - the concentration of light from a given star onto - a smaller area of the retina thanks to the lack of - atmospheric turbulence enhances the perception of - colour. Values greater than 250 create ``science - fiction'' skies that, while pretty, don't occur in - this universe. - - Thanks to the inverse square law combined with - Nature's love of mediocrity, there are many, many - dim stars for every bright one. This population - relationship is accurately reflected in the skies - created by ppmforge. Dim, low mass stars live - much longer than bright massive stars, consequent- - ly there are many reddish stars for every blue gi- - ant. This relationship is preserved by ppmforge. - You can reverse the proportion, simulating the sky - as seen in a starburst galaxy, by specifying a - negative sat value. - - -seed num Sets the seed for the random number generator to - the integer num. The seed used to create each - picture is displayed on standard output (unless - suppressed with the -quiet option). Pictures gen- - erated with the same seed will be identical. If - no -seed is specified, a random seed derived from - the date and time will be chosen. Specifying an - explicit seed allows you to re-render a picture - you particularly like at a higher resolution or - with different viewing parameters. - - -stars fraction - Specifies the percentage of pixels, in tenths of a - percent, which will appear as stars, either sur- - rounding a planet or filling the entire frame if - -night is specified. The default fraction is 100. - - -xsize|-width width - Sets the width of the generated image to width - pixels. The default width is 256 pixels. Images - must be at least as wide as they are high; if a - width less than the height is specified, it will - be increased to equal the height. If you must - have a long skinny pixmap, make a square one with - ppmforge, then use pnmcut to extract a portion of - the shape and size you require. - - -ysize|-height height - Sets the height of the generated image to height - pixels. The default height is 256 pixels. If the - height specified exceeds the width, the width will - be increased to equal the height. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 Bugs - The algorithms require the output pixmap to be at least as - wide as it is high, and the width to be an even number of - pixels. These constraints are enforced by increasing the - size of the requested pixmap if necessary. - - You may have to reduce the FFT mesh size on machines with 16 - bit integers and segmented pointer architectures. - -2 See_Also - pnmcut, pnmdepth, ppmdither, ppmquant, ppm - - [1] Voss, Richard F., ``Random Fractal Forgeries,'' in - Earnshaw et. al., Fundamental Algorithms for Computer - Graphics, Berlin: Springer-Verlag, 1985. - - [2] Peitgen, H.-O., and Saupe, D. eds., The Science Of - Fractal Images, New York: Springer Verlag, 1988. - -2 Author - John Walker - Autodesk SA - Avenue des Champs-Montants 14b - CH-2074 MARIN - Suisse/Schweiz/Svizzera/Svizra/Switzerland - Usenet: kelvin@Autodesk.com - Fax: 038/33 88 15 - Voice: 038/33 76 33 - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this - software and its documentation for any purpose and without - fee is hereby granted, without any conditions or restric- - tions. This software is provided ``as is'' without express - or implied warranty. - - PLUGWARE! If you like this kind of stuff, you may also enjoy - ``James Gleick's Chaos--The Software'' for MS-DOS, available - for $59.95 from your local software store or directly from - Autodesk, Inc., Attn: Science Series, 2320 Marinship Way, - Sausalito, CA 94965, USA. Telephone: (800) 688-2344 toll- - free or, outside the U.S. (415) 332-2344 Ext 4886. Fax: - (415) 289-4718. ``Chaos--The Software'' includes a more - comprehensive fractal forgery generator which creates - three-dimensional landscapes as well as clouds and planets, - plus five more modules which explore other aspects of Chaos. - The user guide of more than 200 pages includes an introduc- - tion by James Gleick and detailed explanations by Rudy Ruck- - er of the mathematics and algorithms used by each program. - -1 ppmpat - ppmpat - make a pretty pixmap - -2 Synopsis - ppmpat -gingham2|-g2|-gingham3| -g3|-madras|-tartan| - - poles|-squig|-camo| -anticamo width height - -2 Description - Produces a portable pixmap of the specified width and - height, with a pattern in it. - - This program is mainly to demonstrate use of the ppmdraw - routines, a simple but powerful drawing library. See the - ppmdraw.h include file for more info on using these rou- - tines. Still, some of the patterns can be rather pretty. - If you have a color workstation, something like ppmpat - -squig 300 300 | ppmquant 128 should generate a nice back- - ground. - -2 Options - The different flags specify various different pattern types: - - -gingham2 - A gingham check pattern. Can be tiled. - - -gingham3 - A slightly more complicated gingham. Can be tiled. - - -madras - A madras plaid. Can be tiled. - - -tartan - A tartan plaid. Can be tiled. - - -poles - Color gradients centered on randomly-placed poles. May - need to be run through ppmquant. - - -squig - Squiggley tubular pattern. Can be tiled. May need to - be run through ppmquant. - - -camo - Camouflage pattern. May need to be run through - ppmquant. - - -anticamo - Anti-camouflage pattern - like -camo, but ultra-bright - colors. May need to be run through ppmquant. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 References - Some of the patterns are from "Designer's Guide to Color 3" - by Jeanne Allen. - -2 See_Also - pnmtile, ppmquant, ppm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 ppmqvga - ppmqvga - 8 plane quantization - -2 Synopsis - ppmqvga [ options ] [ input file ] - -2 Description - ppmqvga quantizes PPM files to 8 planes, with optional - Floyd-Steinberg dithering. Input is a PPM file from the - file named, or standard input of no file is provided. - -2 Options - -d dither. Apply Floyd-Steinberg dithering to the data - - -q quiet. Produces no progress reporting, and no terminal - output unless and error occurs. - - -v verbose. Produces additional output describing the number - of colors found, and some information on the resulting map- - ping. May be repeated to generate loads of internal table - output, but generally only useful once. - -2 Examples - ppmqvga -d mymage.ppm | ppmtogif >mymage.gif - - tgatoppm zombie.tga | ppmqvga | ppmtotif > zombie.tif - -2 See_Also - ppmquant - -2 Diagnostics - Error messages if problems, various levels of optional pro- - gress reporting. - -2 Limitations - none known. - -2 Author - Original by Lyle Rains (lrains@netcom.com) as ppmq256 and - ppmq256fs combined, documented, and enhanced by Bill David- - sen (davidsen@crd.ge.com) - - Copyright 1991,1992 by Bill Davidsen, all rights reserved. - The program and documentation may be freely distributed by - anyone in source or binary format. Please clearly note any - changes. - -1 ppmtomap - ppmtomap - extract all colors from a portable pixmap - -2 Synopsis - ppmtomap [-sort] [-square] [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Produces a portable pix- - map as output, representing a color map of the input file. - All N different colors found are put in an Nx1 portable pix- - map. This color map file can be used as a mapfile for - ppmquant or ppmtogif. - -2 Options - -sort - Produces a portable pixmap with the colors in some - sorted order. - - -square - Produces a (more or less) square output file, instead - of putting all colors on the top row. - - All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique pre- - fix. - -2 WARNING - If you want to use the output file as a mapfile for ppmto- - gif, you first have to do a ppmquant 256, since ppmtomap is - not limited to 256 colors (but to 65536). - -2 See_Also - ppmtogif, ppmquant, ppm - -2 Author - Marcel Wijkstra (wijkstra@fwi.uva.nl). - - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 ppmtopjxl - ppmtopjxl - convert a portable pixmap into an HP PaintJet XL - PCL file - -2 Synopsis - ppmtopjxl [-nopack] [-gamma <n> ] [-presentation] [-dark] - [-diffuse] [-cluster] [-dither] [-xshift <s> ] [-yshift <s> - ] [-xshift <s> ] [-yshift <s> ] [-xsize|-width|-xscale <s> ] - [-ysize|-height|-yscale <s> ] [ppmfile] - - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Produces a PCL file suit- - able for printing on an HP PaintJet XL printer as output. - - The generated file is not suitable for printing on a normal - PrintJet printer. The -nopack option generates a file which - does not use the normal TIFF 4.0 compression method. This - file might be printable on a normal PaintJet printer (not an - XL). - - The -gamma option sets the gamma correction for the image. - The useful range for the PaintJet XL is approximately 0.6 to - 1.5. - - The rendering algorithm used for images can be altered with - the -dither, -cluster, and -diffuse options. These options - select ordered dithering, clustered ordered dithering, or - error diffusion respectively. The -dark option can be used - to enhance images with a dark background when they are - reduced in size. The -presentation option turns on presen- - tation mode, in which two passes are made over the paper to - increase ink density. This should be used only for images - where quality is critical. - - - The image can be resized by setting the -xsize and -ysize - options. The parameter to either of these options is inter- - preted as the number of dots to set the width or height to, - but an optional dimension of `pt' (points), `dp' (deci- - points), `in' (inches), or `cm' (centimetres) may be - appended. If only one dimension is specified, the other - will be scaled appropriately. - - The options -width and -height are synonyms of -xsize and - -ysize. - - The -xscale and -yscale options can alternatively be used to - scale the image by a simple factor. - - The image can be shifted on the page by using the -xshift - and -yshift options. These move the image the specified - dimensions right and down. - - -2 See_Also - ppm - -2 Author - Angus Duggan - -1 libppm - libppm - functions to support portable pixmap programs - -2 Synopsis - #include <ppm.h> - cc ... libppm.a libpgm.a libpbm.a - - -2 Description - TYPES AND CONSTANTS - typedef ... pixel; - typedef ... pixval; - #define PPM_MAXMAXVAL ... - extern pixval ppm_pbmmaxval; - - Each pixel contains three pixvals, each of which should con- - tain only the values between 0 and PPM_MAXMAXVAL. - ppm_pbmmaxval is the maxval used when a PPM program reads a - PBM file. Normally it is 1; however, for some programs, a - larger value gives better results. - - #define PPM_FORMAT ... - #define RPPM_FORMAT ... - #define PPM_TYPE PPM_FORMAT - int PPM_FORMAT_TYPE( int format ) - - For distinguishing different file formats and types. - - pixval PPM_GETR( pixel p ) - pixval PPM_GETG( pixel p ) - pixval PPM_GETB( pixel p ) - - These three macros retrieve the red, green or blue value - from the given pixel. - - void PPM_ASSIGN( pixel p, pixval red, pixval grn, pixval blu ) - - This macro assigns the given red, green and blue values to - the pixel. - - int PPM_EQUAL( pixel p, pixel q ) - - This macro checks two pixels for equality. - - void PPM_DEPTH( pixel newp, pixel p, pixval oldmaxval, pixval newmaxval ) - - This macro scales the colors of pixel p according the old - and new maximum values and assigns the new values to newp. - It is intended to make writing ppmtowhatever easier. - - float PPM_LUMIN( pixel p ) - This macro determines the luminance of the pixel p. - - MEMORY MANAGEMENT - pixel** ppm_allocarray( int cols, int rows ) - - Allocate an array of pixels. - - pixel* ppm_allocrow( int cols ) - - Allocate a row of the given number of pixels. - - void ppm_freearray( pixel** pixels, int rows ) - - Free the array allocated with ppm_allocarray() containing - the given number of rows. - - void pbm_freerow( pixel* pixelrow ) - - Free a row of pixels. - - READING PBM FILES - void ppm_readppminit( FILE* fp, int* colsP, int* rowsP, pixval* maxvalP, int* formatP ) - - Read the header from a PPM file, filling in the rows, cols, - maxval and format variables. - - void ppm_readppmrow( FILE* fp, pixel* pixelrow, int cols, pixval maxval, int format ) - - Read a row of pixels into the pixelrow array. Format, cols, - and maxval were filled in by ppm_readppminit(). - - pixel** ppm_readppm( FILE* fp, int* colsP, int* rowsP, pixval* maxvalP ) - - Read an entire pixmap file into memory, returning the allo- - cated array and filling in the rows, cols and maxval vari- - ables. This function combines ppm_readppminit(), - ppm_allocarray() and ppm_readppmrow(). - - WRITING FILES - void ppm_writeppminit( FILE* fp, int cols, int rows, pixval maxval, int forceplain ) - - Write the header for a portable pixmap file. The forceplain - flag forces a plain-format file to be written, as opposed to - a raw-format one. - - void ppm_writeppmrow( FILE* fp, pixel* pixelrow, int cols, pixval maxval, int forceplain ) - - Write a row from a portable pixmap. - - void ppm_writeppm( FILE* fp, pixel** pixels, int cols, int rows, pixval maxval, int forceplain ) - - Write the header and all data for a portable pixmap. This - function combines ppm_writeppminit() and ppm_writeppmrow(). - - COLOR NAMES - pixel ppm_parsecolor( char* colorname, pixval maxval ) - - Parses an ASCII color name into a pixel. The color can be - specified in three ways. One, as a name, assuming that a - pointer to an X11-style color names file was compiled in. - Two, as an X11-style hexadecimal number: #rgb, #rrggbb, - #rrrgggbbb, or #rrrrggggbbbb. Three, as a triplet of - decimal floating point numbers separated by commas: - r.r,g.g,b.b. - - char* ppm_colorname( pixel* colorP, pixval maxval, int hexok ) - - Returns a pointer to a string describing the given color. - If the X11 color names file is available and the color - appears in it, that name is returned. Otherwise, if the - hexok flag is true then a hexadecimal colorspec is returned; - if hexok is false and the X11 color names file is available, - then the closest matching color is returned; otherwise, it's - an error. - -2 See_Also - pbm, pgm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 by Tony Hansen and Jef Poskanzer. - -1 ppm - ppm - portable pixmap file format - -2 Description - The portable pixmap format is a lowest common denominator - color image file format. The definition is as follows: - - - A "magic number" for identifying the file type. A ppm - file's magic number is the two characters "P3". - - - Whitespace (blanks, TABs, CRs, LFs). - - - A width, formatted as ASCII characters in decimal. - - - Whitespace. - - - A height, again in ASCII decimal. - - - Whitespace. - - - The maximum color-component value, again in ASCII decimal. - - - Whitespace. - - - Width * height pixels, each three ASCII decimal values - between 0 and the specified maximum value, starting at the - top-left corner of the pixmap, proceeding in normal - English reading order. The three values for each pixel - represent red, green, and blue, respectively; a value of 0 - means that color is off, and the maximum value means that - color is maxxed out. - - - Characters from a "#" to the next end-of-line are ignored - (comments). - - - No line should be longer than 70 characters. - - Here is an example of a small pixmap in this format: - P3 - # feep.ppm - 4 4 - 15 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 0 15 - 0 0 0 0 15 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 7 0 0 0 - 15 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - - Programs that read this format should be as lenient as pos- - sible, accepting anything that looks remotely like a pixmap. - - There is also a variant on the format, available by setting - the RAWBITS option at compile time. This variant is - different in the following ways: - - - The "magic number" is "P6" instead of "P3". - - - The pixel values are stored as plain bytes, instead of - ASCII decimal. - - - Whitespace is not allowed in the pixels area, and only a - single character of whitespace (typically a newline) is - allowed after the maxval. - - - The files are smaller and many times faster to read and - write. - - Note that this raw format can only be used for maxvals less - than or equal to 255. If you use the ppm library and try to - write a file with a larger maxval, it will automatically - fall back on the slower but more general plain format. - -2 See_Also - giftopnm, gouldtoppm, ilbmtoppm, imgtoppm, mtvtoppm, pcxtoppm, - pgmtoppm, pi1toppm, picttoppm, pjtoppm, qrttoppm, rawtoppm, - rgb3toppm, sldtoppm, spctoppm, sputoppm, tgatoppm, ximtoppm, - xpmtoppm, yuvtoppm, ppmtoacad, ppmtogif, ppmtoicr, ppmtoilbm, - ppmtopcx, ppmtopgm, ppmtopi1, ppmtopict, ppmtopj, ppmtopuzz, - ppmtorgb3, ppmtosixel, ppmtotga, ppmtouil, ppmtoxpm, ppmtoyuv, - ppmdither, ppmforge, ppmhist, ppmmake, ppmpat, ppmquant, - ppmquantall, ppmrelief, pnm, pgm, pbm - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -1 pgmkernel - pgmkernel - generate a convolution kernel - -2 Synopis - pgmkernel [-weight w] width [height] - -2 Description - Generates a portable graymap array of size width x height (or - width x width if height is not specified) to be used as a - convolution file by pnmconvol. The data in the convolution array - K are computed according to the formula: - - K(i,j) = 1 / ( 1 + w * sqrt((i-width/2)\^{}2 + (j-height/2)\^{}2)) - - where w is a coefficient specified via the -weight flag, and width - and height are the X and Y filter sizes. - - The output PGM file is always written out in ASCII format. - -2 Options - The optional -weight flag should be a real number greater than - -1. The default value is 6.0. - -2 Bugs - The computation time is proportional to width * height. This - increases rapidly with the increase of the kernel size. A better - approach could be using a FFT in these cases. - -2 See_Also - pnmconvol(1), pnmsmooth(1) - -2 Author - Alberto Accomazzi (alberto@cfa.harvard.edu). - -1 fitstopnm - fitstopnm - convert a FITS file into a portable anymap - -2 Synopis - fitstopnm [-image N] [-noraw] [-scanmax] [-printmax] [-min f] - [-max f] [FITSfile] - -2 Description - Reads a FITS file as input. Produces a portable pixmap if the - FITS file consists of 3 image planes (NAXIS = 3 and NAXIS3 = 3), a - portable graymap if the FITS file consists of 2 image planes - (NAXIS = 2), or whenever the -image flag is specified. The - results may need to be flipped top for bottom; if so, just pipe - the output through pnmflip -tb. - -2 Options - The -image option is for FITS files with three axes. The - assumption is that the third axis is for multiple images, and this - option lets you select which one you want. - - Flags -min and -max can be used to override the min and max - values as read from the FITS header or the image data if no - DATAMIN and DATAMAX keywords are found. Flag -scanmax can be used - to force the program to scan the data even when DATAMIN and - DATAMAX are found in the header. If -printmax is specified, the - program will just print the min and max values and quit. Flag - -noraw can be used to force the program to produce an ASCII - portable anymap. - - The program will tell what kind of anymap is writing. All - flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. - -2 References - FITS stands for Flexible Image Transport System. A full - description can be found in Astronomy & Astrophysics Supplement - Series 44 (1981), page 363. - -2 See_Also - pnmtofits(1), pgm(5), pnmflip(1) - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer, with modifications by - Daniel Briggs (dbriggs@nrao.edu) and Alberto Accomazzi - (alberto@cfa.harvard.edu). - -1 pnmalias - pnmalias - antialias a portable anyumap. - -2 Synopis - pnmalias [-bgcolor color] [-fgcolor color] [-bonly] [-fonly] - [-balias] [-falias] [-weight w] [pnmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable anymap as input, and applies anti-aliasing to - background and foreground pixels. If the input file is a portable - bitmap, the output anti-aliased image is promoted to a graymap, - and a message is printed informing the user of the change in - format. - -2 Options - -bgcolor colorb, - -fgcolor colorf - set the background color to colorb, and the foreground to - color to colorf. Pixels with these values will be anti-aliased. - by default, the background color is taken to be black, and - foreground color is assumed to be white. The colors can be - specified in five ways: - - o A name, assuming that a pointer to an X11-style color - names file was compiled in. - - o An X11-style hexadecimal specifier: rgb:r/g/b, where r - g and b are each 1- to 4-digit hexadecimal numbers. - - o An X11-style decimal specifier: rgbi:r/g/b, where r g - and b are floating point numbers between 0 and 1. - - o For backwards compatibility, an old-X11-style - hexadecimal number: #rgb, #rrggbb, #rrrgggbbb, or - #rrrrggggbbbb. - - o For backwards compatibility, a triplet of numbers - separated by commas: r,g,b, where r g and b are floating - point numbers between 0 and 1. (This style was added - before MIT came up with the similar rgbi style.) - - Note that even when dealing with graymaps, background and - foreground colors need to be specified in the fashion described - above. In this case, background and foreground pixel values are - taken to be the value of the red component for the given color. - - -bonly, - -fonly - Apply anti-aliasing only to background (-bonly), or foreground - (-fonly) pixels. - - -balias, - -falias - Apply anti-aliasing to all pixels surrounding background - (-balias), or foreground (-falias) pixels. By default, - anti-aliasing takes place only among neighboring background and - foreground pixels. - - -weight w - Use w as the central weight for the aliasing filter. W must - be a real number in the range 0 < w < 1. The lower the value of w - is, the "blurrier" the output image is. The default is w = 1/3. - -2 See_Also - pbmtext(1), pnmsmooth(1), pnm(5) - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1992 by Alberto Accomazzi, Smithsonian - Astrophysical Observatory. - -1 pnmtofits - pnmtofits - convert a portable anymap into FITS format - -2 Synopis - pnmtofits [-max f] [-min f] [pnmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable anymap as input. Produces a FITS (Flexible - Image Transport System) file as output. The resolution of the - output file is either 8 bits/pixel, or 16 bits/pixel, depending on - the value of maxval in the input file. If the input file is a - portable bitmap or a portable graymap, the output file consists of - a single plane image (NAXIS = 2). If instead the input file is a - portable pixmap, the output file will consist of a three-plane - image (NAXIS = 3, NAXIS3 = 3). A full description of the FITS - format can be found in Astronomy & Astrophysics Supplement Series - 44 (1981), page 363. - -2 Options - Flags -min and -max can be used to set DATAMAX, DATAMIN, - BSCALE and BZERO in the FITS header, but do not cause the data to - be rescaled. - -2 See_Also - fitstopnm(1), pgm(5) - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1989 by Wilson H. Bent (whb@hoh-2.att.com), - with modifications by Alberto Accomazzi (alberto@cfa.harvard.edu). - -1 ppmchange - ppmchange - change all pixels of one color to another in a - portable pixmap - -2 Synopis - ppmchange oldcolor newcolor [...] [ppmfile] - -2 Description - Reads a portable pixmap as input. Changes all pixels of - oldcolor to newcolor, leaving all others unchanged. Up to 256 - colors may be replaced by specifying couples of colors on the - command line. - - The colors can be specified in five ways: - - o A name, assuming that a pointer to an X11-style color - names file was compiled in. - - o An X11-style hexadecimal specifier: rgb:r/g/b, where r - g and b are each 1- to 4-digit hexadecimal numbers. - - o An X11-style decimal specifier: rgbi:r/g/b, where r g - and b are floating point numbers between 0 and 1. - - o For backwards compatibility, an old-X11-style - hexadecimal number: #rgb, #rrggbb, #rrrgggbbb, or - #rrrrggggbbbb. - - o For backwards compatibility, a triplet of numbers - separated by commas: r,g,b, where r g and b are floating - point numbers between 0 and 1. (This style was added - before MIT came up with the similar rgbi style.) - -2 See_Also - pgmtoppm(1), ppm(5) - -2 Author - Wilson H. Bent. Jr. (whb@usc.edu) with modifications by - Alberto Accomazzi (alberto@cfa.harvard.edu) - -1 xvminitoppm - xvminitoppm - convert a XV "thumbnail" picture to PPM - -2 Synopis - xvminitoppm [xvminipic] - -2 Description - Reads a XV "thumbnail" picture (a miniature picture generated - by the "VisualSchnauzer" browser) as input. Produces a portable - pixmap as output. - -2 See_Also - ppm(5), xv(1) - -2 Author - Copyright (C) 1993 by Ingo Wilken - diff --git a/vms/RGB.txt b/vms/RGB.txt deleted file mode 100644 index e5f61889..00000000 --- a/vms/RGB.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,738 +0,0 @@ -255 250 250 snow -248 248 255 ghost white -248 248 255 GhostWhite -245 245 245 white smoke -245 245 245 WhiteSmoke -220 220 220 gainsboro -255 250 240 floral white -255 250 240 FloralWhite -253 245 230 old lace -253 245 230 OldLace -250 240 230 linen -250 235 215 antique white -250 235 215 AntiqueWhite -255 239 213 papaya whip -255 239 213 PapayaWhip -255 235 205 blanched almond -255 235 205 BlanchedAlmond -255 228 196 bisque -255 218 185 peach puff -255 218 185 PeachPuff -255 222 173 navajo white -255 222 173 NavajoWhite -255 228 181 moccasin -255 248 220 cornsilk -255 255 240 ivory -255 250 205 lemon chiffon -255 250 205 LemonChiffon -255 245 238 seashell -240 255 240 honeydew -245 255 250 mint cream -245 255 250 MintCream -240 255 255 azure -240 248 255 alice blue -240 248 255 AliceBlue -230 230 250 lavender -255 240 245 lavender blush -255 240 245 LavenderBlush -255 228 225 misty rose -255 228 225 MistyRose -255 255 255 white - 0 0 0 black - 47 79 79 dark slate gray - 47 79 79 DarkSlateGray - 47 79 79 dark slate grey - 47 79 79 DarkSlateGrey -105 105 105 dim gray -105 105 105 DimGray -105 105 105 dim grey -105 105 105 DimGrey -112 128 144 slate gray -112 128 144 SlateGray -112 128 144 slate grey -112 128 144 SlateGrey -119 136 153 light slate gray -119 136 153 LightSlateGray -119 136 153 light slate grey -119 136 153 LightSlateGrey -190 190 190 gray -190 190 190 grey -211 211 211 light grey -211 211 211 LightGrey -211 211 211 light gray -211 211 211 LightGray - 25 25 112 midnight blue - 25 25 112 MidnightBlue - 0 0 128 navy - 0 0 128 navy blue - 0 0 128 NavyBlue -100 149 237 cornflower blue -100 149 237 CornflowerBlue - 72 61 139 dark slate blue - 72 61 139 DarkSlateBlue -106 90 205 slate blue -106 90 205 SlateBlue -123 104 238 medium slate blue -123 104 238 MediumSlateBlue -132 112 255 light slate blue -132 112 255 LightSlateBlue - 0 0 205 medium blue - 0 0 205 MediumBlue - 65 105 225 royal blue - 65 105 225 RoyalBlue - 0 0 255 blue - 30 144 255 dodger blue - 30 144 255 DodgerBlue - 0 191 255 deep sky blue - 0 191 255 DeepSkyBlue -135 206 235 sky blue -135 206 235 SkyBlue -135 206 250 light sky blue -135 206 250 LightSkyBlue - 70 130 180 steel blue - 70 130 180 SteelBlue -176 196 222 light steel blue -176 196 222 LightSteelBlue -173 216 230 light blue -173 216 230 LightBlue -176 224 230 powder blue -176 224 230 PowderBlue -175 238 238 pale turquoise -175 238 238 PaleTurquoise - 0 206 209 dark turquoise - 0 206 209 DarkTurquoise - 72 209 204 medium turquoise - 72 209 204 MediumTurquoise - 64 224 208 turquoise - 0 255 255 cyan -224 255 255 light cyan -224 255 255 LightCyan - 95 158 160 cadet blue - 95 158 160 CadetBlue -102 205 170 medium aquamarine -102 205 170 MediumAquamarine -127 255 212 aquamarine - 0 100 0 dark green - 0 100 0 DarkGreen - 85 107 47 dark olive green - 85 107 47 DarkOliveGreen -143 188 143 dark sea green -143 188 143 DarkSeaGreen - 46 139 87 sea green - 46 139 87 SeaGreen - 60 179 113 medium sea green - 60 179 113 MediumSeaGreen - 32 178 170 light sea green - 32 178 170 LightSeaGreen -152 251 152 pale green -152 251 152 PaleGreen - 0 255 127 spring green - 0 255 127 SpringGreen -124 252 0 lawn green -124 252 0 LawnGreen - 0 255 0 green -127 255 0 chartreuse - 0 250 154 medium spring green - 0 250 154 MediumSpringGreen -173 255 47 green yellow -173 255 47 GreenYellow - 50 205 50 lime green - 50 205 50 LimeGreen -154 205 50 yellow green -154 205 50 YellowGreen - 34 139 34 forest green - 34 139 34 ForestGreen -107 142 35 olive drab -107 142 35 OliveDrab -189 183 107 dark khaki -189 183 107 DarkKhaki -240 230 140 khaki -238 232 170 pale goldenrod -238 232 170 PaleGoldenrod -250 250 210 light goldenrod yellow -250 250 210 LightGoldenrodYellow -255 255 224 light yellow -255 255 224 LightYellow -255 255 0 yellow -255 215 0 gold -238 221 130 light goldenrod -238 221 130 LightGoldenrod -218 165 32 goldenrod -184 134 11 dark goldenrod -184 134 11 DarkGoldenrod -188 143 143 rosy brown -188 143 143 RosyBrown -205 92 92 indian red -205 92 92 IndianRed -139 69 19 saddle brown -139 69 19 SaddleBrown -160 82 45 sienna -205 133 63 peru -222 184 135 burlywood -245 245 220 beige -245 222 179 wheat -244 164 96 sandy brown -244 164 96 SandyBrown -210 180 140 tan -210 105 30 chocolate -178 34 34 firebrick -165 42 42 brown -233 150 122 dark salmon -233 150 122 DarkSalmon -250 128 114 salmon -255 160 122 light salmon -255 160 122 LightSalmon -255 165 0 orange -255 140 0 dark orange -255 140 0 DarkOrange -255 127 80 coral -240 128 128 light coral -240 128 128 LightCoral -255 99 71 tomato -255 69 0 orange red -255 69 0 OrangeRed -255 0 0 red -255 105 180 hot pink -255 105 180 HotPink -255 20 147 deep pink -255 20 147 DeepPink -255 192 203 pink -255 182 193 light pink -255 182 193 LightPink -219 112 147 pale violet red -219 112 147 PaleVioletRed -176 48 96 maroon -199 21 133 medium violet red -199 21 133 MediumVioletRed -208 32 144 violet red -208 32 144 VioletRed -255 0 255 magenta -238 130 238 violet -221 160 221 plum -218 112 214 orchid -186 85 211 medium orchid -186 85 211 MediumOrchid -153 50 204 dark orchid -153 50 204 DarkOrchid -148 0 211 dark violet -148 0 211 DarkViolet -138 43 226 blue violet -138 43 226 BlueViolet -160 32 240 purple -147 112 219 medium purple -147 112 219 MediumPurple -216 191 216 thistle -255 250 250 snow1 -238 233 233 snow2 -205 201 201 snow3 -139 137 137 snow4 -255 245 238 seashell1 -238 229 222 seashell2 -205 197 191 seashell3 -139 134 130 seashell4 -255 239 219 AntiqueWhite1 -238 223 204 AntiqueWhite2 -205 192 176 AntiqueWhite3 -139 131 120 AntiqueWhite4 -255 228 196 bisque1 -238 213 183 bisque2 -205 183 158 bisque3 -139 125 107 bisque4 -255 218 185 PeachPuff1 -238 203 173 PeachPuff2 -205 175 149 PeachPuff3 -139 119 101 PeachPuff4 -255 222 173 NavajoWhite1 -238 207 161 NavajoWhite2 -205 179 139 NavajoWhite3 -139 121 94 NavajoWhite4 -255 250 205 LemonChiffon1 -238 233 191 LemonChiffon2 -205 201 165 LemonChiffon3 -139 137 112 LemonChiffon4 -255 248 220 cornsilk1 -238 232 205 cornsilk2 -205 200 177 cornsilk3 -139 136 120 cornsilk4 -255 255 240 ivory1 -238 238 224 ivory2 -205 205 193 ivory3 -139 139 131 ivory4 -240 255 240 honeydew1 -224 238 224 honeydew2 -193 205 193 honeydew3 -131 139 131 honeydew4 -255 240 245 LavenderBlush1 -238 224 229 LavenderBlush2 -205 193 197 LavenderBlush3 -139 131 134 LavenderBlush4 -255 228 225 MistyRose1 -238 213 210 MistyRose2 -205 183 181 MistyRose3 -139 125 123 MistyRose4 -240 255 255 azure1 -224 238 238 azure2 -193 205 205 azure3 -131 139 139 azure4 -131 111 255 SlateBlue1 -122 103 238 SlateBlue2 -105 89 205 SlateBlue3 - 71 60 139 SlateBlue4 - 72 118 255 RoyalBlue1 - 67 110 238 RoyalBlue2 - 58 95 205 RoyalBlue3 - 39 64 139 RoyalBlue4 - 0 0 255 blue1 - 0 0 238 blue2 - 0 0 205 blue3 - 0 0 139 blue4 - 30 144 255 DodgerBlue1 - 28 134 238 DodgerBlue2 - 24 116 205 DodgerBlue3 - 16 78 139 DodgerBlue4 - 99 184 255 SteelBlue1 - 92 172 238 SteelBlue2 - 79 148 205 SteelBlue3 - 54 100 139 SteelBlue4 - 0 191 255 DeepSkyBlue1 - 0 178 238 DeepSkyBlue2 - 0 154 205 DeepSkyBlue3 - 0 104 139 DeepSkyBlue4 -135 206 255 SkyBlue1 -126 192 238 SkyBlue2 -108 166 205 SkyBlue3 - 74 112 139 SkyBlue4 -176 226 255 LightSkyBlue1 -164 211 238 LightSkyBlue2 -141 182 205 LightSkyBlue3 - 96 123 139 LightSkyBlue4 -198 226 255 SlateGray1 -185 211 238 SlateGray2 -159 182 205 SlateGray3 -108 123 139 SlateGray4 -202 225 255 LightSteelBlue1 -188 210 238 LightSteelBlue2 -162 181 205 LightSteelBlue3 -110 123 139 LightSteelBlue4 -191 239 255 LightBlue1 -178 223 238 LightBlue2 -154 192 205 LightBlue3 -104 131 139 LightBlue4 -224 255 255 LightCyan1 -209 238 238 LightCyan2 -180 205 205 LightCyan3 -122 139 139 LightCyan4 -187 255 255 PaleTurquoise1 -174 238 238 PaleTurquoise2 -150 205 205 PaleTurquoise3 -102 139 139 PaleTurquoise4 -152 245 255 CadetBlue1 -142 229 238 CadetBlue2 -122 197 205 CadetBlue3 - 83 134 139 CadetBlue4 - 0 245 255 turquoise1 - 0 229 238 turquoise2 - 0 197 205 turquoise3 - 0 134 139 turquoise4 - 0 255 255 cyan1 - 0 238 238 cyan2 - 0 205 205 cyan3 - 0 139 139 cyan4 -151 255 255 DarkSlateGray1 -141 238 238 DarkSlateGray2 -121 205 205 DarkSlateGray3 - 82 139 139 DarkSlateGray4 -127 255 212 aquamarine1 -118 238 198 aquamarine2 -102 205 170 aquamarine3 - 69 139 116 aquamarine4 -193 255 193 DarkSeaGreen1 -180 238 180 DarkSeaGreen2 -155 205 155 DarkSeaGreen3 -105 139 105 DarkSeaGreen4 - 84 255 159 SeaGreen1 - 78 238 148 SeaGreen2 - 67 205 128 SeaGreen3 - 46 139 87 SeaGreen4 -154 255 154 PaleGreen1 -144 238 144 PaleGreen2 -124 205 124 PaleGreen3 - 84 139 84 PaleGreen4 - 0 255 127 SpringGreen1 - 0 238 118 SpringGreen2 - 0 205 102 SpringGreen3 - 0 139 69 SpringGreen4 - 0 255 0 green1 - 0 238 0 green2 - 0 205 0 green3 - 0 139 0 green4 -127 255 0 chartreuse1 -118 238 0 chartreuse2 -102 205 0 chartreuse3 - 69 139 0 chartreuse4 -192 255 62 OliveDrab1 -179 238 58 OliveDrab2 -154 205 50 OliveDrab3 -105 139 34 OliveDrab4 -202 255 112 DarkOliveGreen1 -188 238 104 DarkOliveGreen2 -162 205 90 DarkOliveGreen3 -110 139 61 DarkOliveGreen4 -255 246 143 khaki1 -238 230 133 khaki2 -205 198 115 khaki3 -139 134 78 khaki4 -255 236 139 LightGoldenrod1 -238 220 130 LightGoldenrod2 -205 190 112 LightGoldenrod3 -139 129 76 LightGoldenrod4 -255 255 224 LightYellow1 -238 238 209 LightYellow2 -205 205 180 LightYellow3 -139 139 122 LightYellow4 -255 255 0 yellow1 -238 238 0 yellow2 -205 205 0 yellow3 -139 139 0 yellow4 -255 215 0 gold1 -238 201 0 gold2 -205 173 0 gold3 -139 117 0 gold4 -255 193 37 goldenrod1 -238 180 34 goldenrod2 -205 155 29 goldenrod3 -139 105 20 goldenrod4 -255 185 15 DarkGoldenrod1 -238 173 14 DarkGoldenrod2 -205 149 12 DarkGoldenrod3 -139 101 8 DarkGoldenrod4 -255 193 193 RosyBrown1 -238 180 180 RosyBrown2 -205 155 155 RosyBrown3 -139 105 105 RosyBrown4 -255 106 106 IndianRed1 -238 99 99 IndianRed2 -205 85 85 IndianRed3 -139 58 58 IndianRed4 -255 130 71 sienna1 -238 121 66 sienna2 -205 104 57 sienna3 -139 71 38 sienna4 -255 211 155 burlywood1 -238 197 145 burlywood2 -205 170 125 burlywood3 -139 115 85 burlywood4 -255 231 186 wheat1 -238 216 174 wheat2 -205 186 150 wheat3 -139 126 102 wheat4 -255 165 79 tan1 -238 154 73 tan2 -205 133 63 tan3 -139 90 43 tan4 -255 127 36 chocolate1 -238 118 33 chocolate2 -205 102 29 chocolate3 -139 69 19 chocolate4 -255 48 48 firebrick1 -238 44 44 firebrick2 -205 38 38 firebrick3 -139 26 26 firebrick4 -255 64 64 brown1 -238 59 59 brown2 -205 51 51 brown3 -139 35 35 brown4 -255 140 105 salmon1 -238 130 98 salmon2 -205 112 84 salmon3 -139 76 57 salmon4 -255 160 122 LightSalmon1 -238 149 114 LightSalmon2 -205 129 98 LightSalmon3 -139 87 66 LightSalmon4 -255 165 0 orange1 -238 154 0 orange2 -205 133 0 orange3 -139 90 0 orange4 -255 127 0 DarkOrange1 -238 118 0 DarkOrange2 -205 102 0 DarkOrange3 -139 69 0 DarkOrange4 -255 114 86 coral1 -238 106 80 coral2 -205 91 69 coral3 -139 62 47 coral4 -255 99 71 tomato1 -238 92 66 tomato2 -205 79 57 tomato3 -139 54 38 tomato4 -255 69 0 OrangeRed1 -238 64 0 OrangeRed2 -205 55 0 OrangeRed3 -139 37 0 OrangeRed4 -255 0 0 red1 -238 0 0 red2 -205 0 0 red3 -139 0 0 red4 -255 20 147 DeepPink1 -238 18 137 DeepPink2 -205 16 118 DeepPink3 -139 10 80 DeepPink4 -255 110 180 HotPink1 -238 106 167 HotPink2 -205 96 144 HotPink3 -139 58 98 HotPink4 -255 181 197 pink1 -238 169 184 pink2 -205 145 158 pink3 -139 99 108 pink4 -255 174 185 LightPink1 -238 162 173 LightPink2 -205 140 149 LightPink3 -139 95 101 LightPink4 -255 130 171 PaleVioletRed1 -238 121 159 PaleVioletRed2 -205 104 137 PaleVioletRed3 -139 71 93 PaleVioletRed4 -255 52 179 maroon1 -238 48 167 maroon2 -205 41 144 maroon3 -139 28 98 maroon4 -255 62 150 VioletRed1 -238 58 140 VioletRed2 -205 50 120 VioletRed3 -139 34 82 VioletRed4 -255 0 255 magenta1 -238 0 238 magenta2 -205 0 205 magenta3 -139 0 139 magenta4 -255 131 250 orchid1 -238 122 233 orchid2 -205 105 201 orchid3 -139 71 137 orchid4 -255 187 255 plum1 -238 174 238 plum2 -205 150 205 plum3 -139 102 139 plum4 -224 102 255 MediumOrchid1 -209 95 238 MediumOrchid2 -180 82 205 MediumOrchid3 -122 55 139 MediumOrchid4 -191 62 255 DarkOrchid1 -178 58 238 DarkOrchid2 -154 50 205 DarkOrchid3 -104 34 139 DarkOrchid4 -155 48 255 purple1 -145 44 238 purple2 -125 38 205 purple3 - 85 26 139 purple4 -171 130 255 MediumPurple1 -159 121 238 MediumPurple2 -137 104 205 MediumPurple3 - 93 71 139 MediumPurple4 -255 225 255 thistle1 -238 210 238 thistle2 -205 181 205 thistle3 -139 123 139 thistle4 - 0 0 0 gray0 - 0 0 0 grey0 - 3 3 3 gray1 - 3 3 3 grey1 - 5 5 5 gray2 - 5 5 5 grey2 - 8 8 8 gray3 - 8 8 8 grey3 - 10 10 10 gray4 - 10 10 10 grey4 - 13 13 13 gray5 - 13 13 13 grey5 - 15 15 15 gray6 - 15 15 15 grey6 - 18 18 18 gray7 - 18 18 18 grey7 - 20 20 20 gray8 - 20 20 20 grey8 - 23 23 23 gray9 - 23 23 23 grey9 - 26 26 26 gray10 - 26 26 26 grey10 - 28 28 28 gray11 - 28 28 28 grey11 - 31 31 31 gray12 - 31 31 31 grey12 - 33 33 33 gray13 - 33 33 33 grey13 - 36 36 36 gray14 - 36 36 36 grey14 - 38 38 38 gray15 - 38 38 38 grey15 - 41 41 41 gray16 - 41 41 41 grey16 - 43 43 43 gray17 - 43 43 43 grey17 - 46 46 46 gray18 - 46 46 46 grey18 - 48 48 48 gray19 - 48 48 48 grey19 - 51 51 51 gray20 - 51 51 51 grey20 - 54 54 54 gray21 - 54 54 54 grey21 - 56 56 56 gray22 - 56 56 56 grey22 - 59 59 59 gray23 - 59 59 59 grey23 - 61 61 61 gray24 - 61 61 61 grey24 - 64 64 64 gray25 - 64 64 64 grey25 - 66 66 66 gray26 - 66 66 66 grey26 - 69 69 69 gray27 - 69 69 69 grey27 - 71 71 71 gray28 - 71 71 71 grey28 - 74 74 74 gray29 - 74 74 74 grey29 - 77 77 77 gray30 - 77 77 77 grey30 - 79 79 79 gray31 - 79 79 79 grey31 - 82 82 82 gray32 - 82 82 82 grey32 - 84 84 84 gray33 - 84 84 84 grey33 - 87 87 87 gray34 - 87 87 87 grey34 - 89 89 89 gray35 - 89 89 89 grey35 - 92 92 92 gray36 - 92 92 92 grey36 - 94 94 94 gray37 - 94 94 94 grey37 - 97 97 97 gray38 - 97 97 97 grey38 - 99 99 99 gray39 - 99 99 99 grey39 -102 102 102 gray40 -102 102 102 grey40 -105 105 105 gray41 -105 105 105 grey41 -107 107 107 gray42 -107 107 107 grey42 -110 110 110 gray43 -110 110 110 grey43 -112 112 112 gray44 -112 112 112 grey44 -115 115 115 gray45 -115 115 115 grey45 -117 117 117 gray46 -117 117 117 grey46 -120 120 120 gray47 -120 120 120 grey47 -122 122 122 gray48 -122 122 122 grey48 -125 125 125 gray49 -125 125 125 grey49 -127 127 127 gray50 -127 127 127 grey50 -130 130 130 gray51 -130 130 130 grey51 -133 133 133 gray52 -133 133 133 grey52 -135 135 135 gray53 -135 135 135 grey53 -138 138 138 gray54 -138 138 138 grey54 -140 140 140 gray55 -140 140 140 grey55 -143 143 143 gray56 -143 143 143 grey56 -145 145 145 gray57 -145 145 145 grey57 -148 148 148 gray58 -148 148 148 grey58 -150 150 150 gray59 -150 150 150 grey59 -153 153 153 gray60 -153 153 153 grey60 -156 156 156 gray61 -156 156 156 grey61 -158 158 158 gray62 -158 158 158 grey62 -161 161 161 gray63 -161 161 161 grey63 -163 163 163 gray64 -163 163 163 grey64 -166 166 166 gray65 -166 166 166 grey65 -168 168 168 gray66 -168 168 168 grey66 -171 171 171 gray67 -171 171 171 grey67 -173 173 173 gray68 -173 173 173 grey68 -176 176 176 gray69 -176 176 176 grey69 -179 179 179 gray70 -179 179 179 grey70 -181 181 181 gray71 -181 181 181 grey71 -184 184 184 gray72 -184 184 184 grey72 -186 186 186 gray73 -186 186 186 grey73 -189 189 189 gray74 -189 189 189 grey74 -191 191 191 gray75 -191 191 191 grey75 -194 194 194 gray76 -194 194 194 grey76 -196 196 196 gray77 -196 196 196 grey77 -199 199 199 gray78 -199 199 199 grey78 -201 201 201 gray79 -201 201 201 grey79 -204 204 204 gray80 -204 204 204 grey80 -207 207 207 gray81 -207 207 207 grey81 -209 209 209 gray82 -209 209 209 grey82 -212 212 212 gray83 -212 212 212 grey83 -214 214 214 gray84 -214 214 214 grey84 -217 217 217 gray85 -217 217 217 grey85 -219 219 219 gray86 -219 219 219 grey86 -222 222 222 gray87 -222 222 222 grey87 -224 224 224 gray88 -224 224 224 grey88 -227 227 227 gray89 -227 227 227 grey89 -229 229 229 gray90 -229 229 229 grey90 -232 232 232 gray91 -232 232 232 grey91 -235 235 235 gray92 -235 235 235 grey92 -237 237 237 gray93 -237 237 237 grey93 -240 240 240 gray94 -240 240 240 grey94 -242 242 242 gray95 -242 242 242 grey95 -245 245 245 gray96 -245 245 245 grey96 -247 247 247 gray97 -247 247 247 grey97 -250 250 250 gray98 -250 250 250 grey98 -252 252 252 gray99 -252 252 252 grey99 -255 255 255 gray100 -255 255 255 grey100 diff --git a/vms/SetUp.com b/vms/SetUp.com deleted file mode 100755 index 077318b5..00000000 --- a/vms/SetUp.com +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -$ VERIFY = F$Verify (0) -$ On Error Then GoTo EXIT -$ Write Sys$Output "SETting UP PBMplus (ver netpbm-VMS)..." -$! -$! Keep this proc in the top directory of the PBMPLUS tree. Execute it from -$! anywhere and it will set up command symbols for all executables in the -$! PBMplus_Root:[EXE] directory. -$! There is a problem if this directory is located in a "rooted" -$! directory structure already. It is not possible to define a "rooted" -$! directory twice, i.e.: -$![1;5m BAD BAD BAD BAD BAD BAD BAD BAD BAD BAD BAD BAD BAD BAD BAD BAD BAD BAD[m -$![1;5m BAD BAD[m -$![1;5m BAD[m Define /Trans=conceal Public Disk$:[Dir.] [1;5mBAD[m -$![1;5m BAD[m Define /Trans=conceal PBMplus_Root Public:[PBMplus.] [1;5mBAD[m -$![1;5m BAD BAD[m -$![1;5m BAD BAD BAD BAD BAD BAD BAD BAD BAD BAD BAD BAD BAD BAD BAD BAD BAD BAD[m -$! THIS WILL NOT WORK! In this case, you will have to manually define -$! PBMplus_Root instead of the autosensing feature below.... -$! -$ PBMPLUS_PATH = F$Element (0, "]", F$Environment ("PROCEDURE")) + ".]" -$ Define /Translation_Attributes = Concealed PBMplus_Root "''PBMPLUS_PATH'" -$ Define PBMplus_Dir PBMplus_Root:[000000] -$ Define PBMplusShr PBMplus_Dir:PBMplusShr -$ NAME = "PBMplus_Root:[Exe]*.EXE" -$LOOP: -$ PROG = F$Search (NAME) -$ If PROG .nes. "" -$ Then -$ PROG = PROG - F$Parse (PROG, , , "VERSION") -$ CMD = F$Parse (PROG, , , "NAME") -$ 'CMD' :== $ 'PROG' -$ GoTo LOOP -$ EndIf -$ @ PBMplus_Dir:ADD_LIST Hlp$Library PBMplus_Dir:PBMPLUS.HLB -$EXIT: -$ VERIFY = F$Verify (VERIFY) -$ Exit diff --git a/vms/stamp-date.com b/vms/stamp-date.com deleted file mode 100755 index 349f6626..00000000 --- a/vms/stamp-date.com +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -$!# Copyright (C) 1993 by Oliver Trepte. -$!# -$!# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -$!# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -$!# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -$!# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -$!# documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -$!# implied warranty. -$!# -$!# This shell script creates a file called "compile_time.h" which holds -$!# a define stating the compilation time. This is used for the -version -$!# flag. -$!# -$!# modified to a VMS command procedure by Rick Dyson 29-NOV-1993 - -$ OUTFILE := "compile.h" -$ DATE := "''F$Time ()'" -$ USER := "''F$GetJPI (F$GetJPI ("", "PID"), "USERNAME")'" -$ Open /Write OUTFILE compile.h -$ Write OUTFILE "/* compile_time.h This file tells the package when it was compiled */" -$ Write OUTFILE "/* DO NOT EDIT - THIS FILE IS MAINTAINED AUTOMATICALLY */" -$ Write OUTFILE "#define COMPILE_TIME ""''DATE'""" -$ Write OUTFILE "#define COMPILED_BY ""''USER'""" -$ Close OUTFILE -$ Exit |